Home

- OMEGA Engineering

1. Prog airs l avonles gt a Docus k Type the name of a program folder document or Internet resource and windows will open it for you NED Editor Programming Software User Manual EZPanel Enhanced Editor Programming Software EZPanel Enhanced models are configured with software running on an IBM or compatible personal computer This software is available through EZ Automation part number EZP PANELEDIT The panel can be configured on line or off line See page 3 for requirements Installing the Software Perform the following steps to install the EZPanel Enhanced Editor Programming Software onto your PC ES e Place the CD into your CD ROM drive j The install program should launch automatically If it does not perform the following steps 1 From Windows click on the Start Button and then click on Run from the menu The Run dialog box will pop up 2 At the prompt type D or your CD ROM drive setup exe or click on the Browse Button and find the Setup exe file for EZPanel Enhanced Editor Programming Software 3 Click on the OK button to begin the installation The EZPanel Enhanced Editor Programming Software Installation Screen will appear Follow the onscreen prompts to load the software Installation screens are shown next page Installation Screens Open EZPanelEnhanced x x Setup Cancel Browse Welcome to the E PanelEnhanced 3 2 21 Setup Wizard
2. r Lj O Q O a O 5 Completing the E PanelEnhanced Select whether to install the English or the Spanish version of EZPanel Enhanced Editor Programming Software Click on the Next gt button NOTE A different version number may appear depending on which version To complete the installation click on Finish of the software you are gt button That s all there is to it The installing EZPanel Icon shown above will appear on your desktop Simply click on it to open the Programming Software e O ce e Som Once you ve finished installing the software the screen below should appear Open the software to view the EZLaunch Pad see next page E1 EZPanelEnhanced ioj xj File Edit Screen Panel Setup Help S OH eeo olna o HIE l a4Tl 1 S s S5 eS iil Cel Tw m E a Om oA mu e ii mw se Pe ErIgE h i gt 3E Easy 1 Exit Project to Information Screen 3 2 Dasion Your Scraans Vite Your Program to Panal EZ Panel For Help press F1 xk eis Editor Programming Software User Manual EZLaunch Pad Overview EZLaunch Pad is a convenient place to launch all EZAutomation software from one dialog box Distribution EZLaunch Pad software is distributed with all EZAutomation software packages such as EZPanel Editor EZText EZPLC and EZMarquee String generator The software is also available on www eza
3. c The Installing new GSE window will appear d You ll find the GDS file under the EZPanel Enhanced Editor Programming Software directory that was created when you installed the software The default directory is C Program Files EZPanelEnhanced Select hms_1003 gsd and click OPEN S Editor Programming Software User Manual e Follow the onscreen prompts and the installation is J isin ars Sql complete 5 Now you will set up the module as follows a Create a New Project or Open an existing project remme fmin using SIMATIC Manager Fits ot tipe G50 ties 957 cancel b Open the Hardware Configuration window by double clicking the Hardware icon as shown to the right KJ SIMATIC Manager ANYBUS_PGI_RES Fie Edit Inset PLC View Options Window Help ia E lt No Fiter c Select VIEW gt CATALOG or press CRTL K to open Olza 1e mal 2 S af the catalog shown to the right PGI_RES d siomens step7 S 7proj Anybus_p 5 ANYBUS_PGI_RES d sicme SNYBUS_PGIAES Hardware g CPU315 2 DP SIMATIC 300 1 P crusis 2 oP d Open the PROFIBUS DP folder until you get to a sl ANYBUS S PDP Click on the folder and drag it to aiii the line in the window shown in the picture to the right Ty HW Config SIMATIC 300 1 Configuration ANYBUS_P Gp Staon Edt inset PLC View Options Window Heb ojele w a e dale Sfm xe Drag this folder y g
4. r Project Information Project Title c program filesi project demo project 1 ezt Panel Type A 8 Color 640x480 x480 PLC Type Dire ctLogie K Sequence Rev B and Protocol Panel Information Panel to PLC Link Revision m icon amp In at Connected ytes Press START to write program to panel oouo CAUTION Ethemet Cor Port Pressing Start will OVERWRITE COMI gt program already in the panel If you do not want to lose program in the panel press Cancel and first Read program from Panel and save it on your PC Firmware Total Memory Bytes Free Memory Help Cancel Under Project Information the screen provides you with the Project Title you are about to transfer the Panel Type you are transferring the project to and the PLC Type and Protocol that you have selected as used by your application Press Start to begin the transfer or Cancel to abort If you receive an error message check to ensure your panel to PC connections are correct Under Ethernet COM Port click on Configuration button The window shown to the left will appear Click on the down arrow under Ethernet COM Port to select the correct PC Port COM1 COM2 COM3 or COM4 Group Number and Unit Number must match that of the panel you are trying to communicate with The Progress Bar will let you Know where you are in the transfer process and when the process is complete After the transfer is complete Panel
5. ternth ol second Poll Time 0 255 o tenth of second creel Sekci Model SLL 8 Colo GA0s4 60 PLE Type end zapa Protaeci enhn View Edit PLO Com Setup Ok Help NOTE on TAGS for this type PLC If communicating to other than the default PLC the address string must be preceded by the PLC address of the unit you want to communicate with For example 3 N7 0 is PLC address 3 5 xipueddy U rT OQ U D r Ke NED Editor Programming Software User Manual SLC 5 03 5 04 and 5 05 DF1 Full Duplex The following screens provide you with an example of how to set up a SLC 500 Series PLC with DF1 Full Duplex Protocol e eg cd Diver OF1 Ful Duplee E i deel Channel Conf mpar ak To set up the SLC 500 PLC DF1 Full Duplex 8 s __ m using RSLogix configuration software im fem a program the Channel Configuration screen as shown to the right Open EZPanel Enhanced Editor Programming Software and configure Project Information as Protecel Centre Control Line No Handzhaki ACK Tinecut fen shown in the figure below nirin No Hend heking menea ee Eror Dehachon CAC MAF Fstiiss 2 Embedded Responses Enabled ENG Aeines f Dupicale Packet Detect After selecting the PLC Type and Protocol click on the View Edit PLC Com Setup The PLC Attributes dialog box will appear Enter the parameters shown Click on the ok Caneel ae Heb OK button
6. 0x0080 PLC time out PLC nnn The panel is unable to communicate with the PLC with address nnn This may be corrected by increasing the time out time or increasing the baud rate An alternative may be to lower the number of registers or coils per message This cause the panel to use smaller messages which the PLC should be able to respond to at a faster rate 0x0100 PLC reply length exceeded PLC nnn The driver received or is receiving a message with a length exceeding the maximum allowed by Modbus protocol from the PLC with address nnn 0x0200 Invalid write to Panel register nnn A write was attempted to the panel s internal register nnnn when that register is mapped to a read only location in the PLC 0x0400 Invalid attributes using defaults The driver received attributes it could not use The default values for all PLC attributes will be used MODICON PLC WITH MODBUS PLUS PROTOCOL 0x0000 No error 0x0001 Incompatible Revision Need Exec rev This error will be displayed when the driver and exec have an incompatible revision 0x0002 Limit of elements per screen exceeded This occurs when there are too many registers on the display to be monitored The number of registers on the display must be reduced inet Editor Programming Software User Manual 0x0003 Board did not restart This message occurs when the software on the option board was unable to start 0x0004 Modbus Plus Command xx time out This occurs when a comm
7. C2Panelnhanced 3 2 21 Setup Chenae Install Location Choosa the folder in which to install EZPaneiEnhancad 3 2 21 iw Cetus wil iratell E2Parnainhanesd 3 2 2 m tha folewing falar Te matalina eifferane Polder cick Browse and select another Folder Chek Install ta start the installation Destination Polder Birawa B C2Panelinhenced 3 2 21 Setup lel ae Erog ain ABET Pane Enh anced Space evaleble 1 52B Installing Fama Wak while EPPancEnharced 2 21 16 balg Instalod Ww Yored Sie boy eee Ereaga aherteur paeumenta and Settnga Admnistratoryatert Menuiprog aniezParetnh tp Folder liProgram Fiere Pars Enhas ed Errat AG mmt 100 Extract A0 HLP OCP Preece Folder Cocuments end Settings Admintstravor Sherk Hend Programa EPan areata slorkcue CHOocumente and Satingedmiietratory Start endag am EIP EAPanclinhanoed 3 271 Sebup This icon will CET appear on your EE desktop after ne ramea installation EzFPanel Enhanced 3 2 21 Setup Wizard E2Pandinhanced 3 2 21 has been instelled on your COmMpUTEr Cid Finish to dose this wizard Simply follow the onscreen prompts to install the software You will select the destination folder where your software program will be installed The default destination location is C Program Files EZPanel If you wish to select another destination click on the Browse button choose the destination and click on the Next gt button
8. Clear Exit U rT OQ O D er Ke 5 x ipu ddy O a T c WY aS l qo ines Editor Programming Software User Manual Texas Instruments TI5x5 Series T1505 T1545 1102 T1545 1104 Transparent Byte Protocol or Non Intelligent Terminal Protocol The following screens provide you with an example of how to set up a T15x5 T1505 T1545 1102 and 11545 1104 Protocol Open EZPanel Enhanced Editor Programming Software and configure Project Information as shown in the figure below Step 1 Project Information After selecting the PLC Type wz o and Protocol click on the 7 A EZ Panel ms y St View Edit PLC Com Setup por EDITOR The PLC Attributes dialog Bs as easy as 1 2 3 box will a ppear Enter the EZT ouch Programming Software Version 3 2 21 EZAutomation Phone 1 877 774 EASY pa rameters shown Click on Selected Action Edit OFF LINE Write Later E Gat sek ae the OK button to save your SELECTACTION j ENTER PROJECT INFORMATION Project Location Se ectio Ns j Yo u WI retu rn DELNE o C Program Files EZPanelE nhanced Project Browse to the Project Information to Panel Later Project Name screen Click on the OK button new project eat E Fira to begin creating your EZPanel Read Program po pee g Ig y pon hein Number fi x Name New Screen Enhanced Project Select Panel i
9. Enter On Off Text Text size and color are programmed under the General Tab These characteristics will be implemented for all of the inside button text 1 2 3 4 5 Select the Character Size for the On Text and the Off Text Choose the Color of the Text by clicking on the arrow button to view the color palette Move the cursor over the color you want and click to select Select whether or not the Text will Blink Next select the Background Color of the button and whether or not it will Blink Each Radio Button from 2 to 8 may contain different text and Click on the Button 1 Tab pone aa i a i B tt 1 to edit Lan guage an d On O ff General Protection Visibility D etails Go Button 2 Text Simulate Press Cancel Text Language On Text On Off Text or a different language Click on the Button 1 tab Choose the Language number 1 9 and type in the text as you want it to appear within that button when ON and when OFF i e you might want to place the words STOP and RUN inside the buttons instead of Off and On Remember that the other universal characteristics for the button text and background have been chosen under the f SSD Editor Programming Software User Manual General Tab character size color etc Protection See Button Object Visibility Details See Button Object OK Cancel Help Buttons e Click on OK button to save your selections and ex
10. Error T02_7 Address type does not match Tag data type or the address is invalid Error T02_8 Tag IO Type does not match Object type Reason If you specify a discrete address to an object requiring a word address or vice versa you will receive this error message Solution Specify a valid PLC address with appropriate I O Type Error T02_9 This object requires a Read Write PLC address Entered address is Read Only location Reason This error occurs if a Read Only PLC address was entered for a Touch Object Solution Enter a Read Write location for touch objects Object Type Type of Address Touch Objects Read Write Display Objects Read Write or Read Only Alarms Read Write or Read Only Project Attributes Internal Clock Read Write Project Attributes External Clock Read Write or Read Only Project Attributes Passwords Read Write or Read Only Project Attributes Panel to PLC Read Write Project Attributes PLC to Panel Read Write or Read Only Error T02_10 Number of Characters must be even and valid range is from 2 to 40 Reason In the process of making an ASCII tag the number of characters must remain between 2 and 40 Ifthe user enters a number outside of this range this error occurs Solution The user can either reenter a number within the specified range or use the wheel to the right edge of that field NOED Editor Programming Software User Manual Error T02_11 IO Type is not valid for lt ControlIName gt Unable t
11. O Q Ga Q ag NOTE These settings must match the PLC Communications Port that you are connecting the panel to ines Editor Programming Software User Manual The dialog box shown below appears when you click on the View Edit Attributes button It is specific to the type PLC and protocol you have selected in the previous dialog box in this case DirectLogic K Sequence You may change the attributes from this dialog box Click on OK to save your changes or Help to view the help topics available for that particular PLC DiuectLogic K Sequence PLC Editor Revision B Baud Rate Parity Select RS485 Control RTS Require CTS Data Timeout 0 40 sec Upgrade Firmware SEE CAUTION BELOW There may be occasional upgrades to the EZPanel Enhanced internal software also referred to as the Exec or Firmware Check the EZAutomation website periodically for information about software and firmware upgrades CAUTION Existing programs that are saved to Flash memory must be re saved to Flash after upgrade When upgrading firmware YOU MUST write the program to the panel and save the program to FLASH using Panel gt Flash gt RAM to Flash To Upgrade Firmware 1 Back up the user program currently stored in the panel and save to disk or Flash option card 2 Click on Upgrade Firmware and navigate click on Browse button to the new firmware file hex file Editor Programmin
12. a TP w p A gt F TA OTE boa Step EDITOR Sas easy as 1 2 3 SELECT ACTION Edit Program OFF LINE Write to Panel Later Read Program from Panel Edit OFF LINE Edit Program ON LINE M Ethemet COM Port com Please Note There are special consider ations when the panel is connected to a n Ethernet IP network When leaving the panel Setup Mode all values currently residing in the INPUT TAGS are cleared to a value of 0 zero Also when leaving the panel Setup Mode there is a delay of approximately 10 to 15 seconds while the Ethernet IP interface card is being initialized before the panel values being displayed are updated EZTouch Programming Software Version 3 2 21 EZAutomation Phone 1 877 774 EASY www ezautomation net Selected Action Edit OFF LINE Write Later ENTER PROJECT INFORMATION Project Location C Program Files EZPanelE nhanced Project Browse Project Name new project ezt ipon Start Editing Screen l Number fi x Name New Screen 7 Select Panel r Panel Family Size EZPanel Enhanced C EZTouch EZTouchPLC r IR BD wi ew Select Model fau 8 Color 640480 Coe Ei a Protocol v View Edit PLC Com Setup Generic Ethernet IP Revision A t Use Di antch settings IP Address 10 1 200 250 Connect TimeOut 1 255 sec fi Poll Time jo 0 255 tenths of a sec
13. to the Project Information ff 247 C Program Files EZPanelE nhanced Project screen Click on the OK Fansteted Project Name i j v Firmware Hevision button to begin creating your row project oa a on EZPanel Enhanced Project Po Pogan Tia ie cen J eae et Saws O Select Panel ae Panel Family oe Control Techniques ANSI Unidrive Xx lc EZPanelEnhanced EZTouch C EZTouchPLC Ce Cge Ci Cis PLC Revision Number E Select Model ALL 8 Color 640x480 o w Group Number 1 9 Protocol L iihink no Unit Number 1 9 heal Ok Baud Rate se Data Timeout 1 40 tenths of a second Select RS 485 2 wire Bink eist Editor Programming Software User Manual Control Technology Corporation CTC CTC2600 2700 and 5100 CTC Binary The following screens provide you with an example of how to set up a CTC2600 2700 and 5100 CTC Binary Protocol To set up the CTC PLC Binary using Modasst configuration software program the Channel Configuration screen Open EZPanel Enhanced Editor Programming Software and configure Project Information as shown in the figure below After selecting the PLC Type and Protocol click on the View Edit PLC Com Setup The PLC Attributes dialog box will appear Enter the parameters shown Click on the OK button to save your selections You will return to the Project Information screen Click on the OK button Step 1 Project Information p P A
14. v OTE For an operator to rook ma Enh change the language on a Language 5 Language 5 English configured panel see System Language 6 Language 6 English Objects Select Language Language language Enh Language 8 Language 8 English X Language 9 Language 9 English v _ NOTE For ANSI and ASCII Character Codes see Appendix B ANSI Character Codes can be used to insert Spanish characters into text EZPanel Enhanced supports Multiple Languages Language Preference allows you to select and view different versions of text strings while you are working in the programming software Each version can be created for a different language up to 9 for each Object where text is displayed Enter the name of the Language in the fields next to the Language number Select the System Language English or Spanish for the language used for System Messages and Prompts To insert an ANSI Character refer to the list in appendix b You must press and hold the ALT key and using the numeric keypad on your keyboard enter a 0 plus Hie Sdigit code fromthe list The Default Language is the language to be used by EZPanel Enhanced on power up A brief tutorial is provided here to show you how the Multi Language Support Feature works If for instance you are creating a Push Button Object and you want the text within the button to say Hello in Language Number 1 HOLA Spanish equivalent in Language Numbe
15. 0x0010 Invalid Write Panel register xxxx This error will occur when an attempt to write to a read only MFX element The panel register xxxx contains the address of the MFX element that is read only 0x0020 PLC Message Time out This message occurs when the unit does not receive a reply to its command The unit will retry a command and wait for the specified time out period before reporting this command 0x0040 Invalid PLC attributes using defaults This error is reported when the PLC driver receives an invalid set of PLC attributes The default attributes will be used when this error occurs Timeouts The timeout time specifies the amount of time the panel will wait for a reply to a message before triggering an error Each message sent to the PLC must be acknowledged by the PLC The acknowledgment must be received within the time out period If the acknowledgment is not received the driver will retry the command After the message has been sent twice with no response the time out error message will be posted MODICON PLC WITH MODBUS RTU PROTOCOL 0x0000 Noerror 0x0001 Incompatible Revision This error will be displayed when the driver and exec have an incompatible revision 0x0002 Limit of elements per screen exceeded This occurs when there are too many registers on the display to be monitored The number of registers on the display must be reduced 0x0004 Reply received from invalid slave nnn If the driver received a message from
16. 7 SELECT ACTION Edit Program OFF LINE Write to Panel Later Read Program from Panel and Edit OFF LINE Edit Program ON LINE Lari N N it s as easy as 1 2 3 ks le r Ethernet COM Port o a lt gt Ag ES T ee EDITOR EZT ouch Programming Software Versio EZAutomation Phone 1 877 7 wwe ezautom a p Selected Action Edit OFF LINE Write Later ENTER PROJECT INFORMATION Project Location C Program Files EZPanelE nhanced Project Brows Project Name new project ezt Firmware Revision Start Editing Screen Number 1 v Name New Screen Select Panel Panel Family Size lc EZPanelEnhanced EZTouch EZTouchPLC I Be Bey Be a Select Model ALL 8 Color 640x480 a F PLC T and ees papin rew E di Te to begin creating your EZPanel 1 ictece ae eee ae Enhanced Project L J Manet Ok Help Language Clear E CTC Binary B P PLC Revision Number C Communication Parameters Other Parameters Poy EER enh ot asecond Stop Bits One Poll Time 0 255 z Select A5495 IN o tenths of 4 second Conio RTS INe od Require CTS No Cancel Help 5 xipueddy U rT OQ U D r Ke O Z D Q Q lt oR a l ou Idec Computer Link Protocol ines Editor Programming Software User Manual The following scr
17. d Press the ALARM HISTORY button From this screen press the DETAILS button The following screen will appear showing the details of the alarm D lt 5 X c cn oo Q 5 Q 5 lt 5 ALARM HISTORY DETAILS ENTRY MO PLC ERROR ACTIVATED CLEARED ACTUAL UALUE HIGH LON DIS LON LIMIT HIGH LIMIT 3 Editor Programming Software User Manual e Press on the NEXT button to view details of the second alarm Remember or write down the ACTUAL VALUE In this case the actual decimal value is 256 ALARM HISTORY DETAILS ENTRY MO gi ERROR CODE VALUE ACTIVATED 10 18 50 10 Jan 01 CLEARED 10 18 53 10 JAaM O1 ACTUAL VALUE 256 HIGH LOW DIS HIGH LOU LIAIT g HIGH LIAIT O y x pu ddy r r e c D gt e e gt Q f Press the EXIT button to return to ALARM HISTORY screen and then press the EXIT button on this screen to return to the project screen g Convert the Actual Value of the error that you wrote down from the Alarm History Details screen All PLC ERROR CODE VALUEs are in decimal Convert them to HEX From the Actual Value of 256 you will get a Hex value of 100 Look for this value under Driver Errors 0x0100 See the following section for PLC Driver Error Messages 2 lt 3 X co o 0 Q 5 Q 5 lt o BEM Editor Programming Software User Manual gt Problem What is Screen Buffer Overflow This message in
18. has to agree with the Range type under the XY Axis tab If one is different from the other and the OK button is selected this message will appear Solution After assigning the Pen tags Same sign type go to the XY Axis tab and select the appropriate range type corresponding to the assigned Pen tags or select the range type before assigning any tags to the Pen Either way the Pen tags and the Range type must be the same before the OK button is selected Error J10_4 Total number of line graphs must be between 0 and 255 Reason You will not be able to create more than 255 line graphs in a single screen Dynamic Bitmap Static Bitmap Error J11_1 Selected file is not a BMP file Solution Select a valid Windows BMP file Error J11_2 No Bitmap file was selected Please select a BMP File Solution One of three actions can be taken 1 Select Copy from Clipboard to copy the file name chosen from the Symbol Factory 2 Select Import Bitmap to choose a bitmap from a file somewhere in your computer or off the network to enter in the File Name box Error J11_3 Select either ON or OFF bitmap Reason Dynamic bitmaps require at least one bitmap to be selected Error J11_4 Compressed BMP size exceeds the maximum size usable BMP size Reason Panels use a Run Length Encoding RLE technique to compress Bitmaps for display and saving purposes The maximum allowable size of a compressed BMP is 64K If the selec
19. 0x0100 Invalid PLC attributes using defaults The driver received attributes that it could not use The default values for all PLC attributes will be used Gp Editor Programming Software User Manual EZPanel Enhanced Error Messages WRITE QUEUE OVERFLOW This message indicates that the panel was unable to write all of the tags to the PLC The panel can queue up to 20 tags to write to the PLC After the tag is written to the PLC it is removed from the queue If a write is attempted while the queue is full then this error message is displayed and the write is ignored EXTERNAL CLOCK OBJECT IGNORED This message indicates that the increment decrement hour system object was pressed while the external clock has been selected in the project attributes The object can not change the external clock RAM TEST FAILED This message indicates that the RAM test performed at reset failed The RAM in the unit may be unreliable y x pu ddy VIDEO CHIP TEST FAILED This message indicates that the video controller chip did not program correctly e z D gt e e F Q VIDEO RAM TEST FAILED This message indicates that the video RAM test performed at reset failed The video RAM in the unit may be unreliable KEYPAD ENTRY TOO HIGH This message indicates that the user attempted to enter a value that was greater than the maximum value for the numeric keypad The value is ignored KEYPAD ENTRY TOO LOW
20. Condition An unknown condition has occurred Error 8 Screen Message PLC ERROR CODE eee eee Error code return by the PLC 1 255 Condition The command attempted failed a corresponding error was returned in the reply Error 9 Screen Message UNKNOWN PLC ERROR CODE eee eee Error code return by the PLC 1 255 Condition The command attempted failed an unexpected error was returned in the reply TEXAS INSTRUMENTS PLC WITH SERIES 5x5 PROTOCOL 0x0000 No error 0x0002 Limit of elements per screen exceeded This occurs when there are too many registers on the display to monitor 0x0004 Invalid checksum received An invalid checksum was received in a message from the PLC 0x0008 PLC Error Check PLC Status The PLC has sent an error code to the Panel stating there was a problem with the program in the PLC or with the setup of the Panel 0x0010 Communications time out This error will appear if there is a loss of communications This error is based on time out time entered in the PLC attributes 0x0020 Panel Register xxxx is read only This error will occur if there is an attempt to write to a read only variable within the PLC 0x0040 Register xxxx Address out of range This error will occur if an attempt to read or write to a variable within the PLC that is out of range of the PLC memory 0x0080 Register xxxx Data not found This will occur if the data requested cannot be found within the PLC This is an error sent by the PLC
21. Condition The option card responded to a Generic Init mailbox message that the driver sent The option card thinks that the length as entered in the attributes of the Program Loader of the OUTPUT is invalid Error 32 INCORR_OUT_DPRAM_LENGTH Screen Message INCORRECT OUT DPRAM LENGTH Condition The option card responded to a Generic Init mailbox message that the driver sent The option card thinks that the length of the OUTPUT DPRAM is invalid this length is calculated from the length of the OUTPUT as entered in the attributes of the Program Loader Error 33 INCORR_OUT_TOTAL_LENGTH Screen Message INCORRECT OUT TOTAL LENGTH Condition The option card responded to a Generic Init mailbox message that the driver sent The option card thinks that the length of the OUTPUT total length is invalid this length is calculated from the length of the OUTPUT as entered in the attributes of the Program Loader Error 34 INCORR_CFG_MOD_STATUS_WD Screen Message INCORRECT CONFIG MODULE STATUS WORD Condition The option card responded to a Generic Init mailbox message that the driver sent The option card thinks that the configuration of the bits in the module status word is incorrect Error 35 INCORR_CFG_INT_NOTIFY_WD Screen Message INCORRECT CONFIG INT NOTIFICATION WORD Condition The option card responded to a Generic Init mailbox message that the driver sent The option card thinks that the configuration of the bits in the Interrupt N
22. File Edit Screen Objects Draw Panel Setup W a Se gt Sime OO Tterm Asem 4 ANNA FY BPM hn Be oxi etc E i Project Screens Bj 1 Numeric Entry Screen AQ 2 Time and Date 3 New Screen AQ 4 Meter Screen j 5 Alarm History Screen QS amp Salute to America a Far Helm ness F1 5 Right click the mouse at any time while designing your screens to access the menu screens you are working on to copy paste make changes Gut Objects Gopy Objects Paste Objects shown to the right E Some of the screen design features available aa to you are Baname Screen e Program labels in up to 9 languages Display Grid e Popup Keypad that allows you to enter v Snap to Grid data Grid Size e Vector based graphics for easy sizing SW Touch Celis displayed in up to 128 colors Screen Description Background Color Graphical trending PID loop tune face plates Recipe download Thumbwheel interface Radio buttons Analog clocks Meters switches and lamps Symbol Factory library of over 4 000 factory objects You are now ready to begin configuring objects Click on the button for Step 3 Write Your Program to Panel Check to ensure that Ethernet COM Port matches the port that is connected to your panel and click on the Start button Read the information below to learn more about the Write Program to Panel screen Setup Your Project Informationr 2 Before P
23. Help Total of Samples is the number of readings stored in the line graph at one time The maximum number of readings is 999 Sample per Chart is the maximum number of readings that will be visible on the chart Use the arrow buttons on the object to view more of the chart Number of readings to average per sample You may choose to have the graph average a number of readings in a sample and display that sample average on a the chart For instance if you want to take several temperature readings in an hour s time and then have the graph display this average as one sample on the chart Select a number between 1 and 255 4 Editor Programming Software User Manual Click on the Pen tab to program individual readings lines 1 Click on the down arrow to select the Tag Name or enter a new tag name for the register you want Pen 1 or 2 3 4 5 6 to monitor and illustrate Line Graph General Pen XY Axis Visibility Details ris Iv ShowTicks _ Label Major Divisions 4 Language 4 Color E Minor Divisions 2 tar Ik Axis V Show Y Axis grid V Show Tick Numbers A xis C ShowTicks A Label Major Divisions 4 Language E Color E Minor Divisions 2 Text ly Axis r Range Note Select the sign type signed or unsigned that matches the sign of IV Show Axis grid pen tag data types _ Valid Ranges V Show Tick Numbers C Signed Minimum 0 Unsigned i 4294967295
24. Maximum Input i 6 Max 1 0 range 1 256 words Maximum Output 16 Max 1 0 range 1 256 words Subnet Mask 255 255 255 0 Gateway Address 10 1 200 253 Hep Cancel 1 Download the project to the panel 2 Attach the panel to the Ethernet IP network dnjas Jld 5 x ipu ddy O 5 D Q Q lt oR _ v O al ou 1 Editor Programming Software User Manual Run RSLogix 5000 RSLogix 5000 My Controller 1756 L55 Fle Edt View Search Logic Communications Toole Window Help elsa S xele oA 4 Off line Al RUN Under I O Configuration right click the 2 Ethernet Module and from the pop up eedan poe MA ra Coe menu select New Module as shown to feeds a amp rA a fee oe UO hej Favcrne KSEE a Controller My_Controfer f Controller Tags G Controller Fault Handler the right The Select Module Type window will appear Select Generic Ethernet Module as shown below f G Power Up Hander B S Tasks Sa MainTask 6 83 MainProgam Program Tags MainRoutine i Unscheduled Programs H S Motion Groups f L G Ungrouped Axes G Trends x S Data Types In the next window RSLogjix will ask for Select Module Type Type Major Revision ETHERNET MODULE o 1 756 ENBF A 1756 10 1 00 Mbps Ethemet Bridge Fiber Media 756 ENB T A 1756 10 1 00 Mbps Ethemet Bridge Twisted Pair
25. NOTE Use the drop arrow ls select P Aderess z Ctype PECE SLOE OS the PL SRTP GEF arug Cortiole t Locston 1 Message Time Uit E l tenhs ola 2secerd Setting COM1 for a Printer In this Appendix Instructions PAKS Editor Programming Software User Manual Setting COM1 for Printer 1 Place the panel into Setup Mode by pressing the upper left and lower left corners of the touch screen simultane ously When the panel is in Setup Mode the following screen will appear Aauitinn Manan Fiimmyaic hd ae ree Ninn AY Taral Hardware A Flai nrk Cun 1 Cuamipu tz Et a HIL Lohta H A 18 00 C4 Pail t TF 10 F Clark com 1 Loniracd uuvrhpad Display xh Test T g n c x gt Oo i 0 as gt lt O 2 Press the COM1 button When the COM1 button is pressed the following screen will appear 55164 COM Cumant Sahin Comparer HOTE CORT is A gnod to hr COMP Ler vla In pwp Corpu 3 Press the Printer button to assign COM1 as a printer port When you press the Printer button the panel will return to the Main Setup screen as shown on the next page Editor Programming Software User Manual A awk li Fil ria Euru larcher ari Cinrk Luim T PRL Ge 1 eel AFM et HA 19 0 CA l ale P 100 F Lori 1 Punch pad Tar COM1 will now read Printer The panel is now set up to recognize a printer 3 NOTE You must set up the commu
26. OTE See page 141 for information about Project Screen Explorer View NEM Editor Programming Software User Manual Screen Menu New Screen Enter a screen Number and a Title for the New Screen Click on Open to display the new screen or Cancel to exit without saving the new screen Open Screen Open New Screen Humber Title 2 New Screery Screen List 1 Ser Cancel Help The Open Screen command brings up the dialog box shown below Click on the screen in the Screen List that you want to open and then click on the Open button Rename Screen Open Screen Number Title f Alarm Screen Screen List Screen O01 New Screen 3 Alarm Screen Pump Operation Screen Monitor Purp Screen This dialog box allows you to Rename an existing screen in your project NOED Editor Programming Software User Manual 1 Select the screen you wish to change from the Screen List 2 Click in the Title box and change the title to the new name Rename Screen Humber Title fi Screen om Screen List 1 Screen O01 2 New Screen 3 Alarm Screen 4 Pump Operation Screen 5 Monitor Purp Screen Cancel Help k 3 Click on the Rename button Your screen will be renamed to the Title you have entered Delete Screen Click on the screen s you want to delete from the project and then press the Delete button Delete Screen x 2 New Screen 3 Alarm Screen 4 Pump Operation Sc
27. The option card thinks that the length as entered in the attributes of the Program Loader of the INPUT is invalid e c z D gt e e E gt Q y x pu ddy AWN Editor Programming Software User Manual Error 32 INCORR_IN_DPRAM_LENGTH Screen Message Incorrect IN DPRAM length Condition The option card responded to an initialization mailbox message that the driver sent The option card thinks that the length of the INPUT DPRAM is invalid this length is calculated from the length of the INPUT as entered in the attributes of the Program Loader Error 33 INCORR_IN_TOTAL_LENGTH Screen Message Incorrect IN total length Condition The option card responded to a initialization mailbox message that the driver sent The option card thinks that the length of the INPUT total length is invalid this length is calculated from the length of the INPUT as entered in the attributes of the Program Loader 2 lt 3 X co O O Q 5 Q 5 lt o Error 34 INCORR_OUT_IO_LENGTH Screen Message Incorrect OUT I O length Condition The option card responded to an initialization mailbox message that the driver sent The option card thinks that the length as entered in the attributes of the Program Loader of the OUTPUT is invalid Error 35 INCORR_OUT_DPRAM_LENGTH Screen Message Incorrect OUT DPRAM length Condition The option card responded to a initialization mailbox message that the drive
28. This error occurs when a message with an invalid checksum is received by the unit 0x0010 Incorrect Reply The driver received an incorrect or unexpected reply from the PLC with address nnn 0x0020 Error PLC nnn lt error gt The driver received a ModBus message exception code from the PLC The lt error gt strings are Illegal Function The PLC received an invalid function code Illegal Data Address The address requested is not allowable for the PLC This may appear instead of a time out when a PLC is in bridge mode to a ModBus Plus network The PLC that the Panel is communicating with will return this error if the message could not be passed on to the addressed PLC Illegal Data Value The value in the data field is not allowed for the PLC Slave Device Failure An unrecoverable error occurred in the PLC Acknowledge e z D gt e e F Q y x pu ddy 4 PTE 26 ie So 25 lt o NOED Editor Programming Software User Manual The PLC requires more time to process the message Slave Device Busy The PLC is processing a long command and is not ready for a new one Negative Acknowledgment The PLC cannot perform the function requested Memory Parity Error An error was detected in the PLC memory 0x0040 Broadcast not allowed in read command If a broadcast message to read was attempted 0x0080 PLC time out PLC nnn The panel is unable to communicate with the PLC with address
29. from PLC is anything but zero this entry will be ignored Range is 1 999 Alarm Display Time sec Specifies the length of time in seconds 1 to 60 that each alarm will remain displayed before the next alarm in the circular queue is displayed Alarm List Size If two or more alarms are active they are placed in a circular queue and displayed one after another This parameter specifies the length of the queue Range is 1 99 In other words this is the maximum number of alarms that will be on at one time This is not the number of alarm inputs that are monitored See the section on alarms for more information Display Saver 30 1500 minutes 0 Disabled The length of time in minutes that passes before the screen saver is activated The timer is reset when a new screen is displayed or when the screen is touched or an alarm is activated A D h D D O D O Q A Q ag NOTE To set the panel COMI port to Printer see Appendix D Editor Programming Software User Manual Default Language This value is the language that the panel will use when it powers up Choose from Languages 1 to 9 Languages are programmed when creating the object text or in the Message Database Languages are named under the Language Tab To change the active language when in the EZPanel Enhanced Editor Programming Software click on Edit gt Current Editing Language Display large keypad on panel
30. 0x0010 Communications Errors This error occurs if there are problems receiving messages 0x0020 Communications time out PLC xx This error occurs when the panel does not receive a reply form PLC xx to its command The unit will retry once in the time out time before displaying this error 0x0040 Panel register xxxx is read only This error will occur if an attempt to write to a read only register in the PLC is made 0x0080 Invalid PLC attributes using defaults This error occurs if there are problems with the PLC attributes 0x0100 Max node address less than Panel address This error will occur if the maximum node address is less than the address of the panel The maximum node address must be made equal to or greater than the address for the panel on the network 0x0200 STS xx EXTSTS xx Errors from PLC xx This error will occur if the unit receives an error message from the PLC in response to the command it sent Check your Allen Bradley protocol manual for the error codes 0x0400 Panel only active node on network This error occurs when the panel is the only active node on the DH485 network The panel will display this error until another panel or PLC is into the network e z D gt e e F Q y x pu ddy 4 PT 26 ie D O 25 lt o GING Editor Programming Software User Manual 0x0800 PLC address xx out of range This error occurs if a PLC address entered in the map is greater than th
31. 1 select ERROR CODE VALUE from the list b Leave 0 as the Low Limit and change the High Limit to 1 c Leave Log and Display checked d Under Alarm Text type in the alarm message as Error Code Value e Click on Add New Alarm button f For Alarm Number 2 click on the arrow next to Tag Name and select PLC ERROR from the list y x pu ddy e c z D gt e e E gt Q g Leave Log and Display checked h Under Alarm Text type in the alarm message as PLC ERROR i Click on Close The Alarm Database should look like the screen capture below 10 Click on OK Alarm Database To be able to view the Alarm History and the PLC ERROR CODE VALUE perform the steps on the following page 2 z 26 D e D O 25 lt o NSD Editor Programming Software User Manual First we ll program a screen with an Alarm History button that will allow you to view alarm history Open the screen in your EZPanel Enhanced Editor Programming Software where you want to place the Alarm History Button Click on Objects gt Alarm History The following screen will appear Alarm History General Protection WVisibility Details Label Text Language BE Character Size 6x8 7 Label Text ALARM HISTORY Position Color Top Text z Bottom Background Display Screen IV Display Frame Alarm History Alarm Count 2 Text Cha
32. 3 Under Images select to Display images based on Bit Number or Image Number If you chose Bit Number select either Bits are repre sented in Decimal System or in Octal System Select Background Attributes of bitmap This is a local attribute for each Multi state Bitmap object Click on the down arrow next to Color to select the background color from the available selections Choose whether or not you want the background to be Transparent when it appears on the panel Next you will choose the Non programmed bitmap action on panel If a value or a image number is sent to the panel that does not have a valid programmed image associated with it an error message will display by default Display an error message is selected You may choose instead to have the panel Display a blank bitmap or Display the last displayed bitmap ignore the new value S Editor Programming Software User Manual Multi state Bitmap General Images Visibility Details To add an image aA Add Image To edit an image Image Number DEFAULT 7 Symbol Select Copy from Factory Image Clipboard Allow Stretching Tl Stretch to Fit I Maintain Aspect Ratio To remove an image Remove Image Simulate Press Add Image eee i 7 Stretch to Fit F Maintain Aspect Ratio From Clipboard Image Number fo Symbol Factory Dimension 61 Wx40H OK Cancel Program Images Images programmed to display in the Mu
33. Click on the Add Edit Tags button The following window will appear Add Hea g Details Under Destination Tag Name click on the down arrow to view list of available tags or enter a new name Select the tag you wish to use If you enter a new tag name the Add New Tag Details dialog will open Enter the tag details The Destination tag type determines the data format Under Source choose Constant default or Another tag for the value If you choose Constant the Value from a constant group will 10 NOSED Editor Programming Software User Manual be enabled and Value from another tag will be disabled Enter a Value that you want written to the register Select from the available Data Format choices i e Unsigned Decimal Signed Decimal Octal or Hex If you choose Another tag the Value from another tag will be enabled and Value from a constant will be disabled Enter a new source tag or choose an existing tag from those available Only the tags that are of the same data type as the destination tag will be displayed Repeat for the second entry You may continue writing values for up to 20 Tags locations Note If a Discrete tag is chosen enter a 0 for OFF or a 1 for ON Protection see Button Object Visibility Details see Button Object OK Cancel Help Buttons Click on OK button to save your selections and exit the dialog box Click on Cancel button to exit the dialog box without saving y
34. GENERIC DEVICENET I O ERROR CODE DESCRIPTIONS Driver Generated Errors Error 0 NO_ERROR Screen Message N A Condition NEVER WILL OCCUR Error 1 NO_OPTION_BD Screen Message NO OPTION CARD Condition You will receive this error message if the DeviceNet I O option card is not present y x pu ddy r e c z D gt e e E gt Q Please Note user should not see this message instead they should see Error 11 CARD_INIT_ERROR CARD INITIALIZATION PROCESS FAILED Error 2 INVALID_ATTRIBUTES Screen Message INVALID ATRIBUTES FROM PROGRAM LOADER Condition You will receive this error message if the driver did not get the expected list of attributes from the Program Loader Error 3 NOT_INITIALIZED Screen Message CARD INDICATES IT S NOT INITIALIZED Condition The DeviceNet I O option card went through its initialization process however it indicated that it is not initialized Please Note user should not see this message instead they should see Error 11 CARD_INIT_ERROR CARD INITIALIZATION PROCESS FAILED Error 4 DPRAM_FAILURE Screen Message OPTION CARD DUAL PORT RAM FAILED Condition On powerup the dual port RAM test failed Please Note user should not see this message instead they should see Error 11 CARD_INIT_ERROR CARD INITIALIZATION PROCESS FAILED Error 5 INVALID_DRIVER_STATE Screen Message INVALID DRIVER STATE Condition Driver is in an unexpected state thi
35. Language Clear Exit Baud Rate E wiring Rs 485 Data Length 7 Bit Communication Settings Parity Evan a Communication Port Setirgs Baud Hate Stop Bits One gt Cancel gt Data Bils Time Ou i 255 ap Detault lin tenths of a second Parity Poll Time 0 255 in tenths of a second 5 cea Phr PLE Model Micro3 3C T meag 31 Editor Programming Software User Manual Mitsubishi CC Link CC Link Protocol The following screens provide you with an example of how to set up a CC Link Protocol To set up the Mitsubishi PLC CC Link using GX Developer configuration software program the Channel Configuration screen Open EZPanel Enhanced Editor Programming Software and configure Project Information as shown in the figure below After selecting the PLC Type Step 1 Project Information and Protocol click on the ar l EZ Pan el _ ae View Edit PLC Com Setup 4 4 gt h Earn The PLC Attributes dialog HP A i lt box will appear Enter the T pg gt gt EDITOR parameters shown Click on the OK button to save your Selected Action Edit OFF LINE Write Later selections You will return SELECT ACTION ENTER PROJECT INFORMATION Projact Locaton to the Project Information pig ae ke C Frogram Fies EZPaneEnhanced Proect Browse screen Click on the OK to Panel Later Basia button to begin creating your new project ezt HrrmereFeision EZPanel Enhanc
36. Language EE Character Size 6 8 Selected Label Text CHANGE SCA Style Position Color Top Tet Bottom Background gt Go To Screen Text Char Size Color Language Tet M Text Screen Screen B ackground NOTE See Project Attributes ila gt PLC to Panel gt Switch to Screen Number page 185 TO put a Label on the Change Screen object perform the fol for information related to owing steps changing screens from the 1 Click on the box in front of Label Text if you want a label PLC for your object 2 Use the UP DOWN arrows after the Language box to select a language number See Language section page 180 Select Character Size from the available choices Enter Label Text up to 40 characters Select the Position of the label whether you want it to appear at the Top or the Bottom of the object frame 6 Select the Text and Background Color Click on the down arrow to view the color palette 7 Display Frame is selected by default If you do not want the frame around the button to be visible click on the box to deselect the box will be empty Uieu Control PUDE an M Display Frame A i To Create the Change Screen Button object 1 Select the Style of the button from the available choic es 2 Click in the empty field next to Go To Screen and type in the name of the screen or click on the down arrow for a list of screens in the project and select 3 Select the Langua
37. On power up the dual port ram test failed Please Note user should not see this message instead they should see Error 11 CARD_INIT_ERROR CARD INITIALIZATION PROCESS FAILED Error 5 INVALID_DRIVER_STATE Screen Message INVALID DRIVER STATE Condition Driver is in an unexpected state this condition should never occur Error 6 ACCESS UNATTAINABLE Screen Message DRIVER CAN T ACCESS OPTION CARD DPRAM Condition Driver failed to get the lock on an area in DPRAM while trying to do a read or write Error 7 RELEASE FAILURE Screen Message DRIVER CAN T RELEASE OPTION CARD DPRAM Condition Driver failed to release the lock on an area in DPRAM while trying to do a read or write nYnK ele Editor Programming Software User Manual Error 8 MSG_TIMEOUT Screen Message Condition messages DRIVER TIMEOUT The Ethernet IP option card failed to respond to one of the driver s mailbox init Error 9 MB_S_ TIMEOUT Screen Message TIMEOUT WAITING SEND MAILBOX ACCESS The driver timed out waiting to place a message into the card s mailbox Condition Error 10 MB_R_TIMEOUT Screen Message TIMEOUT WAITING RECV MAILBOX ACCESS Condition CURRENTLY NEVER WILL OCCUR Error 11 CARD_INIT_ERROR Screen Message CARD INITIALIZATION PROCESS FAILED Condition Error 12 CARD _ Screen Message CARD INIT FAILED OR DRIVER STOPPED Condition Occurs when the driver fails to start after power up or the driver
38. PleType DirectLogic K Sequence Rev Tag Name i Tag Datatype DISCRETE PLC Address of Characters p 4 ow oe 31 Editor Programming Software User Manual 2 Click in the field next to Tag Name and enter a name for the tag 3 Click on the DOWN arrow next to the Tag Data Type field and select the data type from the list A D h D e D O D 4 Enter a PLC Address or leave blank if it is an Internal Tag 5 If you have selected ASCII String as your Data Type the of Characters field will become available Enter or select the number of characters up to 40 for the ASCII String 6 Click on the Add New Tag button The new tag will appear in the Tag Database list To Edit an existing tag 1 Highlight the tag in the list that you wish to edit 2 Click on the Add Edit button The following screen will appear Edit Tag Details PleType DirectLogic K Sequence Rev A Tag Datatype SIGNED_INT_16 PUC Address Y07004 of Characters P 4 o 3 Make any changes and then click on the Apply Tag Changes button The changes will be made to the tag and are reflected in the Tag Database list To Sort the Tag Database list 1 Right click your mouse while your cursor Add Edit resides anywhere in the Tag Database list Delete The popup menu to the right will appear ae J PP Sort on Address Sort on Tagname 2 From here you may Add Edit or Delete a Sort on Datatype
39. This occurs when there are too many register on the display that can be monitored 0x0008 PLC MSG time out CMD X NOED Editor Programming Software User Manual This error occurs when the unit does not receive a reply to its command The unit will retry a command and wait for the specific time out period before reporting this command The command ID causing this error is reported CMD OxAA READ CMD OXA2 WRITE 0x0010 Invalid PLC attributes using defaults This will occur if the PLC driver receives an invalid set of attributes The default attributes will be used when this occurs 0x0020 PLC bad checksum CMD X This occurs when a reply with an invalid checksum is received by the unit The command ID of the command that incurred the error is reported as part of the message CMD OXAA Read CMD OXA2 Write 0x0040 PLC Error STS XX EXTSTS XX CMD ZZ This is reported when a controller responds to a command with an error The error code is shown and can be looked up in the Allen Bradley documentation The command ID of the command causing the error is reported CMD OXAA Read CMD OXA2 Write 0x0080 PLC Nack Error This error is reported when a controller responds to a command with a negative acknowledgment 0x0100 PLC element read only This is reported when an attempt is made to write to an element with a read only map entry Read only map entries are input file output file and all discrete entries The driver can only read discrete entries it
40. a O Q O O Z O Z 6 Mono with EZE SSMS Standard Bezel 200K 6 Mono White EZP S6W RS on Blue with Slim 256KB Bezel 6 Mono White EZP S6W RSU on Blue with Slim 256KB Bezel 6 Mono with Slim Bezel 6 Mono with Standard Bezel 6 Mono with Standard Bezel 6 Mono with Slim Bezel 6 Mono with Slim Bezel 6 Mono with Slim Bezel 6 Mono with Slim Bezel 6 Mono with Slim Bezel 6 Mono with Slim Bezel See Note below NEMAS NEMA 1 FDA Z O Z O All Serial Drivers ONLY Universal NEMA 1 Ethernet FDA NEMA 1 See Note below FDA All plus EZ NEMA 4 Ethernet All plus AB DH NEMA 4 and Remove I O All plus EZ NEMA 1 Ethernet FDA All plus AB DH NEMA 1 and Remove I O FDA All plus DeviceNet el All plus Ethernet NEMA 1 I P FDA NEMA 1 All plus MB FDA All plus Profibus NEMAT All plus ModBus NEMA 1 TCP IP FDA NEMA 1 FDA ONLY Universal NEMA 1 Ethernet FDA NEMA 1 ONLY EZPLC FDA EZAutomation EZPanel NEMA Ratings The NEMA rating of all operator interface products in this manual relates to only the front bezel since only the front bezel is exposed to the external environment and the backend is enclosed inside an appropriately sealed enclosure used by the customer The Touchpanels in this manual have either NEMA 1 FDA Compliant or NEMA 4 4X indoor rating Please note that the touchpanels that are rated NEMA 1 FDA Compliant
41. adding color password protection and dynamic graphics for instance EZPanel Enhanced and EZPanel Enhanced Editor Programming Software are practical versatile and best of all make it EZ for you to create a dynamic interface for your application Project Setup In this chapter ON LINE and OFF LINE Projects Project Setup Entering Project Information Step 1 Designing Screens Step 2 Write Your Program to Panel Step 3 oR pet ep et S 2 al Project Setup EM Editor Programming Software User Manual Decide now if you want to work ON LINE or OFF LINE You may create a new project on your PC by working off line not connected to an EZPanel Enhanced You may also work on line with an EZPanel Enhanced unit to make changes to an existing project Working off line you may use EZPanel Enhanced Editor Programming Software to design your EZPanel Enhanced unit in your office or home or even while traveling Your project becomes as portable as your laptop and your EZPanel Enhanced is not down while you are redesigning or making modifications as your unique application needs grow or change Your project may be transferred to the EZPanel Enhanced at any time The transfer function allows you to select a project to be transferred to the Panel Working on line is unique to EZPanels Working in this mode allows you to make quick fixes or design changes to an install
42. background of the message to Blink 5 Select the Character Size of the Message Text by clicking on the down arrow next to the Char Size field to choose from the available choices 6 Click on the box in front of Print if you want the message to print to a printer anytime it is displayed on the Panel The Message print out will look similar to the following A D h D D O D TIME amp DATE 8 18 57 28 MAY 01 l MESSAGE THIS IS MESSAGE NO 1 THIS IS MESSAGE NO 1 Message Print Out TIME amp DATE 8 25 47 28 MAY 01 MESSAGE THIS IS MESSAGE NO 1 THIS IS MESSAGE NO 1 TIME amp DATE 8 25 51 28 MAY 01 NOTE To set the printer MESSAGE THIS IS MESSAGE NO 2 THIS IS MESSAGE NO 2 parameters see page 146 Project Attributes Printer tab To set the TIME amp DATE 8 25 53 28 MAY 01 a MESSAGE HI panel COMI port to Printer see Appendix D TIME amp DATE 8 25 55 28 MAY 01 MESSAGE BYE TIME amp DATE 8 25 58 28 MAY 01 MESSAGE THIS IS MESSAGE NO 1 THIS IS MESSAGE NO 1 7 Under Message Text select the Language for the message up to 9 and then enter the text for the message When finished click on the Add New Message button To edit an existing message 1 Click on the message in the Message Database list to highlight it and then double click or click on the Add button The following dialog box will appear Edit Message Details Dialog Box Edit Message Details 1 2 Make changes a
43. page 180 Select Character Size from the available choices Enter Label Text up to 40 characters Select the Position of the label whether you want it to appear at the Top or the Bottom of the object frame Select the Text and Background Color Click on the down arrow to view the color palette Display Frame is selected by default If you do not want the frame around the button to be visible click on the box to deselect the box will be empty To Choose a Radio Button Style perform the following steps 1 2 Under Select Style click on the style you prefer for the button object you are creating Your choice will appear under Selected Style Enter a Tag Name ala 2 Enter a Tag Name or click on the down arrow and select the Tag Name that you want to button to correspond to If the Tag Name is new the Add New Tag Details dialog box will appear where you will enter tag details The Tag Name will appear in the first field Enter an Address String appropriate NOED Editor Programming Software User Manual for your type PLC Click on the OK button NOTE This object can use a signed or unsigned Data Type Button I Bit 0 in assigned tag Button 8 Bit 7 in assigned tag Bits 9 to 15 are not used Select Number of Buttons ile Click on the UP or DOWN arrow to select the number of radio buttons You may choose from 2 to 8 buttons You may only have 6 buttons for 6 inch panels with 48 touch cells
44. program the Channel Configuration screen as shown to the right Open EZPanel Enhanced Editor Programming Piotocel Contra Software and configure Project Information Pono Tl screen as shown in the figure below Max Node Access 57 After selecting the PLC Type and Protocol click on the View Edit PLC Com Setup The PLC Attributes dialog box will appear Enter the parameters shown Click on the OK button to M save your selections You gt gt _ will return to the Project ie i N x EZ Pane Pree Information screen Click d ep k ose er EDITOR on the OK button to begin l Ry as easy ag 1 2 3 creating your EZPanel EZT ouch Programming Sofware Verdon 5221 Enhanced Project Ezautemabon Phone 1 0777T4EASY Selected Action Edit OFF LINE Write Later ANIA Ba Ore IOP mEt SELECT ACTION ENTER PROJECT IN FOR MAT lok Piogel Locatii TAE M C Pogan Filse E2Panelenhanoed reject Browse NOTE The Default PLC to Parel Lister Piojee Name Address can be any HS rac ea maas ieaon valid unused address Flged Progian Silat Edilng Screen from 0 to 31 Pe E min Humber T Namo New Scien hl Select Pong Penal Famiy k Alga Allen Bradley SLC 500 H 485 micorLogiz All i CZPsndbrhamced Glaeh E2TeuchPLe oP ee Pi oe PLC Typa and fma aia Frotocal asaaeeianaiied Tarkio Mapte Fsnel Station Humbe Defaut Station Hum
45. you will see an object highlighted in the screen The highlighted object is overlapping another object Please move the object so that it does not overlap another object and send the project again Q e 2i D gt e e gt Q y x pu ddy NOED Editor Programming Software User Manual Error C02_10 Uploading could not be completed Solution Check the connections between the panel and computer Restart the panel or resave the project and try communicating again Error C02_11 Out of Memory Error Reason Flash card is smaller than user RAM size Solution Please contact your panel vendor ONLINE Programming Communication Errors Error C03_1 Unable to delete screen from panel Reason If Screen gt Delete Screen on main menu bar is selected while there is a disruption in the communication between the panel and computer this error message is produced Solution Check the COM line power to panel and COM port used for correct setting and function Error C03_2 Memory diagnosing failed Solution Check connections and COM port settings Ensure the proper function and power distribution of panel no system faults If all checks out OK and you are still receiving this error message there maybe a physical problem with the panel s memory 4 PTE 26 ie D O 25 lt o Error C03_3 Errors in Warm Boot Reason Panel is not warm booting Solution This could be due to panel not a
46. 0 Option Board System Memory 65536 DriverMemon 10324 User Program 2712 Free lemom 445716 User hemon 524288 Panel Name EZP S8C P 8 Color 640x480 Option Board Type No option board selected Help Click for important information about the EZPanel Enhanced unit you are using and your PLC Information includes Revisions Hardware This is the revision of the EZPanel Enhanced unit Boot Software This is internal panel firmware used to power up the panel ANGERD Editor Programming Software User Manual Exec Software This is also internal firmware used to display panel information and allow panel adjustments to the internal Exec Flash Amount of memory available to hold the boot and exec firmware User Memory Flash This will let you know if the panel all models except 6 inch mono restricted P N EZP S6M R or EZP S6M RS can have a Flash card installed It will say O if not installed This feature allows you to back up your program from the panel itself There are two available memory sizes 512K P N EZP FLASH 1 and 1 MEG P N EZP FLASH 2 Once the program is backed uponto the card you can use it to load the program into different units no programming computer is necessary System Memory This tells you how much RAM memory is used by the firmware Driver Memory This is the memory used by the PLC Driver User Program This is the size of the program that you currently have loaded i
47. 1 or 2 MB All plus Ethernet I P NEMA 4 4X EZP T10C FSE 10 4 TFT Color with Slim Bezel 512KB Yes to 1 or 2 MB All plus Ethernet I P All plus AB DH and Remote I O All plus Modbus Plus NEMA 1 FDA EZP T10C FSH 10 4 TFT Color with Slim Bezel 512KB Yes to 1 or 2 MB NEMA 1 FDA EZP T10C FM 10 4 TFT Color with Slim Bezel 512KB Yes to 1 or 2 MB NEMA 4 4X EZP T10C FSM 10 4 TFT Color with Slim Bezel 512KB Yes to 1 or 2 MB All plus Modbus Plus NEMA 1 FDA EZP T10C FP 10 4 TFT Color with Slim Bezel 512KB Yes to 1 or 2 MB All plus Profibus NEMA 4 4X EZP T10C FSP 10 4 TFT Color with Slim Bezel 512KB Yes to 1 or 2 MB All plus Profibus NEMA 1 FDA EZP 1T10C FT 10 4 TFT Color with Slim Bezel 512KB Yes to 1 or 2 MB All plus ModBus TCP IP NEMA 4 4X EZP T10C FST 10 4 TFT Color with Slim Bezel 512KB Yes to 1 or 2 MB All plus ModBus TCP IP NEMA 1 FDA EZP T10C FC EZP T10C FSC EZP T10C FU EZP T10C FSU EZP T10C E EZP T15C FS 10 4 TFT Color with Slim Bezel 10 4 TFT Color with Slim Bezel 10 4 TFT Color with Slim Bezel 10 4 TFT Color with Slim Bezel 10 4 TFT Color with Slim Bezel 15 TFT Color with Slim Bezel 512KB 512KB 512KB 512KB 512KB 1MB Yes to 1 or 2 MB Yes to 1 or 2 MB Yes to 1 or 2 MB Yes to 1 or 2 MB Yes to 1 or 2 MB Yes to 1 or 2 MB All plus CC Link All plus CC Link ONLY Universal Ethernet ONLY Universal Ether
48. 120 123 On Bitmap and Off Bitmap 121 124 Symbol Factory 121 125 129 Sizing Bitmap See Sizing a Bitmap in Symbol Factory Tag Name 121 Dynamic Text 81 Label 81 String Tag Name 82 Text Characteristics 82 Trigger Tag Name 81 E Edit 150 edit compile download 32 editing 35 Edit Alarm Details Dialog Box 176 edit an existing tag 169 Edit Menu 149 Edit Message Details Dialog Box 179 Edit Passwords 23 48 Edit Program OFF LINE Write to Panel Later 33 Edit Program ON LINE 36 Edit Tag Details 47 electrical circuits ix Embedded Command 116 118 embedded data Tag 116 Embedded Data Value 119 embedded printer command 117 Embedding Data Value 119 Enable Beeper 182 ENTER PROJECT INFORMATION 37 Entivity Think amp DO Modbus Rev B C 34 Environmental Specifications ix Error Codes A 62 Error Code Descriptions GENERIC DEVICENET I O A 39 A 54 ERROR CODE VALUE A 7 A 9 A 11 Error Code Value 186 A 7 Error Messages A 15 A 61 EZTouch Panel A 61 EZTouch Programming Software A 62 PLC Drivers A 15 Ethernet 34 166 Ethernet COM Port 34 European Union EU Directives ix EU Information ix Excel 171 177 180 Excel Database Fields 173 Excel file 171 172 177 180 Exec 192 Exec Flash 164 Exec Software 164 EXISTING PROGRAM 41 Exit 148 Explorer View 158 Explorer view 40 Export Alarms 177 Comma delimited 177 To Excel 177 Export Messages 180 Export Scale Factor 162 Export Tags 171 177 external tags 44 EZ Touch Panel Error Messages A 15
49. 2 word OUTPUT 8 Byte 4 wordl OUTPUT 16 Byte 8 word OUTPUT 22 Byte 16 werd OUTPUT 64 Byte 32 werd OUTPUT 128 Byte 54 void dnjas Jld 5 xipueddy PYN ela Editor Programming Software User Manual Siemens S7 MPI Adapter PLC Communications Setup The following screens provide you with an example of how to set up a Siemens S7 MPI Adapter with Siemens 3964R Protocol RASIMATIC Manager EZ cxt_l Fie Edt Insert PLC View Options Widow Help ojele ee a 2 Se f Beh Using the Siemens Step 7 Programming Software open your project and proceed to the MPI Interface Setup Screen ik NetPro EZText_1 Network D SIEMENS PROJECTS l E3 au Netwoik Edil Inzet PLC View Options window Help ele 4 a e dali 5 e LLY 2 Properties CPU 315 2 DP R0752 x Timecf Day Interupts Cycle Inteinpt Diagnostics Oock Protection Genera Storlp Cyele Clock Memon Altentive Memory Intemapts Shot Designation CPU 315 2 DP SIMATIC 30061 O ae 54 KB work memory 0 3 ms 1Q00 insiractions MPI DP comnechons ar tor muki tie configuiation up to 32 moddes Order No BES 315 24F02 0480 ee Eea Click on the Properties button then click lak ype MPI on the Parameters tab and set the MPI A ea Networked Yeo Properties Address to 2 atl ee z m UEItieS MPI interface CPU 315 2 DP R0752 Genera Click on the Properties button Pl High
50. 34 38 View File Object 133 Visibility 50 Visibility Details 50 Visibility Details Tab 50 Visibility Tag 50 Visual Alarm Settings 89 W Watchdog 186 What you need to get started 3 Windows based architecture 32 Windows 98 NT4 0 2000 ME 3 Windows Enhanced Metafile 120 Windows Enhanced Metafile EMF 160 Windows Menu 194 Windows Metafile 120 Windows Metafile WMF 160 WinPLC C 32 WinPLC Communications Setup C 32 wiring diagrams PLC 4 word 44 Write Program to Panel 27 41 WRITE to a Tag 46 Write to Tag 132 X X Axis 97 XY Axis Label 98 Major Divisions 97 Minor Divisions 97 Show Ticks 97 Show Tick Numbers 98 Show Vertical Grid 98 X Axis Grid 98 Y Y Axis 98 Range 98 Z Zoom 158
51. 512KB Yes to 1 or 2 MB Yes All plus ModBus TCP IP NEMA 4 4X EZP T8C FT 512KB EZP S80 F8C 512KB EZP S80FC 512KB EZP T8C FC 512KB 512KB Yes to 1 or 2 MB Yes ONLY Universal Ethernet NEMA 1 FDA Indicates NEW EZPanel Enhanced Models Yes to 1 or 2 MB Yes All plus ModBus TCP IP NEMA 4 4X Yes to 1 or 2 MB Yes All plus CC Link NEMA 1 FDA Yes to 1 or 2 MB Yes All plus CC Link NEMA 4 4X Yes to 1 or 2 MB Yes All plus CC Link NEMA 4 4X GLD Editor Programming Software User Manual 10 inch and 15 inch EZPanel Enhanced Models In the table below are the 10 inch and 15 inch EZPanel Enhanced models If using an option board connector you cannot use the PLC port at the same time to connect to another type PLC The panel supports only one PLC driver at a time c Oo per ze e Ta m 10 4 TFT Color with Slim Bezel All Serial Drivers NEMA 4 4X All plus AB DH and Remote I O 10 4 TFT Color with Slim Bezel 512KB Yes to 1 or 2 MB All plus EZ Ethernet NEMA 1 FDA EZP 1T10C F 512KB Yes to 1 or 2 MB EZP T10C FH 10 4 TFT Color with Slim Bezel 512KB Yes to 1 or 2 MB NEMA 4 4X EZP T10C FS EZP T10C FD 10 4 TFT Color with Slim Bezel 512KB Yes to 1 or 2 MB All plus DeviceNet I O NEMA 4 4X EZP T10C FSD 10 4 TFT Color with Slim Bezel 512KB Yes to 1 or 2 MB All plus DeviceNet I O NEMA 1 FDA EZP T10C FE 10 4 TFT Color with Slim Bezel 512KB Yes to
52. A 71 compatible incompatible chemicals and compounds ix COM Configuration 166 COM Port 166 COM port 193 configuring your first screen 35 Connecting Panel to Multiple PLCs addressing 22 47 168 context sensitive onscreen help 4 Contrast 109 controlled variable in the process 99 control logic 44 control output value 99 control sequence 44 Copy 149 Copying Tags Screen 146 ANKLE Editor Programming Software User Manual Copy from Clipboard 125 161 Digital Clock 85 Copy Screen 145 Digital Display 90 94 corrosive gases ix Justification 94 CSV file 171 177 180 Digits 64 74 90 94 CTS Switch C 25 Dimensions 129 Current Editing Language 150 DirectLogic PLC Communications Setup C 16 Current Language Number 186 DirectSoft Current Screen 185 importing and exporting tags 172 customize 197 DirectSoft configuration software C 16 Cut 149 Discrete 44 Display 164 D Display an error message 113 127 Display a blank bitmap 127 databases 36 Display a blank message 113 Data Format 132 Display Blank A 6 Data Highway Plus C 10 Display Frame 46 Data Highway Plus Models 8 Display Grid 156 data table 44 display images data tag 87 on panel 126 data type 87 Display images based on Bit Number 127 data value 116 Display images based on Image Number 127 Data values 44 Display messages based on Bit Number 113 data value range 87 Display Messages based on Message Number 113 Decimal 127 Display Saver 108 181 decimal points display tag character values 81 cont
53. AE E eee ee eee eee 15 Chapter 2 Tutorial Configure PLC srcissiccscssecsacciniscancnstaascenacdnnetaas dentendtinddanwadtddaseundosgeantedaedtondaagunsnssiadhidancdonnmaensecane 18 Tutorial Create a Project ccccccccccccseeeeeeeeeeaeeeeeeeeeeaseeceeeeeeaeeeseeeeeeseaseeeeeeeaseaeeeeeseasegseeeessaaeneseeeeees 19 OT i EEA E EE E AE R E eee ee ee ee 19 OPA ee ao ge ee oe eee ee A eee ee eo ee ee eee 21 NS 2 9 ERG mee ee eee eee eee oe ee Re en cee ee eee AE eee eee eee 28 Chapter 3 A ole Bee lt oar eee re er ee eee ee ee nee eee en ee 32 Decide now if you want to work ON LINE or OFF LINE ccccccsseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeeeseeeeeeeaaeeeeeeeeeaaeees 32 Step 1 Project IMMOU IU ON osinissiissreirininr ciiaird an an rE snes ta RAAE AE RANE e iaaa 33 SELECT AC MON eiren aaa cede a E aa E Eaa 33 Edit Program OFF LINE Write to Panel Later cccccccssssseceeeceeeeseeeeeseeeeeseeeessanasseeeeess 33 Read Program from Panel and Edit OFF LINE ccccccscssseceeeceeeeseeeeesseneeseeeessenesseeeeess 35 Edit Program ON LINE seisseen ninn E a R 36 A QUICK REVIEW for ENTER PROJECT INFORMATION c0ccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeeeeeeeeeeaaeees 37 Step 2 Design Your SClS CIS esea a AEE AE EEE aA ETE AEE FEER 39 Step 3 Write Your Program 10 Pane ticincaaiiincadicipadlsnventaieicaniiaddianinaiatamidntinaiantentiaacninidietantdaneiearaeinmadtan 41 Chapter 4 Objects MENU or ccieccss case ts
54. ASCII character click in the field where you want it to appear and press F7 The following dialog box will appear l Enter values in Hexadecimal in field next to 0x or Copy Messages Message 1 1 Message 2 1 Message 3 Multi state Messages Past EY Please specify the bit number to start copying to a E z you may click in front of z ESC for escape FF form E na aa feed CR carriage return Citak onset CE ee AUK Editor Programming Software User Manual When you have selected the Confirm before overwriting option the following message will appear Click on YES to replace message or No to can cel the overwrite 23 BR 3 Existing Msg Message 3 Replace With Message 3 Do you want to replace Msg aes or LF line feed to embed these commonly used printer commands m Click on Apply to enter your selections You will exit the Non Printable ASCII Character dialog and return to the Embedding Data Value dialog n The ASCII characters will appear in blue and underlined in the printer string field example shown below o Press the Add button to add the embedded data to the message You will return to the Add New Message dialog When inserted in a message each Embedded Data Value will be represented in blue and underlined as shown below 5 You may continue to add messages or click on the Close button to return to the Messages tab dialog Your pro grammed messages will di
55. Background ALARM Language Legends r Mode Language Legends Color Auto 1 24 auto Text Color mm gij Background x Manual 14 MANUAL 5 The PID Faceplate monitors two discrete bits e Mode Bit tells the operator whether the process is in Auto Mode or Manual Mode Enter the tag name for the discrete bit to be monitored for Mode ON Manual OFF Auto e Alarm Bit tells the operator if any alarm for the process is active or not Enter the tag name for the discrete bit to be monitored for active alarms ON Alarm OFF no display Click on the Legend tab to make your selections for the Legend that will display on the object 1 e wN po o Under Output select the Language number for the Legend text you want to enter You may program up to 9 different languages to display on the legend Type in the text for the Legend Under Alarm select the Text and Background Color Select the Language number and type in the text you want to appear for the Legend Under Mode select the Text and Background Color Select the Language number for Auto and Manual Type in the Legend text for Auto and for Manual that you want to appear on the object 31 Editor Programming Software User Manual Change Screen Object This object will allow EZPanel Enhanced to change to display another Screen Change Screen General Protection Visibilty Details Label T ext
56. Blink feature for the text that will appear within the button Enter the Text that you want to appear lt gt 31 Editor Programming Software User Manual Multi state Indicator is an object that is created to display pre programmed messages within a frame on the panel screen Each object has pre programmed messages that are stored in the object itself In other words Messages are stored in the object not the Message Database It displays one message at a time based on a bit the one that is set or a value in the tag The maximum number of messages that can be programmed is 255 Click on the Mes sages tab to program messages in the database Messages designed in the Database are numbered based on the tag data type If the Value corresponding to the Tag Name is 10 Message Number 10 will be displayed within the Multi state Indica tor Text Frame Multi state Indicator General Messages Visibilty Details Label Text re Language 14 Character Size iv z Label Text MULTI STATE INDICATOR Color Text 7 Background X Tag Name 7 IV Display Frame Messages Display Messages based on Bits are represented in BitNumber Message Number Decimal system Octal system Selecting Bit Number will display the images based on whichever bit is ON in the specified PLC Address r Non programmed message action on panel Justification i ertical Display an error message E To Center C Bat
57. CARD INITIALIZATION PROCESS FAILED Error 2 INVALID_ATTRIBUTES Screen Message INVALID ATRIBUTES FROM PROGRAM LOADER Condition You will receive this error message if the driver did not get the expected list of attributes from the Program Loader Error 3 NOT_INITIALIZED Screen Message CARD INDICATES IT S NOT INITIALIZED Condition The Profibus DP option card went through its initialization process however it indicated that it is not initialized Please Note user should not see this message instead they should see Error 11 CARD_INIT_ERROR CARD INITIALIZATION PROCESS FAILED Error 4 DPRAM_FAILURE Screen Message OPTION CARD DUAL PORT RAM FAILED Condition On powerup the dual port RAM test failed Please Note user should not see this message instead they should see Error 11 CARD_INIT_ERROR CARD INITIALIZATION PROCESS FAILED Error 5 INVALID_DRIVER_STATE Screen Message INVALID DRIVER STATE Condition Driver is in an unexpected state this condition should never occur Error 6 ACCESS UNATTAINABLE Screen Message DRIVER CAN T ACCESS OPTION CARD DPRAM Condition Driver failed to get the lock on an area in DPRAM while trying to do a read or write nYnK ele Editor Programming Software User Manual Error 7 RELEASE FAILURE Screen Message DRIVER CAN T RELEASE OPTION CARD DPRAM Condition Driver failed to release the lock on an area in DPRAM while trying to do a read or write Error 8 MS
58. Cancel in the first message window a second window will appear Solution This message window appears to inform the user that no tag addresses were changed Error T01_1 Define a valid tag for lt control name gt Reason This error occurs when you have not defined all tags in an object requiring multiple tags Solution Define all the required tags for the selected object r e c z D gt e e E gt Q y x pu ddy 2 See X EE D O 25 lt o NOED Editor Programming Software User Manual Error T01_2 Tag name already exists Reason The tag name that was entered is a name that already has a data type and or PLC address assigned to it in the tag database Solution Change the tag name entered to a name that is unique when compared to all the other tags in the Tag Database Error T01_3 Tag category does not match Reason This error occurs when a Tag Name of an incorrect data type is typed into the Tag Name field of an object Solution Select a valid Tag Name from the pulldown list or create a new valid Tag Name Error T02_1 Invalid Unit Number Error T02_2 Invalid Address Type Error T02_3 Invalid Address Error T02_4 Invalid Bit Number Error T02_5 Address in not Word Aligned Even address is required Error T02_6 Address is not Word Aligned Odd address is required Reason Address entered for the tag is not correct Solution Specify a valid PLC address
59. Condition Driver timed out while waiting for a reply to a transmission Error 3 OPTION_BRD_ERROR Screen Message OPTION BOARD CONFIGURATION ERROR Condition While resetting the card failed to load code from prom to RAM While resetting the card failed to reach a waiting to transmit condition While resetting the card failed to indicate restart was successful While taking the card offline the card failed to reach a waiting to ransmit condition Error 4 REGISTER_READ_ONLY Screen Message Ol REGISTER IS READ ONLY oo Nxxx yyyy Condition If writing to or O Error 5 BAD_ADDRESS Screen Message BAD ADDRESS oo0 Nxxx yyyy Condition If writing to SLC500 and the file address is greater than 255 or the word address is greater than 255 If reading from SLC500 and the file address is greater than 255 or the word address is greater than 255 Error 6 COMM ERROR Screen Message COMMUNICATION ERRORS Condition Driver timed out while waiting for a reply to a transmission Card was not in a waiting to transmit condition during an attempted transmission Error 7 STATUS ERROR Screen Message STS xx EXT_STS xx ERRORS FROM PLC xx Condition PLC s reply to a read message returned a status error PLC s reply to a write message returned a status error AYn eleh Editor Programming Software User Manual Error 8 INVALID_ CARD_ERROR Screen Message INVALID OR NO OPTION BOARD Condition Invalid or no card found during restart Error 9 INVALID_DRIVE
60. Data Type BCD_INT_16 7 address the PLC Station Number 2 No of Chars 0 en a Select BCD_INT_16 for the Data Type Click OK 6 Click on the Protection tab The following screen will appear 3 1 Editor Programming Software User Manual NOTES ON RESIZING AN OBJECT Drag the object to move or drag a handle to resize the object The pointer changes to a four way arrowhead for moving or a two way arrow for resizing Dragging a side handle changes the width or height only dragging a corner handle changes the width and height simultaneously 7 Click on the box in front of Password Protect Object and then click Numeric Entry x Genera Scalna Notificaton amp Handshake Piolection yisbilty Detais MY Password Piotect Object Alow access to following user groupe M iManagere I Shit 1 Operators Engineers I Shik 2 Operators M Supervisers I Shift 3 Operators Maintenance I General Edit Passwords c r e z Cancel Help on the box in front of Managers Click on OK 8 A cross hair cursor will appear on the programming screen Position cross hair where you want the object to appear and click once 9 Grab the object by a handle and drag to resize it until the label displays in its entirety as shown to the right 10 Now go to the Main Menu Bar and click on Setup gt Project Attributes From the Main Menu Bar click Tag Databana on Set
61. Defaults to smaller one Select this option if you are using an 8 10 or 15 inch panel and you want the popup keypad to take up the entire screen area This option is grayed out not available if you have select a 6 inch panel Enable Beeper When the beeper is enabled the beeper will sound when the screen is touched on an active area If the beeper is disabled the beeper never sounds Select Yes or No Under the Printer tab you will make selections for the following attributes Project Attribute Baud Rate Select baud rate to match Printer Select from 1200 2400 4800 9600 19200 or 38400 Default is 9600 Editor Programming Software User Manual Parity Stop Bits Data Bits Select the corresponding attributes of the printer Select RS485 This allows you to select RS 485 as the communication protocol If you are connecting RS 232 or RS 422 do NOT select this feature Click on the box to place a check mark if you want to enable RS 485 A D h D am D O D Require CTS Select this to match the printer Control RTS Select this to match the printer Under the Passwords tab you can make the following selections Project Attributes Clock Panelto PLC PLC to Panel Language Alarm Protection 5 Froneers E wess Pma ed Manere Pawe ed rnio Pema e el kel El ee Si 2 Opes Passed SO ed er aa Ca J C E J KIA KI There are eight groups to which you may assign Passwor
62. Display To EDIT TAG DETAILS right click the mouse while the cursor is on Tag Name LD Editor Programming Software User Manual 15 Click in the field next to Tag Name and type in NUMERIC DISPLAY Press Enter The following screen will appear 16 In the field next to Address String type in V2003 as shown above Select BCD_INT_16 as the Data Type Click OK EDIT TAG DETAILS x Enter Tag Details for the Tag NUMERIC ENTRY PLC Type DirectLogic K Sequence Rev D Addess Sting V202 10 Type RAW Data Type BCD_INT_16 7 No of Chars fi c r e m Cancel Hep 17 A cross hair cursor will appear on the programming screen Position cross hair where you want the object to appear and click once 18 Grab the object by a handle and drag to resize it until the label displays in its entirety as shown below 19 Next we ll create a Button object Click on Objects gt Buttons The following dialog box will appear 20 General Protection Visibiity Details Vv Label Text Language EE Character Size exi6 x Label Text Demo Button TagName BUTTON OBJECT od Display Frame Actuator Type Toggle 7 On Off Text Char Size r Color Blink Language 1 Text Blink Background Blink On Text ON fais A MI Tar Off Text OFF fac Meir fos g T e ur j 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 Editor
63. Error 6 SERVICE MSG Screen Message REQUEST NOT PROCESSED DA TTrrrrr BB Condition The Driver s last message was not processed by the server Error 7 BAD_READ_REPLY Screen Message INCORRECT REPLY TO READ DA TTrrrrr BB Condition The driver did not receive the reply it expected for a read Error 8 BAD_WRITE_REPLY Screen Message INCORRECT REPLY TO WRITE DA TTrrrrr BB Condition The driver did not receive the reply it expected for a write e c z D gt e e E gt Q y x pu ddy 2 Se X EE D O 25 lt lt o inet Editor Programming Software User Manual Error 9 NEG_CONFIRM Screen Message NEG CONFIRM OF REQUEST DA TTrrrrr BB Condition The operation could not be executed by the server unknown request value out of range configuration absent etc Error 10 VAL_NOT_READ Screen Message REG NOT RETURNED IN READ DA TTrrrrr BB Condition The driver expected a value for a register but it was not contained in the read reply from the server may occur during a read or a read modify write sequence Error 11 INVALID_DRIVER_STATE Screen Message INVALID DRIVER STATE Condition NEVER SHOULD OCCUR Error 12 GENERAL_ERROR Screen Message ERROR CODE xxx Condition NEVER SHOULD OCCUR Error 13 LAST_ERROR Screen Message N A Condition NEVER WOULD OCCUR OMRON PLC WITH HOST LINK PROTOCOL 0x0000 No error 0x0001 Incompatible Revision This error will
64. Ethernet All plus AB DH and Remote I O All plus AB DH and Remote I O Yes to 1 or 2 MB Yes All plus EZ Ethernet NEMA 4 4X Yes to 1 or 2 MB Yes NEMA 4 4X Yes to 1 or 2 MB Yes NEMA 4 4X NEMA 1 FDA Yes to 1 or 2 MB Yes All plus DeviceNet NEMA 1 FDA NEMA 4 4X Ye All plus DeviceNet NEMA 4 4X S EZP S8C FSE 8 STN Color with Slim Bezel 512KB Yes to 1 or 2 MB Yes All plus Ethernet I P NEMA 1 FDA EZP S8C FE 8 STN Color with Slim Bezel 512KB Yes to 1 or 2 MB All plus Ethernet I P NEMA 4 4X EZP T8C FE 8 TFT Color with Slim Bezel 512KB Yes to 1 or 2 MB All plus Ethernet I P NEMA 4 4X EZP S8C FSH_ 8 STN Color with Slim Bezel 512KB Yes to 1 or 2 MB All E sane and NEMA 1 FDA EZP S8C FSM 8 STN Color with Slim Bezel 512KB Yes to 1 or 2 MB All plus MB NEMA 1 FDA EZP S8C FM 8 STN Color with Slim Bezel 512KB Yes to 1 or 2 MB All plus MB NEMA 4 4X EZP T8C FM 8 TFT Color with Slim Bezel 512KB Yes to 1 or 2 MB Yes All plus MB NEMA 4 4X EZP S8C FSP_ 8 STN Color with Slim Bezel 512KB Yes to 1 or 2 MB Yes All plus Profibus NEMA 1 FDA EZP S8C FP 8 STN Color with Slim Bezel 512KB Yes to 1 or 2 MB Yes All plus Profibus NEMA 4 4X EZP T8C FP 8 TFT Color with Slim Bezel 512KB Yes to 1 or 2 MB Yes All plus Profibus NEMA 4 4X EZP S8C FST 8 Color with Slim Bezel 512KB Yes to 1 or 2 MB Yes All plus ModBus TCP IP NEMA 1 FDA EZP S8C FT
65. Floating Poin Mama 4234967295 Precision for Floating 7 Cancel Help 2 Select the Color and Line Type from the available choices 3 Select the Language Number 1 9 4 Click in the Legend field and type in the text you would like to display in the legend for Pens 1 through 6 The legend will display the Color and Line type and what you enter in the Legend field Limit the legend names to 16 characters maximum 5 Click on the box in front of Display Legend if you want the legend to appear on the line graph object Click on the XY Axis tab to continue formatting your Line Graph The Line Graph is set up with the vertical axis Y representing the Tag value Value and the horizontal axis X represents time Readings Under X Axis make the following selections 1 Choose whether or not to Show Ticks for the X Axis Reading Click on the box in front of Show Ticks if you want them to display on the object 2 Enter the number of Major Divisions and the number of Minor Divisions you want to display on the graph 20 tick marks are the maximum allowable for major and minor divisions Range al Note Select the sgn type signed of unsigned that matches the sgn of pen tag data typer ae Minimum ofo C Floating Point Masima ae uT Precision for Floating gt Editor Programming Software User Manual Choose whether or not to Show X Axis
66. J05_2 Display Value 1 is greater than Display Value 2 Solution Enter a value for Display Value 1 that is less than Display Value 2 Meter Error J06_1 LowLow limit should be greater than Minimum value Error J06_2 Low limit should be greater than LowLow limit Error J06_3 LowLow limit is greater than High limit Error J06_4 High limit is greater than HighHigh limit Error J06_5 HighHigh limit is greater than Maximum value Reason You will get above errors when the following rule is not met Minimum Value lt Low Low Limit lt Low Limit lt High Limit lt High High Limit lt Maximum Value Solution Change the values appropriately Note while changing the values of alarm limits use the following rule of thumb e Ifyou are changing the values towards higher values start from HighHigh limit and go backwards e Ifyou are changing the values towards lower values start from LowLow limit and go upwards Bar Graph Error J07_1 Mid value is not in between Minimum and Maximum values Reason You will get above errors when the limits for alarm are not within selected tag s data range Solution You need to modify the values so that the values are within appropriate range PID Faceplate Error J08_1 Process Variable Tag and Set Point Tag must be of same Data Type Solution Ensure that the Process Variable tag and the Set Point Tag are of the same data type In other words if you define a signed tag for Process Varia
67. Je Ale Deian 4 Wete Screan S Glenn Hirlap Seesen E Salute to Amenca Objects Menu Because objects are the main screen creation tool in the project a section of this manual is dedicated to explaining each object in detail For information about an object see the OBJECTS chap ter of this manual on page 44 3D Editor Programming Software User Manual Draw Menu Line bne The Line draw tools allows you to draw a line ps Rectangle D Circle D Iete To draw a Line D Static Bitmap 1 Click on the Line icon r on the tool bar or select Line from 2 Frame the Draw Menu D 2 Adialog box will appear allowing you to select the color and type of line to draw 3 Click on the box following Draw Horizontal Vertical to limit the OTE To toggle between line draw to horizontal and vertical lines All lines will automatically horizontal vertical lines and diagonal lines you may press Line F8 on your keyboard General Draw Horizontal Vertical T Color Line Type Note Use F amp function key for drawing Orthogonal lines Cancel Help be drawn either up and down vertically or across the screen horizontally 4 Select a point on the screen with the pointer and click the left mouse button Move the mouse to draw the line When you ve completed the line click the button again to terminate the segment Rectangle This Draw tool allows you to draw a Rectangle To draw a Rectangle
68. LIGHT DISCRETE C0001 Click on Comma delimited if you want to save the tag database as a CSV file The following window will appear allowing you to name the file and navigate to the directory and folder where you want to save it Save in Project amp ce File name csv Save as type _ Tag CS Files csv i Cancel 4 To Excel Click on the To Excel menu item to write the tags from your current open project to a Microsoft Excel file The EZPanel Enhanced Programming Software will open Microsoft Excel and write the tags to an Excel book as shown on the next page Click on File gt Save As in the Excel program and enter a name for the file Click on the Save button to save the file under the name you have entered Close Excel to return to EZPanel Enhanced EM Editor Programming Software User Manual Microsoft Excel opens with exported tags written to the book X el lized MEE Fle Edit view Insert Format Tools Date Window Hep i l l 5 oe BSR Y A L EAn A E E EG zg Click on File gt Save As ana 70 ert Eeee aoe 2 o A T navigate to directory ry folder where you want to ne ada ey an e C D E rT save the Tag Database as TAG NAME TAG DATATYPE TAG ADDRESS OF CHARACTERS X gt gt A ERROR CODE VALUE UNSIGNED_INT_16 an Excel file 3 PLC ERROR DISCRETE 4 UNKNOWN TAG 1 UNSIGNED_INT_16 NUMERIC ENTRY BCD_INT_16 02002 6 NUMERIC DISPLAY BCD_INT_16 D2003 oc oe a 7 LOOK UP
69. Manual Read Project from Panel x Project tobe Read from Panel As c Program Files Project Browse Project Name demo project 1 ezt Project downloaded successfully min E a uit J gj Connected appears under Project Name in this screen Under Start Editing Screen the Name and Number of Screen number 1 will appear If you want to begin editing another screen click on the down arrow next to Name or Number and select Click on the OK button to begin editing You will go to the EZPanel Enhanced Editor Main Programming Screen You are now ready to edit the selected screen The third choice available is to make changes to the project while online Click on the button labeled Edit Program ON LINE The changes are effective each time Save Screen or Save Project is selected reducing downtime Click on Save Screen or Save Project and the changes will appear on the panel screen immediately This is recommended when you need to make changes quickly to an existing user program without shutting down the system 1 From the Project Information screen click on the button labeled Edit Program ON LINE The Panel Type PLC Type and Firmware Revision of the panel will soon display Under Start Editing Screen screen Number 1 will appear with that screen s Name If you want to begin editing a screen other than Number 1 click on the down arrow next to the Number field or the down arrow next to the
70. Media 1756 ENE T A 1756 Ethernet Communication Inteiface 1756 ENE T B 1756 Ethernet Bridge 1794 AENF A 1794 10 1 00 Mbps Ethemet Adapter Fiber Media 794 AENT A 1794 10 100 Mbps Ethemet Adapter T wisted Pair Media Mislaali neric Ethernet Module Show Yender fan V Other M Specialty 1 0 Select All Analoo W Digtal M Communication M Motion M Controller Clea Al caret Heo Module Properties FtherNetIP_Scanner EeTHERNET MODILME 1 1 Type ETHERNET MODULE Generic Ethomet Module Vendor Allen Bradley Peer EtherNetlP_Scenner Neame Generic_EthernetiP information regarding the communication to the Generic Module Enter a name Sates rol AN A intl for the module We have used areo HI po Tm a ce Generic_EthernetIP This name will A owe fo fe f cere create a tag in RSLogix that can be Sxmfamst ose sivt Hia o ea Addes Host Name IP ddress KXK X00 XXX 00 C Host Name e nipesifieds used to access the memory location in the PLCs memory where the data for the Generic Ethernet IP module will be stored Stalusinout Status Jupu Select the Comm Format Here we have selected Data SINT that will represent the data in the Generic module as a field of 8 bit bytes I O data is accessed in input instance 100 and output instance 150 so these values haveot be entered as the instance values for input and output The size of the input connection and the output con
71. Module 0 Module 0 Group4 BTR F BTW Group6 M BTR M BTW Group5 M BTR M BTW Group M BTR BTW Module 1 Module 1 Group4 l BTR F BTW Groups l BTR F BTW EZPanel Enhanced simulates Remote Goup5 M BTR F Btw Gow F BTR F BTW I O Racks Define the Racks where the Panel will reside AGED Editor Programming Software User Manual Generic DeviceNet I O Communications Setup The following screens provide you with an example of how to set up a Generic DeviceNet I O Network project using RSNetWorx configuration software with an Allen Bradley 1747 SDN Scanner Module To set up DeviceNet I O communications open EZPanel Step 1 Project Information Enhanced Editor Programming lt a 7 h EZ Panel A A Software and configure Project 4 1 s EDITOR Information screen as shown in the ts as easy as 1 2 3 n figure to the right ease Autonet Phone 1 47 77 EASY Selected Action Edit OFF LINE Write Later www ezeutomabon ret SELECT ACTION ENTER PROJECT INFORMATION After selecting the PLC Type and rmp podian P L Procram Filee anelE rhanced Project towa Protocol click on the View Edit PLC WPsneiLae Pioject Nane meg Com Setup The PLC Attributes row prooctent dii idea dialog box will appear Enter the fom Forel vet Stewie le parameters shown remember Soleot Panal gt this is an example you must enter e ore parameters that are applicable
72. Name field to select the screen you want to edit Click on OK The screen you have selected will open on the main programming screen for you to make changes Click on Save Screen to download changes to the screen immediately Click on Save Project to transfer all changes including project attributes and databases They will be immediately downloaded to the panel EZ Pane ee NHAMEED EDITOR Under ENTER PROJECT INFORMATION you will perform all or some of the eee ene BUnon ar any following actions depending upon the working mode you have selected time for help 1 Project Location will default to the directory where the EZPanel Click on Clear to clear your entries Software program is stored If your project resides in another and start over location click on the Browse button to navigate to a different Bry folder Q Click on Exit to quit without saving ep your selections or click on OK to 2 Under Project Name click on the down arrow to view saved Ly save and begin editing projects or enter the new project name E 3 Start Editing Screen allows you to select the screen that you want to begin editing To have the project open to the screen you 7 NOTE Panels with an option wish to edit click on the down arrow to select the Name or the card installed will have an C D Number of the screen If it is a new project the screen will default E H M E T or U on the end of to screen 1 with lt New Sc
73. Panel Family Size ake lc EZPanelEnhanced EZTouch EZTouchPLC Ce Ce Cie Cis Select Model ALL 8 Color 640x480 x m Ethernet COM Port comt x ie Typ e and Texas Instruments Series 5x5 Rev B v View Edit PLC Com Setup Texas Instruments Series 5x5 X PLE Revision Number B a Timeout Tinme 1 255 0 Baud Hate pia tenth of a second Sar Trg R5232 Control ATS No Poll Time 0 255 g tenths of a second Require CTS No Character Order in Registers Char 1 Char 2 Default Help Language Clear Exit Protocol Char 2 Char 1 Cancel Help MINGGI Editor Programming Software User Manual Modicon PL Communications Setup Uni Telway Protocol The following screens provide you with an example of how to set up a Uni Telway Protocol Open EZPanel Enhanced Programming Software and configure Project Information as shown in the figure below After selecting the PLC Type and Protocol click on the View Edit PLC Com Setup The PLC Attributes dialog box will appear Enter the parameters shown Click on the OK button to save your selections You will return to the Project Information screen Click on the OK button to begin creating your EZPanel Enhanced Project Shep 1 Project Infonmotion EZ Panel ign Tw i Hi a i 7 i 7 7 pe l i Beas easy as 2 3 F F zd ESTouch Pregrarimng Sakean Yarin 22 EeAulomation
74. Panel Information Panel to PLC Link Tatal Memory 24288 Bytes Sl Free Memory 45328 Byes fo amp Connected N Panel Information will display the Total and Free Memory in Bytes Most models allow you to increase memory Operation Complete Project Written to the Panell by adding another RAM card It will a ek nee a PON ne A gE we Ne pT also display the Firmware Revision CAUTION Ethemet Com Port number the revision of the EZPanel Pressing Start will OVERWAITE com z Enh d int Ifi program already in the panel If you do nnanced internal tirmware not want to lose program in the panel press Cancel and first Read program from Panel and save it on your PC Help oR had Q v pra S 2 a MINGGI Editor Programming Software User Manual EZ Panel pama l l EDITOR EZPanel Enhanced is shipped with a bitmap program installed The image shown above will display on the EZPanel Enhanced screen upon initial power up The first project you transfer to the panel will replace this bitmap program Objects In this chapter you will be shown how to create Buttons Indicator Buttons Radio Buttons Switches Step Switch Tri state Switch Numeric Entry Recipe Thumbwheel Indicator Lights Numeric Display Text Objects Clock Object Meter Bar Graphs Line Graph PID Face Plate Change Screen Al
75. Programming Software User Manual In the field next to Label Text type in Demo Button Click in the field next to Tag Name and type in BUTTON OBJECT Press Enter The following screen will appear In the field next to Address String type in C0 as shown above The Data Type will remain as DISCRETE Click OK A cross hair cursor will appear on the programming screen Position where you want the object to appear under the Numeric Entry object and click once Grab the object by a handle and drag to resize it until the label displays in its entirety as shown to the right Next we ll create an Indicator Light object Click on Objects gt Indicator Lights The following dialog box will appear Click on the box in front of Label Text to activate the object label Indicator Light oe fa Sis _f s myo J ar SELM Editor Programming Software User Manual 28 Inthe field next to Label Text type in Demo Indicator Light as shown above 29 Click in the field next to Tag Name and type in INDICATOR LIGHT Press Enter The following screen will appear 30 Inthe field next to Address String type in C1 as shown above The ADD NEW TAG DETAILS x Enter Tag Details for the Tag BUTTON OBJECT PLC Type DirectLogic K Sequence Rev D AddessSting 0 Expected 10 Type RAV Data Type DISCRETE No of Chars 0 c r e z Lok cma he Data Type will remain as DISCRETE Cl
76. RS 232C shielded cable to connect any EZPanel Enhanced to a D2 DCM D3 350 bottom port a D3 232 DCU installed on D3 333 or D3 340 or DL 405 bottom point CPU uolonpo Uu E 6 shielded cable to connect any EZPanel Enhanced to an AB Micrologix 1000 1200 or 1500 dais Aatialaias CPU 15 pin D shell male connector to 8 pin DIN connector EZP SLC 232 CBL 10 RS232C shielded cable to connect any EZPanel Enhanced to an AB SLC 5 03 5 04 or 5 05 CPU with DF 1 port 15 pin D shell male connector to 9 pin D shell female connector EZP PLC5 232 CBL1 10 RS232C shielded cable to connect any EZPanel Enhanced to an AB PLC5 CPU with DF1 port 15 pin D shell male connector to 25 pin D shell male connector 10 RS232C shielded cable to connect any EZPanel Enhanced to an AB SLC 500 CPU with a Po Dee eer DH485 port and 747 A C Module EZP 90 30 CBL 10 RS232C shielded cable to connect any EZPanel Enhanced to GE Fanuc Series 90 30 90 70 serial port using SNPX protocol 15 pin D shell male connector to 15 pin D shell male connector EZP MITSU CBL 10 RS422 shielded cable to connect any EZPanel Enhanced to Mitsubishi FX series CPU 15 pin D shell male connector to 25 pin D shell male connector EZP MITSU CBL 1 10 RS422 shielded cable to connect any EZPanel Enhanced to Mitsubishi FX series CPU 15 pin D shell male connector to 8 pin min din EZP S7MPI CBL 10 shielded cable to connect any EZPanel Enhanced to Siemens Simatic S7 series CPU 15 pin D s
77. Size An incompatible map has been loaded into the unit The driver will not attempt to communicate with the PLC when this error occurs inet Editor Programming Software User Manual 0x0080 Invalid write to panel register nnn A write was attempted to the panel s internal register nnnn when that register is mapped to a read only location in the PLC 0x0100 PLC Communications Timeout The panel is unable to communicate with the PLC 0x0200 Invalid attributes using defaults The driver received attributes it could not use The default values for all PLC attributes will be used GENERAL ELECTRIC PLCS 0x0000 No error 0x0001 Incompatible Revision This error will be displayed when the driver and exec have an incompatible revision 0x0002 Limit of elements per screen exceeded This occurs when there are too many registers on the display to monitor 0x0004 PLC Time out X YYYYY This error results from a loss of communication with a PLC The X shown stands for the PLC that timed out This will be a number one through 16 or default The YYYYY stands for the actual SNP X ID string entered for the PLC that timed out If the SNP X ID string is a null string the space after the equal sign will be the last character in the error string 0x0008 Invalid PLC Attributes using default The attributes passed from the program loader or the existing attributes in memory do not match those expected by the driver The default attributes will be u
78. Sizing a Bitmap in Symbol Factory bitmap 120 bitmaps 9 Bitmap Button 123 Bitmap Button Object 123 Actuator Type 124 Label 123 On Bitmap Off Bitmap 124 Tag Names 123 Bitmap Objects 120 Bitmap Objects Tool Bar 139 bits 44 Bits are represented in Decimal or Octal systems 113 Bits are represented in Decimal System Octal System 127 Bit Number 113 126 Boot Software 163 Browse 33 35 Button Object 46 Actuator Types 47 Button Style 46 Label 46 On Off Text 47 131 133 Place Button 47 Tag Name 47 Button object 25 button states 46 Bytes 41 C cable A 5 calendar 9 carriage return 171 177 Cascade 194 CAUTION removing RAM or Flash card 192 Upgrade Firmware 192 CD ROM Drive 3 CE mark ix CE Test Standard EN55011 ix changes 36 Change Screen 188 Change Screen Object 102 Go To Screen 102 Label 102 Style 102 Changing Screens from a PLC 187 Characters B 2 B 5 character string 168 Circle 159 Cleaning ix Clear Alarm Count 188 Clear Alarm History 188 Clear Program 164 Clock 9 184 clock 164 Clock Object 85 Analog Clock 85 Color 85 Label 85 Digital Clock 86 Date 86 Label 86 Options 86 Close Project 144 codes 49 color band 89 color palette 46 COM1 button D 2 Comma separated values 171 172 177 180 Comma delimited 171 172 177 180 Comma delimited 180 Communications cable A 5 from EZ Touch to Computer A 5 ports 9 communications between the PLC and panel A 7 communications port receptacle ix Communication Errors Cxx_x
79. TEXT MESSAGE 1 SIGNED_INT_15 02004 The fi rst line header a C40 ASCIL_ STRING D2040 40 line Tag Name Tag 9 BUTTON OBJECT DISCRETE cooo 10 INDICATOR LIGHT DISCRETE co0o Data Type Tag Address 14 and of Characters if He applicable are listed for each tag in the project database A message will appear letting you know whether sg or not the export was successful and how many tags were AN Successfully exported 9 Tag s to Excel file exported Import Tags Tag Database Click on the Import Tags menu item to import the tags into your current ee open project from a Microsoft Excel xIs file or a CSV Comma delimited ior nes y or Comma separated values file format DirectSoft Version 4 0 Build 16 Import Tags Comma delimited or higher has the ability to export tags in a version that EZPanel Enhanced n Excel format can import See DirectSoft documentation for details Export Alarms Message Database Comma delimited Export Messages Project Attributes 1 Click on Import Tags gt Comma delimited to import tags from Project Description a CSV file The following window will appear Navigate to the Select PLC folder where the file is stored Upgrade Firmware Look in S Projects ics gl ce BS Demo Project 1 tags csv Filename E Files of type Tag CSV Files csv Cancel 4 Editor Programming Software User Manual 2 Click onthe csv file y
80. Text Inctement Decrement Value 6x8 x E E E To put a Label on the Increment Decrement Value object per form the following steps 1 Click on the box in front of Label Text if you want a label for your object 2 Use the UP DOWN arrows after the Language box to select a language number See Language section page 180 Select Character Size from the available sizes Enter Label Text up to 40 characters Select the Position of the label whether you want it to appear at the Top or the Bottom of the object frame 6 Select the Text and Background Color Click on the down arrow to view the color palette 7 Display Frame is selected by default If you do not want the frame around the object to be visible click on the box to deselect the box will be empty A Enter Text Here you will enter the Text that will appear within the touch object and control how that text will appear 1 Select the Language number 1 9 for the Text 2 Type in what you want to appear within the button 3 Select Character Size from the available choices 4 Select the Color of the Text and the Color of the Back SEM Editor Programming Software User Manual ground 5 If you want the Text or the Background to Blink click on the box below Blink to place a check mark indicating that the option is enabled Increment Decrement alue xX General Increment Decrement Value Protection Visibility Details gt Read fro
81. The command ID of the command that incurred the error is reported as part of the message CMD OXAA Read CMD OXA2 Write 0x0040 PLC Error STS XX EXTSTS XX CMD ZZ This is reported when a controller responds to a command with an error The error code is shown and can be looked up in the Allen Bradley documentation The command ID of the command causing the error is reported CMD OXAA Read CMD OXA2 Write 0x0080 PLC Nack Error This error is reported when a controller responds to a command with a negative acknowledgment 0x0100 PLC element read only This is reported when an attempt is made to write to an element with a read only map entry Read only map entries are input file output file and all discrete entries The driver can only read discrete entries it cannot write to a single bit within a word 0x0200 PLC TX buffer full The error is reported if the transmit buffer becomes full in the PLC driver 0x0400 PLC error no reply This occurs when the DF1 modules indicate the PLC has no reply to the last message It is usually displayed when the unit reestablishes communications after a PLC message time out error This can also occur when the panel message time out is too short If the PLC message time out does not give the PLC enough time to respond to the message this error will be displayed 0x0800 Error code xx This is reported when the PLC driver encounters an unknown error This should never occur Driver Errors for PLC5 with DF1 Protoc
82. Think amp Do Software Think amp Do Live Think amp Do Studio Flag Flag Number Number Input Input Output Output Counter N A Float Float String Think amp Do Studio supports double precision 64 bit floating point numbers However EZPanel Enhanced Editor Programming Software only supports single precision 32 bit floating point numbers This means that the panel cannot display numbers greater than seven digits Anything larger will be rounded into an exponent number Go to www entivity com for software version 6 311 or later that will support strings The maximum number of characters that the string data type will handle is 40 Step 1 Project Information CNHANCED Editor Programming Software User Manual EZ Panel EDITOR E2ZT ouch Programming Software Version 3 2 21 EZAutomation Phone 1 877 774 EASY Selected Action Edit OFF LINE Write Later ENTER PROJECT INFORMATION Project Location SELECT ACTION Edit Program OFF LINE Write to Panel Later C Program Files EZPanelE nhanced Project Project Name rew project ezt v www ezautomation net Bome Tua PEASE VISO Read Program from Panel and Start Editing Screen Edit OFF LINE oO hs m Select Panel Panel Family Edit Program ON LINE Size EZPanelEnhanced EZTouch EZTouchPLC le 6 Diy Boy cis _ Select Model ALL 8 Color 640x480 Ethernet COM Por
83. Type Signed Decimal gt Justification Leading Spaces Size 6x8 gt Coe Digts Tet B slink Total Digits 5 Background M Blink FractionalDigts 0 J Use tag for decimal point Decimal point Tag Name z To put a Label on the Numeric Display object perform the following steps 1 Click on the box in front of Label Text Use the UP DOWN arrows after the Language box to select a language number See section on Language page 180 Select Character Size from the available choices Enter Label Text up to 40 characters Select the Position of the label whether you want it to appear at the Top or the Bottom of the object frame 6 Select the Text and Background Color Click on the down arrow to view the color palette 7 Display Frame is selected by default If you do not want the frame around the object to be visible click on the box to deselect the box will be empty A NOTE To edit the Address String with your cursor in the Tag Name field click on Enter a Tag Name the right mouse button The 1 Enter a Tag Name or click on the down arrow and select the Tag EDIT TAG DETAILS screen Name that you want the Numeric Display object to monitor will appear 2 Ifthe Tag Name is new the Tag Entry dialog box will appear where you will enter tag details The Tag Name will appear in the first field Enter an Address String appropriate for your type PLC and select the Data Type fro
84. Uppercase V 0127 87 57 Uppercase W 0130 88 58 Uppercase X 0131 89 59 Uppercase Y 0132 90 5A Uppercase Z 0133 91 5B Left square bracket 0134 92 5C Back slash 0135 93 5D Right square bracket 0136 94 5E Caret 0137 95 oF Underscore 0140 96 60 Back quote 0141 97 61 Lowercase a 0142 98 62 Lowercase b 0143 99 63 Lowercase c 0144 100 64 Lowercase d 0145 101 65 Lowercase e 0146 102 66 Lowercase f 0147 103 67 Lowercase g 0150 104 68 Lowercase h O F D em D O r D o g x ipu ddy gt TTITNXKSKSCANDWDOVOPOZESEE AS TOaATIMO ao OD oO amp MmMANGED Editor Programming Software User Manual Name Octal Dec Hex Description i j k m n o p q r s t u v w x y z 0151 105 69 Lowercase 0152 106 6A Lowercase 0153 107 6B Lowercase k 0154 108 6C Lowercase 0155 109 6D Lowercase m 0156 110 6E Lowercase n 0157 111 6F Lowercase o 0160 112 70 Lowercase p 0161 113 71 Lowercase q 0162 114 12 Lowercase r 0163 115 T3 Lowercase s 0164 116 74 Lowercase t 0165 117 15 Lowercase u 0166 118 76 Lowercase v 0167 119 TT Lowercase w 0170 120 78 Lowercase x 0171 121 19 Lowercase y 0172 122 TA Lowercase z 0173 123 7B Left curly brace 0174 124 1G Vertical bar 0175 125 7D Right curly brace 0176 126 TE Tilde M y xX o o TE oG Q S O TWN ele Editor Programming Software User Manual EZPanel Enhanced ANSI Characters ANSI Character Codes can be entered into text objects on the pa
85. Wike L WE aan Filgi MEZPangE F hrao Fi n 4 Bignan NOTE If attached to a 1747KE to Panel Later Project Name communication module the PLC mew project ert fma ersin address is the address of the e E Screen processor that the module is at Pe ST we tached to Station Number is the ENOTNE Himbar fi Hame New Screen Station number assigned to the KE module If attached directly to a processor the PLC address is not Edit Fregram used The Station Number refers to OMLINE the PLC address Select Pang Pane Family Birt EZPandEnanced V EfTouch E2ToueheLe Ce oS aie Select Medea JALLE Colo E4 0sd00 m EthemetaCOM Port Allen Bradley SLC SOD Attabutes PLE E dtor Alevison Ho Baud Rate fis200 Diefadt PLC Adres Panky Even E Slalion Humber 1 A Oh Help Language Clever Egt Stop Bite One rime Dur timens NOTE on TAGS for this type PLC aoe O E If communicating to other than the default O a O m report harerentinaer Cance Hb communicate with For example 3 N7 0 is PLC address 3 MicroLogix DH485 AIC The following screens provide you with an example of how to set up a MicroLogix PLC with DH485 Protocol To set up the MicroLogix PLC DH485 using RSLogix configuration software program the Channel Configuration screen as shown to the right Open EZPanel Enhanced Editor Programming Software and configure Project Information screen as shown in
86. Windows CE File Viewers This feature will launch the application that is associated with the file name s extension See table below for supported documents As shown in the example above the File Viewer PDF Viewer will launch because it is associated with the file extension Supports documents au File Viewer thored in the following for mats Microsoft Word 97 Word 2000 Word Viewer or WordPad SACRE Excel Viewer Microsoft Excel 97 Excel 2000 and Excel XP PowerPoint Viewer Microsoft PowerPoint 97 Power Point 2000 and PowerPoint XP PDF Viewer Adobe Acrobat PDF Portable Document Format version 1 3 Media Player mpg video files Main Programming Screen In this chapter Title Bar Main Menu Bar Standard Tool Bar Object Tool Bars e Basic Objects Tool Bar Text Objects Tool Bar e System Objects Tool Bar e Bitmap Objects Tool Bar Draw Tool Bar Panel Tool Bar Status Bar 3 Easy Steps Tool Bar Project Screens Explorer View Programming Screen 7V10n ela Editor Programming Software User Manual Main Programming Screen Title Bar Main Menu Bar 3 Easy Steps Tool Bar EZI auch new project name here ezt 1 Scr 1 Standard Tool Fie Edt Screen Objects Draw Panel Setup Window Help Bar Draw Tool Bar Ann 47 k2 OR ee ORAH Basic Objects Tool Bar Proect S la A EAE Ce Fo AE iy APSR Aee k E Panel Tool Bar z Bitmap Ob
87. a PLC with address nnn when one was not expected 0x0008 Invalid Checksum Received This error occurs when a message with an invalid checksum is received by the unit 0x0010 Incorrect Reply The driver received an incorrect or unexpected reply from the PLC with address nnn 0x0020 Error PLC nnn lt error gt The driver received a Modbus message exception code from the PLC The lt error gt strings are Illegal Function The PLC received an invalid function code Illegal Data Address r e z D gt e e F Q y x pu ddy 4 PE 26 i So 25 lt lt o NOED Editor Programming Software User Manual The address requested is not allowable for the PLC This may appear instead of a time out when a PLC is in bridge mode to a Modbus Plus network The PLC that the panel is communicating with will return this error if the message could not be passed on to the addressed PLC Illegal Data Value The value in the data field is not allowed for the PLC Slave Device Failure An unrecoverable error occurred in the PLC Acknowledge The PLC requires more time to process the message Slave Device Busy The PLC is processing a long command and is not ready for a new one Negative Acknowledgment The PLC cannot perform the function requested Memory Parity Error An error was detected in the PLC memory 0x0040 Broadcast not allowed in read command If a broadcast message to read was attempted
88. a mailbox message that the driver sent card was unable to process the command Error 53 INVALID_TIMEOUT_TIME Screen Message Invalid timeout time Condition The option card responded to a mailbox message that the driver sent oe card was unable to process the command The option The option The option The option The option The option The option The option AYn eleh Editor Programming Software User Manual Error 54 CAN NOT_SEND_MORE Screen Message Can t send more Condition The option card responded to a mailbox message that the driver sent card was unable to process the command Error 55 FILE_ACCESS ERROR Screen Message Failed to open file or file not found Condition The option card responded to a mailbox message that the driver sent card was unable to process the command Error 56 INVALID FILE DESCRIPTOR Screen Message Invalid file descriptor Condition The option card responded to a mailbox message that the driver sent card was unable to process the command Error 57 INVALID OPEN METHOD Screen Message Invalid open method Condition The option card responded to a mailbox message that the driver sent card was unable to process the command Error 58 NO_EMAIL_SERVER_CONFIGURED Screen Message No email server configured Condition The option card responded to a mailbox message that the driver sent card was unable to process the command Error 59 COMMAND_ABORTED Screen
89. a single tag for both Entry and Display purposes or two tags a Display Tag and an Entry Tag Two tags will be necessary if you are using Expressions in the tag See Note in margin on next page f NOTE To edit the Address String with your cursor in the Tag Name field click on the right mouse button The EDIT TAG DETAILS screen will appear 5 F NOTE When a single tag is used the I O type the tag can accept is Read Write When two tags are used the first tag s I O type also accepts Read Only and therefore can define source expressions D Editor Programming Software User Manual Use single tag for both Entry and Display purpose _ ee ee Display Tag T Use single tag for both Entry and Display purpos Entry Tag Display Tag 7 OOO Pl 2 Enter a Tag Name or click on the down arrow and select the Tag Name that you want the object to correspond to 3 Ifthe Tag Name is new the Tag Entry dialog box will appear where you will enter tag details The Tag Name will appear in the first field Enter an Address String appropriate for your type PLC and select the Data Type from available choices Click on the OK button To Enter Range Check perform the following steps 1 Under Range Check set the minimum and maximum set points Click on Minimum the low end point and enter a value The operator will not be allowed to enter a value lower than the value in this
90. access to the panel s adjust contrast feature Use the UP and DOWN arrows that appear on the button to adjust the screen contrast The current setting will appear on the button above the arrows and will change as you press the arrow keys Adjust Contrast General Protection Visibility Details mf Label Text Language 4 Character Size 6x8 Label Text ADJUST CONTRAST Position Cc T op Cc B ott gm Color Text Background z Digit Color Char Size 6x8 Y Text H M Blink Background x Blink Note On 10 and 15 panels contrast cannot be adjusted IV Display Frame lowing steps NOTE For this object resizing will always be in multiples of default size Cancel Help To put a Label on the Adjust Contrast object perform the fol 1 Click on the box in front of Label Text if you want a label 2 for your object Use the UP DOWN arrows after the Language box to S Editor Programming Software User Manual nE select a language number See Language section page 180 Select Character Size from the available choices Enter Label Text up to 40 characters Select the Position of the label whether you want it to appear at the Top or the Bottom of the object frame Select the Text and Background Color Click on the down arrow to view the color palette Display Frame is selected by default If you do not want the fram
91. along the arc To put a Label on the Meter object perform the following steps 1 Click on the box in front of Label Text if you want a label for your object 2 Use the UP DOWN arrows after the Language box to select a language number See Language section page 180 3 Select Character Size from the available choices 4 Enter Label Text up to 40 characters 5 Select the Position of the label whether you want it to appear at the Top or the Bottom of the object frame 6 Select the Text and Background Color Click on the NOTE To edit the Address down arrow to view the color palette String with your cursor in T Click on a Style under Select Style the Tag Name field click 8 Display Frame is selected by default If you do not want on the right mouse button the frame around the Meter to be visible click on the box The EDIT TAG DETAILS to deselect the box will be empty screen will appear MINGGI Editor Programming Software User Manual Enter a Tag Name 1 Enter a Tag Name or click on the down arrow and select the Tag Name from the available choices 2 If the Tag Name is new the Tag Entry dialog box will appear where you will enter tag details The Tag Name will appear in the first field Enter an Address String appropriate for your type PLC and select the Data Type from available choices Click on the OK button Make the following selections to Format your meter 1 If you want to show tick marks on your m
92. appear at the Top or the Bottom of the object frame 6 Select the Text and Background Color Click on the down arrow to view the color palette 7 Display Frame is selected by default If you do not want the frame around the button to be visible click on the box to deselect the box will be empty oS oO Enter Text for the button object Choose the Language Character Size Color of Text and Back ground and whether or not you want to enable the Blink feature for the text that will appear within the button Enter the Text that you want to appear Protection See Button Object Visibility Details See Button Object MINGGI Editor Programming Software User Manual NOTE Contrast cannot be adjusted on EZPanel Enhanced TFT models including 6 8 10 and 15 panels OK Cancel Help Buttons Click on OK button to save your selections exit the dialog box and place the object on the screen Click on Cancel button to exit the dialog box without saving your selections Click on Help button to go to the Help Topic for that dialog box Place Screen Saver Button on the screen and size it To size the button select it grab a handle and drag to the size you want To move the button select it click and hold left mouse button and drag to where you want it to appear on the screen Adjust Contrast Use the Adjust Contrast object to place a button on the EZPanel Enhanced screen that gives you
93. button for the Off Text First Text and for the Second Text 3 Select Character Size from the available choices 4 Select the Color of the Text and the Color of the Background If you want the Text or the Background to Blink click on the box below Blink to place a check mark indicating that the option is enabled Protection see Button Object Visibility Details See Button Object OK Cancel Help Buttons e Click on OK button to save your selections and exit the dialog box Click on Cancel button to exit the dialog box without saving your selections Click on Help button to go to the Help Topic for that dialog box Place Tri State Switch on the screen and size it e To size the switch grab a handle and drag it to size you want e To move the switch select it click and hold left mouse button and drag to where you want it to appear on the screen Numeric Entry Object 00362 Please Note Numeric label is truncated to 20 characters on the popup keypad D Editor Programming Software User Manual The Numeric Entry object allows you to write a value to a PLC register A numeric keypad will pop up when the Numeric Entry object is pressed on the EZPanel Enhanced screen When you select a Tag Name you will be selecting t he PLC location where you want the keypad accumulator data to go In other words the value the operator enters on the keypad will be written to the PLC location Numeri
94. cannot write to a single bit within a word 0x0200 PLC TX buffer full The error is reported if the transmit buffer becomes full in the PLC driver 0x0400 PLC error no reply This occurs when the DF1 modules indicate the PLC has no reply to the last message It is usually displayed when the unit reestablishes communications after a PLC message time out error This can also occur when the panel message time out is too short If the PLC message time out does not give the PLC enough time to respond to the message this error will be displayed 0x0800 Error code xx This is reported when the PLC driver encounters an unknown error This should never occur Driver Errors for Data Highway Plus NO_ERROR 0 INVALID_WRITE 1 MSG_TIMEOUT OPTION _BRD_ERROR 3 REGISTER_READ_ONLY 4 BAD_ADDRESS COMM ERROR e z D gt e e F Q y x pu ddy 2 lt 3 X co O O Q 5 Q 5 lt o ANGED Editor Programming Software User Manual STATUS_ERROR 7 INVALID_CARD_ERROR 8 INVALID_DRIVER_STATE 9 GENERAL_ERROR 10 LAST_ERROR 11 Error 0 NO_ERROR Screen Message N A Condition Never will occur Error 1 INVALID_WRITE Screen Message INVALID WRITE TO REGISTER oo Nxxx yyyy Condition If writing a value to a T or R and the values id greater than Ox7FFF or value is less than 0 If writing to a T C or R and the value is a DISCRETE Error 2 MSG_ TIMEOUT Screen Message PLC COMMUNICATION TIMEOUT
95. current screen You can copy a bitmap saved or created in another program onto the system clipboard and then import it into the current screen c You may also click on Symbol Factory to gain ac cess to a library of over 4 000 symbols for industrial automation including pumps pipes valves tanks mixers motors ducts electrical symbols flow meters material handling sensors PLCs transmitters and ISA symbols Once in Symbol Factory navigate to the symbol you want to import click on Copy and the symbol is automatically imported into the object 6 The size of the bitmap you have selected will appear in Ear art i Rei orel hi of selected Mone ara Ae of ene the field next to Dimensions If the Bitmap is too large you will be asked if you want to resize the image to fit the es screen see message to the left 7 Click on Yes to resize or No to leave as is 1 Editor Programming Software User Manual 8 To edit an image click on the Image in the list to highlight it The number of the image will appear in the Image Number field A thumbnail view of the image will also appear as shown in the example below 9 You may then click on the Symbol Factory Select Im age or Copy from Clipboard buttons to select or import another bitmap 10 To delete an image from the list click on it to highlight and then click on the Remove Image button 11 Click on OK to save or Cancel to close window without saving Visi
96. face of the clock Digits and Hour Minute Hand Select whether or not you want the Second Hand to Display and the Color if enabled Visibility Details See Button Object OK Cancel Help Buttons Click on OK button to save your selections and exit the dialog box Clock with Frame and Label Clock with Frame NO Label 31 Editor Programming Software User Manual Digital Clock Digital Clock X General Visibiliy Details m abel Text Language PSs Character Size E z Label Text DIGITAL N Background z Display Frame Options em ete se Color sid china Text wl es Character Size Background E Date Format fidam fes zl Cancel Hep To put a Label on the Clock object perform the following steps 1 Click on the box in front of Label Text if you want a label for your object 2 Use the UP DOWN arrows after the Language box to select a language number See Language section page 180 3 Select Character Size from the available choices 4 Enter Label Text up to 40 characters 5 Select the Position of the label whether you want it to appear at the Top or the Bottom of the object frame 6 Select the Text and Background Color Click on the down arrow to view the color palette 7 Display Frame is selected by default If you do not want Clock with Label NO Frame Clock with NO Frame NO Label the frame around the clock to be visible click on the box t
97. fails to start after a reset Could be a result of errors 1 10 RW_ERR Driver has attempted to Read or Write from the card after the card s init has failed or the driver has been stopped Error 13 CARD_WD_ERR Screen Message Condition CARD IS DEAD Driver has attempted to Read the watchdog counter and found it not updating indicating a card failure Error 14 CARD_OL_ERR Screen Message CARD NOT ONLINE Driver has attempted to Read or Write from the card however it found the card to be Condition offline Error 15 CARD_CN_ERR Screen Message Condition CARD NOT CONNECTED Driver has attempted to Read or Write from the card however found the card was not connected y e c z D gt e e E gt Q y x pu ddy 2 lt 3 X co O O Q 5 Q 5 lt o ANGED Editor Programming Software User Manual Error 16 INVALID_TAG_ERR Screen Message TAG NOT DEFINED IN MEMORY T rrr BB Condition Occurs if the driver encounters a tag during a Read or Write that does not exist in the user defined IN or OUT area of the Ethernet IP option card Error 17 TAG_READONLY_ERR Screen Message TAG IS READ ONLY T r r r BB Condition Occurs when the driver encounters an OUTPUT tag during a Write and OUTPUT data can t be written to Error 18 DATA_ERR NOT IMPLEMENTED Screen Message DATA ERR NN E CCCCC III AAA MMMMM Condition The opti
98. fem Mes y O D sme nse Bt EUNA TATES BOR 7 90 3 0 Panga Piri FAR P E ioio S Go ew E h Fraea S craig i 1 Numeric Eny Somen gt p e ur j Click on 3 Write Your alll Program to Panel wre your et This screen will appear CT i d For Hela pesn FA Hoe ae peed Objects 0 Kez Ye OF we re Program Ta P airmest Ea Project Information is provided here Make sure the information is correct before proceeding Pare ifeinaton Panel PLC Link Ethernet Com Port is shown here Make sure the correct COM portis selected before proceeding Restos esate lh ig pbn ri arepan bakean e Uae H Cancel ard lisi Peen finn Fanal and aave steny PE w tn Click on Start button to write the program to the EZPanel Enhanced The Panel to PLC Link will display a green dot next to the Connected message to indicate that a link between the panel and PLC is established Panel Information will display the Total and Free Memory in Bytes It will also display the Firmware Revision number the revision of the EZPanel Enhanced internal software Write Program To Panel inet Editor Programming Software User Manual Another popup keypad similar to the one shown below will display Enter a number on the keypad by pressing the number keys Press Enter The keypad will disappear and the number you entered should appear on the Demo Numeric Display on your
99. field 2 Click on Maximum the high end point and enter a value The operator will not be allowed to enter a value higher than the value in this field Valid Range is shown in the next window 3 The Valid Range is shown Your minimum and maximum set points must be within these limits To Select the Format of the Numeric Entry Keypad perform the following steps Format Data Type Unsigned Decimal Justification Leading Spaces Size 8 7 fs Text W Bink o atal Digts 5 4 ackground I Bink Fractional Digits Pa The Data Type is dependent upon the Tag data type In turn the Tag data type is dependent upon the type of PLC you are using Therefore your selections next to Data Type in this object will be limited by your Tag and PLC data type EZPanel Enhanced Editor Programming Software will automatically limit your selections based on the PLC and Tag address format The program will also let you know if you have entered an invalid data type SIGNED DATA TAG SIGNED Keypad only UNSIGNED DATA TAG UNSIGNED OCTAL HEX Keypad BCD DATA TAG BCD Keypad only FLOATING POINT TAG if available for that PLC FLOATING POINT Keypad only MINGGI Editor Programming Software User Manual NOTE If a Decimal Point tag is selected the Fractional Digits will not be used The number of fractional digits will come from the value of the tag NOTE Click on the Scaling tab if you want the Display Value t
100. frame around the switch to be visible click on the box to deselect the box will be empty To Choose a Step Switch Style perform the following steps 1 Under Select Style click on the style you prefer for the button object you are creating 2 Your choice will appear under Selected Style Choose the Number of Steps from 1 to 4 in the process or application that you want your switch to control Enter the number of steps or click on the up down arrows to select Editor Programming Software User Manual Step 1 Tab Step Switch 1 Click on Step 1 tab NOTE To edit the Address 2 Enter Tag Name for Step 1 String with your cursor in 3 Select Language 1 to 9 for On Off Text and then enter the On the Tag Name field click on Text and Off Text that you want to appear within Step Switch the right mouse button The 1 EDIT TAG DETAILS screen 4 Select Character Size Color of Text and Background and will appear whether or not Text and or Background will Blink 5 Repeat for Step 2 Step 3 and Step 4 if necessary Protection See Button Object Visibility Details See Button Object OK Cancel Help Buttons e Click on OK button to save your selections and exit the dialog box e Click on Cancel button to exit the dialog box without saving your selections Click on Help button to go to the Help Topic for that dialog box Place Step Switch on the screen and size it To size the switch grab a handle and d
101. go to the help topic Fly Over HELP When the mouse cursor comes to rest over any tool bar or object button for a short while a small window will appear containing a brief description of the function of that particular button The window will disappear as soon as the cursor has been moved off the button PLC HELP If you need help with the PLC to EZPanel Enhanced Interface consult the EZPanel Enhanced Editor Programming Software Help Each PLC Driver has a Help Topic that lists the error messages and provides an explanation for each Also provided are PLC to EZPanel Enhanced wiring diagrams Technical Support Although most questions can be answered with EZPanel Enhanced HELP or the manuals you may find answers to your questions in the operator interface section of our web site www EZAutomation net If you still need assistance please call our technical support from 6 a m to Midnight at 1 877 774 EASY or FAX us at 1 877 775 EASY Warranty Repairs If your EZPanel Enhanced is under warranty contact www EZAutomation net or call us 1 877 774 EASY Out of Warranty Repairs If your EZPanel Enhanced is out of warranty contact EZAutomation s Service Department for an evaluation of repair costs 1 877 774 EASY You can then decide whether it is more economical to proceed with factory repairs or purchase a new panel SELD Editor Programming Software User Manual EZPanel Models 6 inch Monochrome EZPanel Enhanced Models
102. is gray OK Cancel Help Buttons e Click on OK button to save your selections and exit the dialog box Click on Cancel button to exit the dialog box without saving your selections Click on Help button to go to the Help Topic for that dialog box Place Text Object on the screen and size it To size it grab a handle and drag e To move the button select it click and hold left mouse button and drag to where you want it to appear on the screen Pressure is near maximun Triggered Text Editor Programming Software User Manual The Triggered Text object monitors a bit to display different text strings for ON and OFF conditions This would be used in applications where you want to provide a message or a description of the process or condition ngger Text ES e op gt Botton To put a Label on the Triggered Text object perform the following steps a 2 3 4 5 Click on the box in front of Label Text Use the UP DOWN arrows after the Language box to select a language number See section on Language page 180 Select Character Size from the available choices Enter Label Text up to 40 characters Select the Position of the label whether you want it to appear at the Top or the Bottom of the object frame Select the Text and Background Color Click on the down arrow to view the color palette Display Frame is selected by default If you do not want the frame around
103. is displayed by default If you don t want it to display click on Edit gt Tool Bars gt Project Screens to deselect To go to a screen shown in the Project Screens list double click on it You can move the window to a different location in the programming window Just click on the bar at the top hold the left mouse button and drag it to where you want it to appear If you double click on the bar at the top it will change to a floating window as shown below Double click on the title bar on the floating tool box and it will relocate to its last position Project Screens J E Project Screens U 1 Panel Control Screen w 2 Startup Screen QJ 3 General Pump Control Screen QJ 4 Liquid Levels Screen TET Phys H gt y O Co Q 3 3 gt Co myn els Editor Programming Software User Manual Programming Screen This is the programming screen where you will build project screens that will in turn be displayed on the panel You may program from 1 to 999 screens in a project These screens are used primarily to incorporate objects messages and graphics Placing these items onto the programming screen allows you to have input and control over what is being displayed on the panel xy ez project ezt 1 Panel Control Screen iof x File Edit Screen Objects Draw Panel Setup Window Help x eo Leo olna O IHF lle 4ATl 1 e 8 s B Ble o o MRM Bl MemOD me me A F Aa
104. left 40 pixels by 40 pixels is the size of a single touch cell on the panel and is the minimum size for any touch object 2 Click OK to exit and save settings or Cancel to exit without making any changes Display Grid The Display Grid function is the display equivalent of graph paper Represented by a series of dots the grid helps you align your drawings and objects and make them more precise There are three ways to enable this function 1 Click on the HE icon in the Standard Tool bar Right click on an empty area of the screen window The menu shown to the left will appear Click on Display Grid 3 From the Main Menu Bar click on Screen gt Display Grid You can also activate this feature from the Grid Size dialog box described above A check mark will appear to show you that it is enabled Click on it again to hide the Grid Snap to Grid Snap to Grid attaches lines rectangles circles and other drawn objects to grid points as they are drawn Objects placed on the screen will align with the grid also Click here to Snap to Grid Cut Objects Copy Objects Paste Objects Select All New Screen Open Screen Rename Screen Zoom v Display Grid v Show Touch Cells Screen Description Background Color 3D Editor Programming Software User Manual There are three ways to enable this function 1 Click on the HF icon in the Standard Tool bar 2 Right click on an empty area o
105. limitation EZPanel Enhanced uses an RLE RunLength Encoding algorithm to compress bitmaps for storage If this compressed bitmap size exceeds 64K bytes you cannot place the bitmap on the screen 20 Is it possible to find out whether the compressed bitmap size is less than 64K before trying to insert the bitmap No the only sure way to know is to try An error message will alert you immediately if the 64K size is exceeded Using fewer colors like 256 vs 24 bit will help prevent this problem 21 Is there a limit to the number of objects that can be placed on a single screen Yes the amount of objects that can be placed on a single screen is limited by the screen buffer size The maximum number of objects is dependant upon object types 22 Can I use shortcut method when addressing B3 0 0 Yes you can use the shortcut method when addressing such as B3 0 B3 1 B3 2 22 Is Enhanced EZPanel Software compatible with EZTouch Yes EZPanel Enhanced Editor Software is compatible with current EZTouch Panels from ADC as well as the new EZPanel Enhanced models However EZPanel Enhanced Editor Programming Software does not allow current EZTouch Panels from ADC to utilize software upgrades Enhanced drivers Universal Ethernet Aromat Mewtocol COM Control Techniques Control Technology Corp CTC EZPLC Idec Computer Link Mitsubishi CC Link Siemens S7 200 Square D Symax and Texas Instruments or Enhanced Features Overlapping of Ob
106. nnn This may be corrected by increasing the time out time or increasing the baud rate An alternative may be to lower the number of registers or coils per message This causes the panel to use smaller messages that the PLC should be able to respond to at a faster rate 0x0100 PLC reply length exceeded PLC nnn The driver received or is receiving a message with a length exceeding the maximum allowed by ModBus protocol from the PLC with address nnn 0x0200 Invalid write to panel register nnn A write was attempted to the panel s internal register nnnn when that register is mapped to a read only location in the PLC 0x0400 Invalid attributes using defaults The driver received attributes it could not use The default values for all PLC attributes will be used DirectNet Protocol DL330 DL340 Direct Logic PLC Models D3 330 330P D3 340 0x0000 No Error 0x0001 Incompatible Revision This error will be displayed when the driver and exec have an incompatible revision 0x0002 Limit of elements per screen exceeded This occurs when there are too many registers on the display to monitor 0x0004 Invalid Checksum This error occurs when a message with an invalid checksum is received by the unit The unit is receiving invalid data 0x0008 Protocol Error The driver has received a serial communications protocol error from the PLC The driver is unable to communicate with the PLC when this error occurs 0x0040 PLC Error Incorrect Map
107. number of attributes INVALID PLC RESPONCE Txxxxx xxx BB The Driver did not receive the reply from the PLC that it expected PLC TIMEOUT The Driver did not receive a reply to a message in the allowed time CHECKSUM ERROR Command string was not sent from the Panel to the PLC correctly or the checksum in the message was incorrect FORMAT ERROR Command string was missing characters or some were incorrect NOT SUPPORT ERROR r e c z D gt e e E gt Q y x pu ddy 2 lt 426 co 0 0 Q 5 Q 5 lt lt o Sen NOED Editor Programming Software User Manual Condition Command from Panel does not exist on the PLC Error 7 PRO_ERR Screen Message PROCEDURE ERROR Condition Command was sent to the PLC while it was still processing an existing command Error 8 WRONG_STN_ERR Screen Message WRONG STATION REPLIED TO MSG Condition The received message contained a different station number from the message the driver sent Error 9 CSUM_ERR Screen Message INCORRECT CSUM FROM PLC Condition The received message from the PLC had a bad checksum Error 10 INVALID_DRIVER_STATE Screen Message INVALID DRIVER STATE Condition NEVER SHOULD OCCUR Error 11 GENERAL_ERROR Screen Message ERROR CODE xxx Condition NEVER SHOULD OCCUR Error 12 LAST_ERROR Screen Message N A Condition NEVER WOULD OCCUR CTC PLC WITH BINARY PROTOCOL Error 0 NO ERROR Screen Message N
108. option card responded to a mailbox message that the driver sent The option card thinks that the message had an invalid response Error 27 FLASH_CONFIG_ERROR Screen Message FLASH CONFIGURATION ERROR Condition The option card responded to a mailbox message that the driver sent The option card thinks that there is a flash configuration error Error 28 INCORR_IN_IO_LENGTH Screen Message INCORRECT IN I O LENGTH Condition The option card responded to an Generic Init mailbox message that the driver sent The option card thinks that the length as entered in the attributes of the Program Loader of the INPUT is invalid Error 29 INCORR_IN_DPRAM_LENGTH Screen Message INCORRECT IN DPRAM LENGTH Condition The option card responded to a Generic Init mailbox message that the driver sent The option card thinks that the length of the INPUT DPRAM is invalid this length is calculated from the length of the INPUT as entered in the attributes of the Program Loader Error 30 INCORR_IN_TOTAL_LENGTH Screen Message INCORRECT IN TOTAL LENGTH nYn Sle Editor Programming Software User Manual Condition The option card responded to a Generic Init mailbox message that the driver sent The option card thinks that the length of the INPUT total length is invalid this length is calculated from the length of the INPUT as entered in the attributes of the Program Loader Error 31 INCORR_OUT_IO_ LENGTH Screen Message INCORRECT OUT I O LENGTH
109. panel screen Press the Demo Button on your panel screen It will change from Project Information Project Title fe program files project demo project 1 ezt Panel Type msa E Color 640x480 PLC Type DirectLogie K Sequtrmm fev B and Protocol Panel to PLC Link M Panel Information Total Memory 24288 Bytes ie Free blemon 445328 Bytes po amp Fonnected Operation Complete Project Written to the Panell CAUTION Pressing Start will OVER WRITE program already in the panel IF you do not want to lose program in the panel press Cancel and first Read program from Panel and save it on your PC com Ethemet Com j Help Off to On The Demo Indicator Light should change from Off to On also ENTER SECURITY CODE c r e z o T e ur j SD Editor Programming Software User Manual You ve just completed Step 3 Write Your Program to Panel You have now successfully configured a PLC created a user program transferred it to the EZPanel Enhanced and established communication between the PLC and panel This simple tutorial has taken you through the major steps to creating a working link between your application and an EZPanel Enhanced Of course there are almost unlimited capabilities for creating a program unique to your application Changes are easy too Create your own Demo project based on this one
110. pis new ororect_ ezt gt Revision B Heed Hoven ee Baud Rate eie Number h Naa New Sereen E Select Panel Panity Odd Panel F amiy See i St oe G EZPanetEnhanced C EZTouch C EZToMLC Ce Ce Cw Wining Rs 232C Select Model ALL amp Coke 640x400 Data Length E Bit Ethemet COM Port uM Z ieee ani iomu Mewocel COM Avs _ DECENA Time Out 1 255 30 in tenths of a second pia Poll Time 0 255 lin tenths of a second Default Station 1 32 5 x pu ddy U rT O U D r Ke O a tal Oo 0 c o p ae l q o WINGED Editor Programming Software User Manual Control Techniques Uni Drive 2 wire 4 wire binary The following screens provide you with an example of how to set up a Uni Drive 2 wire 4 wire Protocol Open EZPanel Enhanced Editor Programming Software and configure Project Information as shown in the figure below Step 1 Project Information After selecting the PLC Type and Protocol click on the gt gt EZ Panel View Edit PLC Com Setup 4 Step x The PLC Attributes dialog EDITOR box will appear Enter the TEUR APU LI parameters shown Click on EZT uch Programming Solinas Verdin 3 22 the OK button to save your Selected Action Edit OFF LINE Write Later www ezautomation net m SELECT ACTION MENTER PROJECT INFORMATION selections You will return Ponai Laod 9
111. radio button object will not allow more buttons when the object is the same height width as the touch panel screen Step Switch Error JO2_1 Number of steps Range is from 2 to 4 e 2 D gt e e gt Q y x pu ddy 4 PE 26 ie So 25 lt o inet Editor Programming Software User Manual Solution Enter a number between 2 and 4 or use the wheel next to the box Error J02_2 Step Switch x Tag is not Defined x being the step number Reason The Tag Name in the Step 1 tab was empty when the OK button was selected Solution Click on a tag from the drop down menu for the Tag Name box or type in a valid tag name in the Tag Name box in the tab Step 1 Thumbwheel Error J03_1 Number of Wheels Range is from 1 to 5 Solution Only enter a number between 1 and 5 into the Number of Wheels field or use the wheel to the right side of the entry field UNSIGNED DECIMAL format 5 digits wheels HEX 4 digits wheels Recipe Error J04_1 At least one valid recipe tag should be defined Reason When creating a recipe button if there are no tags entered under the Recipe tab this message will appear Solution Click on the Recipe tab and enter a tag in the first box Numeric Entry Numeric Display Error J05_1 PLC Value 1 is greater than PLC Value 2 Solution Enter a value for PLC Value 1 that is less than PLC Value 2 Error
112. select the PLC Type and Protocol as Mitsubishi CC Link Generic DeviceNet I O Generic Ethernet IP Allen Bradley Remote I O Modicon Modbus Plus Siemens Profibus Modicon Modbus TCP IP or Universal Ethernet Ethernet IP DF1 over Ethernet Modbus TCP IP GE SRIP Once you click on OK the project will open to the screen you have selected and you may begin creating or editing your project Editor Programming Software User Manual Step Z Design Your Screens Your project information has been entered and you are now ready to begin designing your screens Remember that you can go back to step one and change project information if necessary Just click on the 1 button on the 3 Easy Steps Tool Bar shown to the left For more information on the Main Programming Screen see page 136 re dnjas yoloidg 1 Click on the 2 button Design Your Screens and the following screen will appear 2 Double click on one of the screens in the Screen List to open it or enter a new screen number and name and click on the Open button Project Setup nisl Editor Programming Software User Manual Screens Explorer View 3 You may also use the Screen Explorer view to navigate between screens Double click on an existing screen listed in the Explorer window that you want to edit The Main Programming Screen will open to the selected screen You can easily switch between demo proj ct 1 ezt 1 Numeric Entry
113. the button grab a handle and drag it to the size you want xk eis Editor Programming Software User Manual Grab a handle with your mouse Por s e P onetan a ers ise ee Click on the Protection Tab e To move the button select it click and hold left mouse button and drag it to the area of the screen where you want it to appear Simulate Press To Simulate Press double click the object to bring up the object dialog box You may have to drag the dialog box to see the object on the programming screen Click on the Simulate Press button to see how the button object will display on the screen when pressed Protection Tab Visibility Details The following touch objects allow you to enable protection and assign passwords to allow a group or individual user defined to have access to that object Buttons Indicator Buttons Switches Step Switches Tri State Switches Numeric Entry Recipe Thumbwheel Text Entry Change Screen Alarm History Increment Decrement Hour Activate Screen Saver Adjust Contrast Select Language Bitmap Button Increment Decrement Value IMPORTANT Password Protection is not intended to work with objects when the actuator type selected is Momentary On and Momentary Off Password Protect Object Allow access to following user groups V Managers M Shift 1 Operators MV Engineers I Shift 2 Operators Supervisors Shift 3 O
114. the module is at tached to Station Number is the 5 x ipu ddy U rT OQ U D r Ke y Slat Ediling Sassen Station number assigned to the rk aera z KE module If attached directly Edi OFF LINE Humber f m Hame New Soman x to a processor the PLC address l is not used The Station Number Solet Fena refers to the PLC address Edi Pogan feani vie ON LINE E2PendGrhansed G2Tewh EZTauwhPLE Cr rp Ca ow el ALL 8 Colo G40nd 0 Se eee ee eee view Edt PLC Com Sakop EIE Allen Bradley SLE S00 Altnibutes PLC Edt Aevisen No A Baud Rate 5600 Defadt PLE Ad Megs Panky Mone Slan Kunter Helo Languoge Clear Exit Stop Bits Tne T Time Dut Timett 255 aa ene OUR NOTE on TAGs for this type PLC e Jo Eeue ps If communicating to other than the default PLC the address string must be preceded by the PLC address of the unit you want to communicate with For example 3 N7 0 is PLC address 3 coc ee Og T coo TIO l qA NED Editor Programming Software User Manual SLC 500 5 01 5 02 and 5 03 DH485 AIC The following screens provide you with an Memme example of how to set up a SLC500 Series censal Chen 1 system Chan 0 System Chan 0 user Dire DHS Mode Address i decimal Baud 15200 7 PLC with DH485 Protocol To set up the SLC500 PLC DH485 using RSLogix configuration software
115. the panel Line Graph Please Note Panel Tags may be internal not mapped to PID Face Plate the PLC or external mapped to the PLC Change Screen l Alarm Petory Panel Tags may be cra a e Discrete System Objects d Multi state Indicator i 16 bit Signed Unsigned Bitmap Objects d e 32 bit Signed Unsigned Increment Decrement Value e 16 bit BCD Report e 32 bit Floating Point e ASCII String IMPORTANT To learn all the steps to configuring an object read the instructions for the first object Button Object in its entirety It will take you through each step in detail explaining all the variables and choices Because the objects share many common features they are not repeated for each object Any features that are unique to a particular object are explained in its own section We recommend that you try out the tutorial beginning on page 14 to learn the steps involved in creating an EZPanel Enhanced project TEXT OBJECTS TOOL BAR AA B oS lt SYSTEM OBJECTS TOOL BAR BITMAP OBJECTS TOOL BAR Configure an object by selecting it from the OBJECT MENU or one of the OBJECT TOOL BARS The Objects menu allows you to choose from several predefined objects Objects provide generic panel functions The objects can be accessed from the Object Tool Bars Basic Objects Text Objects System Objects and Bitmap Objects shown above and to the left and the Objects Menu shown on the precedin
116. the text to be visible click on the box to deselect the box will be empty Enter the Text you want to appear on the display when ON and when OFF l 2 Select the Language number for the On Text and the Off Text Type in what you want to appear within the frame for the On Text and for the Off Text up to 500 characters NOTE To edit the Address String with your cursor in the Tag Name field click on the right mouse button The EDIT TAG DETAILS screen will appear a SD Editor Programming Software User Manual Enter a Tag Name 1 2 Enter a Tag Name or click on the down arrow and select the Tag Name that you want the Trigger Text object to monitor If the Tag Name is new the Add New Tag Details dialog box will appear where you will enter tag details The Tag Name will appear in the first field Enter an Address String appropriate for your type PLC Click on the OK button Make selections for On Text and Off Text Format On Text Format Size exi6 x Horizontal Vertical C Left C Top Center Center aean gat Bottom Off Text Format oo Size Color Text B Blink Tet B 6 eink Background x M Blink 8x16 Background Birk Horizontal Vertical C Left C Top Center Center Under On Text Format 1 2 3 Select Size from the available choices Select the Color of the Text and the Color of the Background If you want the Text or the Background to Bli
117. to Panel Ctrl T Print Ctrl F Print Setup Exit GD Editor Programming Software User Manual The Reference Section provides more details on Menu commands It takes you through the Main Menu Bar item by item command by command with instructions It also contains information about the various tool bars and the status bar File Menu Open Project To open an existing project or to create a new project while in a programming window click on File gt Open Project The Step 1 Project Information dialog box will appear Click on one of the SELECT ACTION buttons Choose from the available project files or enter a new Project Name Click on OK to open the project or Exit to quit without opening Step 1 Project Information d ae p 1 a Ad ET T ee Step gt S EDITOR It s as easy as 1 2 3 E2T ouch Programming Sofware Version 3 2 21 EZAutomation Phone 1 B77 774 EASY Selected Action None www ezautomation net SELECT ACTION FENTER PAIJECT INFORMATION eroseevevveeveveseverevevevevrvseves Pr oje t Le jont ior Project Name l Firmware Revision Read Proaiam Stet Editing Screen Hell etal Number z Name l 7 Select Panel Panel Famil ize EA P oaan le EZPanelEnbanead C EzTauch EzTcuehPLe oul T a au aai I Select Motel CS Ss lt lt C CP lt lt lt 7 Ol Ethernet COM Port COMI x karti T
118. to save your selections You will return to the Project Information screen Click on the OK button to begin creating your EZPanel misaia Enhanced Project j Pias arrat in r f q EZ Panel n l i j Step h b E j m ay T d P EDITOR Jit ety ean ds pas _ Eg Touch Progremming Solheare Werson 32 21 ESAulomation Phone 1 BF FT EAST Selected Action Edit OFFLINE Write Later WH OZR OM StH Fett SELECT ACTION EMTEH FROJECT INFORMATION roject Losalio C Frogram Fles62PanclenharcadPiaieat Browar Leer Prajest Hara rev prjest ezt Piiaiet Seis ior Allen Eradhes SLC 500 Full Duplex Og T coa 2O l q A PLC Editor Revision 47 Baud Fate mo A Stal Eding Screen x Numer 1 Hamna Naw Soimen Parity JE ros Slop bis jos Select Panel Pars Family aize f E2Pans Enhsncsd EZT ush C EZT ohFLE Ae i Peg a Checksum Type eRe x Seel Medel ALL Colo 640480 000 Timeout Tine 1 255 a ETE E EE PLC Type ard laraarcae ine Test Flav _Miew dt HLL Lom Setup mine Piolocal ate Aletta SS Poll time 0 255 io bartha of a second Thnk tht Ieee ee Hr Map ile Corcel Ok Heb Language Dex Exi EZ Panel ANGERD Editor Programming Software User Manual SLC 5 03 5 04 and 5 05 DF1 Half Duplex use this driver if connecting to 1747KE Module The following screens provide you with an Eaten example
119. want it to be transparent a E Static Under the General tab you will make the following selections Triggered Lookup Dynamic Text Text Entry General Language J Grab a handle with your y i Test STATIC TEXT A AIA hy LT 4 A Justification The Text Object Tool Bar as it originally appears in the programming window You can move the tool bar to other locations on the programming window by clicking and holding the left mouse button on the handle bar see above and dragging to where you want it 1 Select a Language 1 9 that you want the text to display in 2 Select a Character Size from those available e g 6 x 8 8 x 16 8 x 32 to appear in the Programming Window The Text Tool bar as it appears on the programming screen 3 Type in the Text as you want it to display on the panel screen The text can be up to 500 characters and wraps within the frame Select Horizontal Left Center or Right and Vertical Top Center or Bottom Justification for the text Default for both is Center 5 If you want the text to appear within a frame click on the box in front of Display Frame to enable If you want to see through v 1 the text and or frame to what lies underneath click on the box in ext Objects J f fT t AAA A G ront of Transparent 6 Select the Text and Background Color from the available choices Default Text color is black and the default Background color
120. you want a tag to control the decimal points click in the box in front of Use tag for decimal point and then enter or select a Decimal point Tag Name m i Use tag for decimal point Decimal point Tag Name FS Scaling Tab Under the Numeric Entry object General Scaling Notification amp Handshake Protection Visit Scaling tab you can scale the F Use Notification and handshake tags entered value from the numeric Notificaiton Tag Name entry object to another value in HandshakeTagName oo the PLC Enter the Point 1 and Handshake Time out 4000 Point 2 PLC Values and Point 1 and Point 2 Display Values Peo PoC she 1 Ci aek 10 An example of SCALING is Por PEs Lisle vehs 30 provided on the dialog box Notification and Handshake Tab Cae So eed Po ee t1 ie ce Ww bea ah ect FPLC vale 220 12 lEs ckp seed ap cd 3 1 Editor Programming Software User Manual Click on this tab if you want to configure a discrete tag that will notify the panel when the numeric entry has been received To let the operator know the keypad will automatically close when the value has been received lie 2 Click in the box in front of Use Notification and Handshake tags to enable this option In the Notification Tag Name field enter or select a tag name General Scaling Notification amp Handshake Protection Visibilty Details T Use Notification and handshake tags Notificaiton Tag Name 7 Han
121. 0 FLASH_FULL NOT IMPLEMENTED Screen Message Flash full Condition The option card responded to an initialization mailbox message that the driver sent The option card had an error while storing the initialization configuration in FLASH Error 41 STORE_OPERATION_ERROR NOT IMPLEMENTED Screen Message Store operation error Condition The option card responded to an initialization mailbox message that the driver sent The option card had an error while storing the initialization configuration in FLASH Error 42 BAD_CRC_OR_FLASH_EMPTY NOT IMPLEMENTED Screen Message CRC mismatch or FLASH empty Condition The option card responded to an initialization mailbox message that the driver sent The option card had an error while retrieving the initialization configuration from FLASH Error 43 LOAD_FAILED NOT IMPLEMENTED Screen Message Load failed Condition The option card responded to an initialization mailbox message that the driver sent The option card had an error while retrieving the initialization configuration from FLASH Error 44 INVALID_IP_ADDR_OR_SUBNET_MASK Screen Message Invalid IP address or Subnet mask Condition The option card responded to an initialization mailbox message that the driver sent The option card was unable to process the command Error 45 INVALID_SOCKET_TYPE Screen Message Invalid socket type Condition The option card responded to a mailbox message that the driver sent The
122. 0 CBL i 15 pin D Shell male connector to 9 pin D shell male connector EZP SYMAX CBL 10 RS422 shielded cable to connect EZPanel Enhanced to Square D symax 15 pin D Shell male connector to 9 pin D shell male connector EZP TX505 CBL 10 RS232C shielded cable to connect any EZPanel Enhanced connect to Texas Instru ment 505 Series PLC 15 pin D Shell male connector to 9 pin D shell female connector EZP TX545 CBL 10 RS422 shielded cable to connect any EZPanel Enhanced to Texas Instrument 545 1102 series PLC 15 pin D Shell male connector to 9 pin D shell male connector EZP TX545 CBL1 10 RS422 shielded cable to connect any EZPanel Enhanced to Texas Instrument 545 1104 PLC 15 pin D Shell male connector to 9 pin D shell female connector 10 RS232 Shielded Cable to connect any EZPanel Enhanced to Modicon Micro PLC EZP MODRJ 15 pin D shell male connector to RJ45 connector EZP PGMCBL Programming Cable NOTE See Appendix A for cable pinouts or use the EZPanel Enhanced Editor Programming Software P N EZP PANELEDIT Help Topics For RS 422A connections to DirectLogic PLCs also see Appendix A EZP IDECS CBL 10 RS232C shielded cable to connect any EZPanel Enhanced to IDEC Micro Smart PLC 15 pin D Shell male connector to 8 pin mini DIN male connector O prar O ce e Som TUH JT ena Lpd nos Cite Iagan H Operi ie Jo nerk i IN fa Tor Minna Mrr
123. 1 Click on the Rectangle icon LJ on the tool bar or select Rectangle from the Draw Menu 2 A dialog box will appear allowing you to select the outline and the fill color 3 Select a point on the screen with the pointer and click the left mouse button to locate the first corner of the rectangle Pull the box with the mouse to the size you want and release the mouse button to set the box size Circle The Circle Draw tool allows you to draw a circle To draw a Circle 1 Click on the Circle icon 5 or select Circle from the Draw Menu 2 Adialog box will appear allowing you to select the outline and fill color of the circle Reference NOTE IMPORT BITMAP option To size a Bitmap once it has been placed on the screen click on it to select grab one of the handles and drag to the size you want NOTE SYMBOL FACTORY option To SIZE a symbol in Symbol Factory go to Options in the Symbol Factory when selecting the symbol See instructions on page 162 Error BMP The betight ad wadh of selected image one oul of range Da you want it to be resized to fit inthe amean Ce J e 4 Editor Programming Software User Manual Select a point on the screen with the pointer and click the left mouse button to locate the starting point of the circle Pull the circle with the mouse to the size you want and release the mouse button to set the perimeter size Static Bitmap This object allows you to import a bitmap and pla
124. 300 1 Configuration ANYBUS_ PGI_RES Diele e a Sle lel Of Bel 0 UF 5 ANYBUS S PDP 1 P5307 28 J 9 Universal module 8 CPU315 2 DP i INAQUT 1 Byte peal LFA e ff NAUT 2 Byte 1 voc IN OUT 4 Byte 2 word INADUT 8 Byte 4 word INAQUT 16 Byte 8 wordl INAOUT 64 Byte 32 word IN OUT 128 Byte 64 word INPUT 1 Byte INPUT 2 Byte 1 word INPUT Byte 2 word 9 Once the I O is configured your senile hanna ca a wae 8 ir etemas i i INPUT 32 Byte 16 word module is properly configured choose SBP INPUT 54 Byte 2 word H m INPUT 128 Byte 54 word PLC gt DOWNLOAD TO MODULE ff OUTPUT 12yte i OUTPUT 2Byte 1 word i j OUTPUT 4 Byte 2 mord OUTPUT 6 Byte 4 word 10 Follow the on screen prompts and you EW Guten sebas i vi H i f OUTPUT 64 Byte 22 word are finished A i f QUTPUT 128 Byte 64 word 11 Return to EZPanel Enhanced Editor Programming Software and begin creating your EZPanel Enhanced project ye Siandd O ANYBUS S FOP Universal module IN OUT 1 Byte IN OUT 2 Byte 1 wod INJOUT 4 Byte 2 wod IN OUT 8 Bute 4 word IN OUT 16 Byte B word IN OUT 64 Byte 32 wod INJOUT 128 Byle 54 word INPUT 1 Byte INPUT 2Byte 1 werd INPUT 4 Byte 2 werd INPUT 8 Byte 4 werd INPUT 16 Byte 9 word INPUT 32 Byte 15 word INPUT 64 Byte 32 word INPUT 125 Byte 6 wod OUTPUT 1 Byle OUTPUT 2 Byte 1 word OUTPUT 4 Byte
125. 440 K Sequence DirectNet DL405 D4 450 K Sequence DirectNet ModBus Koyo addressing Siemens S7 MPI Adaptor 3964R Siemens Siemens S7_200 Siemens S7_200 Square D Symax 300 Series CPU 400 Series CPU Texas Instruments TI5X5 Series T1505 TI545 1102 T1545 1104 TBP Transparent Bye Provea oF NUP Non Intelligent Terminal Protocol Uni Telway Telemecanique TSX 37 Micro UNI TE Version 1 1 Other H2 WinPLC Entivity Think amp Do V5 2 orlater check for Entivity Think amp Do Modbus RTU Serial Port version compatability Introduction Editor Programming Software User Manual PLC Cable Part Numbers RS232C shielded cable to connect any EZPanel Enhanced to EZPLC 15 pin D shell male con EZP CBL nector to 9 pin D shell male connector EZP 2CLB 10 RS232C shielded cable to connect any EZPanel Enhanced to DLO5 DLO6 DL105 DL205 D3 350 or D4 450 CPU 15 pin D shell male connector to RJ 12 modular connector EZP 2CBL 1 10 RS232C shielded cable to connect any EZPanel Enhanced to a DLO6 D2 250 1 or D2 260 bottom port CPU 15 pin D shell male connector to 15 pin male HD 10 RS232C shielded cable to connect any EZPanel Enhanced to a D3 340 CPU top or bottom EZP 3CBL port 15 pin D shell male connector to RJ11 modular connector 10 RS232C shielded cable to connect any EZPanel Enhanced panel to DL 405 top port CPU EZP 4CBL 1 15 pin D shell male connector to 15 pin D shell male connector EZP 4CBL 2 10
126. 87 A e WUD AES ATE ae cad eta EAA Mentos atten AATE A EE T E AT EE E E E 88 Beic DISD TAI e A E EE ETE A 89 Sies ii ht WD AEE EAA EEE A E TA T E AT T EAT E 90 S RENSAS e E A E A E T EE E A E T E 92 DiGi BE e Era e e E A EE A EA E E E E AT 93 caig WAND e tees sees E E E E E EE 94 ERS KS APM ODOC ena aa R E TEE R E EE 95 eE a E EE E ANPA E ASEE EE E E EA E E E E cure 97 DoW PONS E e E E E E AE AI EE E T EE AEAT EN A E EE 97 PID Faceplate Oa SC ir nrnna rann raan e aE Eni E Eaa EEE ii 99 Legends TAD se ceciccamincsnsactunsasarcacon teins EAR EER NE E A E EEE 101 Change Screen OD FOCI arerin sanaa i N iata aa i da phd iaei Ea REEE ENER ia 102 Alam History ODJECE escsecteceetsannciicassgaadainccenciseesanesaa a hos ER i a a E a ai o ii aE 104 SEED SS see E E E P E E E EE S T E T E ET 106 inerement Decrement TAO UN sinirinin Nn a in L Aa Erna aE ai EEE eeiam 106 Aciivate Screen Savo enei ian inihian e aa TE Raia EE DANERA i aE aiia 108 AGUSI ORNI AS uiar E E E E A EEEE 109 Seen LAIN l R E EEE E E EE T E T AT E E ST 111 Multi State Indicator ODj Ct acisas E aE EEA ETENE Eai ETET EEEN 112 Messages TaD oep a r EEE EEEn AE E EOR S 114 Embedding a Data VIUS ciere eE Aa E EE EE EENEN ERTSE EENES ei ina 115 COPY NGS SAS S EEE EE A EAE ES 118 Pintaa ODE aA E E E 120 Bae a ea an e E a E AE EE T E E T 120 BMA PURON oas E E E E ATS 123 Multi state BEIM AD beset cere neverctorencinteictnecies necimesaend arntirdanantienonstindbdienaeqnnitiettilninnchiu
127. 91 Seed go E Cee ee ee Se eee ene ene eee ae eee cee eee ae ee Ree eer eee ee ee eee 191 RIEHL STA A E aianei a oanempbstop aa iedagrtanrauna EEO 192 Window TTS TM Metical series estes cele ature aia naib ae cies E a 194 FS IM Ne cece antec cigarette eevee rec ga ee ne E A AA 195 Right Cicek Menus scorers Pea czcacersb a iaasee acins ra tm naietede atau T a a a 196 SVD F ICIO 2 eee eee ere eee ee oe ee ee ee ere err eee eet ee erent Tee eet eee mee en eee er 197 Appendix A_ Troubleshooting Frequently Asked Questions FAQS c cccccccsssssseeecceeeeeeeseeeeeeseeeeeeeeeeesesesseaeeaeeeeeeeeeeessseaaaaaeseseeeeees A 2 fii geltle cis giele ye Eaeereeneeee eer ener ieee ern renes renee cee en rer eer Serer eer oer ee eer reer E eee eer oe A 5 PLC Driver Error Messages sinisiraan iiipin Anina AS NENA E AA EA ANT n Ean i Aae Eiaa A 15 EZPanel Enhanced Error Messages iivinwannasisutascanciamtanteasaiaakadidphiciocenhatiaiinlauhaiimiausnnbsinnbianteddexamansies A 61 EZPanel Enhanced Programming Software Error Messages 00ccccecesseeeeeeeeeaeeeeeeeeeeeaaaeeeeeeeeas A 62 Appendix B ASCII and ANSI Characters EZPanel Enhanced ASCII Characters ccccccccccccessececeeeeeeeeeeeceseaeeeceeseeeeeesseeeeeeseeeeeessaeeeessaeeeeees B 2 EZPanel Enhanced ANSI Characters cccccceeccceessececeeeeeceeeeeeceeseeeeeesseeecessaueeeesseaeeeessaeeessaeeeees B 5 Appendix C PLC Communications Setup Allen Bradley PLC Communications S
128. A Condition Never will occur Error1 INVALID_ATTRIBUTES Screen Message INVALID PLC ATTRIBUTES USING DEFAULTS Condition The error will be displayed if attributes do not exist or there are less than the original number of attributes Error 2 RECEIVED BAD CHECKSUM Screen Message INVALID CHECKSUM RECEIVED Txxxxx xxx BB Condition This error will be displayed if a message received from the PLC has a bad checksum Error 3 SENT_BAD_CHECKSUM Screen Message INVALID CHECKSUM SENT Txxxxx xxx BB Condition This error will be displayed if the driver sent the PLC a message with a bad checksum Error 4 ILLEGAL_REG READ Screen Message INVALID REGISTER READ Txxxxx xxx BB NOED Editor Programming Software User Manual Condition This error will be displayed if the PLC indicated that the driver attempted to read a register with an invalid address Error 5 ILLEGAL_REG_ WRITE Screen Message INVALID REGISTER WRITE Txxxxx xxx BB Condition This error will be displayed if the PLC indicated that the driver attempted to write to a register with an invalid address Error6 VAL_OUT_RANGE Screen Message VALUE OUT OF RANGE Txxxxx xxx BB Condition This error will be displayed if the driver attempted to write to a value than was out of range Error 7 MSG ERR Screen Message INVALID PLC RESPONSE Txxxxx xxx BB Condition This error will be displayed if the driver did not receive the reply from the
129. A Troubleshooting How do I Log and Display a PLC Error Message NOTE Alarms will be displayed across the bottom of the EZPanel Enhanced Screen To program an alarm in the Alarm Database perform the following steps Alarms are numbered from 1 to 999 1 Click on the Add Edit button to add a new alarm To edit an existing alarm click on it in the list to highlight and then click on the Add Edit button One of the following screens will appear 2 Use the UP DOWN arrows next to the Alarm Number field to Add New Alarm Dialog Box Add New Alarm 1 V O Q Q C Q x ED Editor Programming Software User Manual a h a Alarm Print Out Edit Alarm Details Dialog Box Edit Alarm Details 3 Alarm Number J Tag Name ALARM NO Alarm State Gun of Limits les Link 32768 ao T Print High Limit 32767 Display Alarm Text Language fi 4 This is alarm number 3 scroll to the alarm number you wish to add Click on the DOWN arrow next to the Tag Name field and select the tag that will trigger the alarm If your Data Type is DISCRETE you will be able to select whether the alarm will be displayed when the bit is On or when the bit is Off If the data type of the tag is another data type the Alarm State selections are not available The default is On Enter the Limits tag set points Low Limit and High Limit The alarm will activate when the tag value goes ou
130. A 61 Hardware User Manual 3 Programming Software 12 EZTouch Panel Error Messages A 61 EZTouch Programming Software 3 EZTouch Programming Software Error Messages A 62 EZTouch Tag Database field 173 F F1 function key 4 Faceplate 99 FAQs A 2 Features 9 File Menu 144 File Name 134 Firmware 164 192 Revision 36 37 41 Firmware Revision number 29 firmware upgrade 9 Flash 165 Flash card 164 Flash to RAM 165 Floating Point 44 98 Floating Point Tag 93 Fly Over HELP 4 Fractional Digits 64 74 90 94 Frame 161 frame 45 Free Memory 29 164 Frequently Asked Questions A 2 G General Electric GE PLC Communications Setup xB Editor Programming Software User Manual C 20 increment decrement operation Generic EtherNet IP Communications Setup C 17 program 132 GENERIC PROFIBUS DP Error Code Descriptions Increment Decrement Value Object 131 133 A 54 Enter Text 131 133 GE 90 30 90 70 SNPX C 20 C 21 increment decrement operation GE Fanuc Software VersaPro configuration software program 132 C 21 Label 131 133 GE VERSAMAX PLC Communications Setup C 21 Increment Decrement Value tab 132 Good Communication Toggle 186 Increment Decrement Value Object 131 Go To Screen 102 Indicator Button Object 51 Graphical trending 40 Actuator Types 52 124 graphic file Label 51 size 160 On Off Text 52 Grid Size 156 Style 51 GROUP 48 Tag Name 51 123 Indicator Light 71 HI Indicator Light Object 71 Label 71 handle 47 48 On Off Text 72 Handshake Tag 65 Style 71
131. AG DETAILS screen will appear S1 Editor Programming Software User Manual The Bar Graph object allows you to monitor and display a tag value in a bar graph form on the screen The Bar Graph can be displayed in various formats and can be programmed to read from top to bottom left to right right to left etc Bar Graph General Digital Display Scaling Visibility Details Label Text i Language BE Character Size exe z Selected Label Text BAR GRAPH Style Tag Name m Show Ticks Left Top C Right Bott tered in Deci ight Bottom o O entered in Decimal No of Major Divisions 5 Maximum 65535 No of Sub Divisions 3 Sates Color Color i T Bipolar Background Show Tick Numbers V Mid 22 6 Bar Foreground E fa Precision for Floating Pt Bar Background m i a Color Text 7 Background 7 IV Display Frame Yv Note Range Ranges should be Blink To put a Label on the Bar Graph object perform the follow ing steps aew Click on the box in front of Label Text if you want a label for your object Use the UP DOWN arrows after the Language box to select a language number See Language section page 180 Select Character Size from the available choices Enter Label Text up to 40 characters Select the Position of the label whether you want it to appear at the Top or the Bottom of the object frame Select the Text and Background Color Click on the down
132. ALID FRAME COUNT Condition The option card responded to a mailbox message that the driver sent The option card thinks that the message had an invalid frame count nYnK ele Editor Programming Software User Manual Error 23 INVALID FRAME_NUMBER Screen Message INVALID FRAME NUMBER Condition The option card responded to a mailbox message that the driver sent The option card thinks that the message had an invalid frame number Error 24 INVALID_OFFSET Screen Message INVALID OFFSET Condition The option card responded to a mailbox message that the driver sent The option card thinks that the message had an invalid offset Error 25 INVALID_ ADDRESS Screen Message INVALID ADDRESS Condition The option card responded to a mailbox message that the driver sent The option card thinks that the message had an invalid address Error 26 INVALID_RESPONSE Screen Message INVALID RESPONSE Condition The option card responded to a mailbox message that the driver sent The option card thinks that the message had an invalid response Error 27 FLASH_CONFIG_ERROR Screen Message FLASH CONFIGURATION ERROR Condition The option card responded to a mailbox message that the driver sent The option card thinks that there is a flash configuration error Error 28 INCORR_IN_IO_LENGTH Screen Message INCORRECT IN I O LENGTH Condition The option card responded to an Generic Init mailbox message that the driver s
133. Auto Size Also under Digits you may enter the Total Digits that you want to display and enter the Fractional Digits you want to display leave at Embedding Data Value default 0 if you do not want fractional digits If you have selected Discrete the fields under Selected tag is a discrete tag will be available Enter the text that you want to appear within the Add New Message 2 31 Editor Programming Software User Manual message when the Discrete register in ON and when the Discrete register is OFF Multi state Indicator General Messages Visibiity Details Maximum number of messages 255 0 Display Messages based on BIT NUMBER Amar foghla Bits are represented in Decimal Number Total Number of Messages 2 PROGRAMMING TIP Biu Pra Cher Size Toa Caer Birk akg Gor Sik Lang Mag Tex Tt tee a o DEE a NO TB NO Nov lt PAINTS If you want the Multi state Indicator object to act as a Multi state Indicator Light simply create your Messages with different Background Colors and no Message Text Use the Blink feature to draw the operator s attention Add Edit Message Dette Messagelsi Setas VeraultM essage Atioutes hange attributes to Degut attributes L If you have selected Printer under Embedded Command the field Specify string for sending to printer will be available j Enter the ASCII string that you want to send to the printer k To embed a non printable
134. C indicated a rack error The PLC sees no response from this rack in this map string Error 4 NO_RACK Screen Message NO RACK ERROR T aabg ww bb tag map string Condition When reading or writing a tag the PLC indicated that the rack in this map string is not present Error 5 PROGRAM_MODE_ERROR Screen Message PLC IN PROGRAM MODE T aabg ww bb tag map string Condition When reading or writing a tag the PLC indicated that it was in program or test mode Error 6 NO WORD_ERROR Screen Message WORD NOT IN BTX T aabb ww bb tag map string Condition When reading from the BTX specified in the map string the word number was not found in the BTR or the length of the tag element was longer than the specified BTX Error 7 NO_ COMM_ERROR Screen Message NO COMM ERROR Condition When reading or writing the Remote I O interface card indicated that it has not received a valid message from the PLC within a period of 160 milliseconds Error 8 NONACTIVE_QUARTER_ERROR Screen Message WRITE TO NONACTIVE QUARTER T aabg ww bb tag map string Condition When writing to the quarter specified by the group in the map string the PLC indicated that this quarter was not active Error 9 NONACTIVE_BTR_ERROR Screen Message WORD NOT IN BTR T aabg ww bb tag map string Condition When writing to the BTR specified in the map string the word number was not found in the BTR or the length of the tag element was lo
135. D Setting COM1 for a Printer Seting COMTI Tor PAMET essiri raan AEA A NEE EEOAE EEAS D 2 xk eis Editor Programming Software User Manual EU Information The EZPanel Enhanced is manufactured in compliance with European Union EU Directives and carries the CE mark EZPanel Enhanced has been tested under CE Test Standard EN55011 and is listed under UL File E209355 The following information is provided to comply with EU documentation requirements Technical Support SELV Circuits Environmental Specifications Preventative Maintenance and Cleaning Please NOTE Products with CE marks perform their required functions safely and adhere to relevant standards as specified by EU Directives provided they are used according to their intended purpose and that the instructions in this manual are adhered to The protection provided by the equipment may be impaired if this equipment is not used in accordance with this manual Only replacement parts supplied by EZAutomation or its agents should be used Consult EZPanel Enhanced Editor Programming Software Help or you may find answers to your questions in the operator interface section of our website www EZAutomation net If you still need assistance please call our technical support from 6 a m to Midnight CST at 1 877 774 EASY or FAX us at 1 877 775 EASY All electrical circuits connected to the communications port receptacle are rated as Safety Extra Low Voltage SELV Operati
136. Decrement select a language number See Language section page object if you have chosen 180 External clock under Proj ect Attributes gt Clock Select Character Size from the available choices Enter Label Text up to 40 characters Select the Position of the label whether you want it to appear at the Top or the Bottom of the object frame 6 Select the Text and Background Color Click on the down arrow to view the color palette 7 Display Frame is selected by default If you do not want the frame around the button to be visible click on the box to deselect the box will be empty oe SAM Editor Programming Software User Manual Choose the function of the button Select Increment or Decrement for the button function If incre ment is selected when pressed it will increase the time on a clock object by one hour If decrement is selected when pressed it will decrease the time on a clock object by one hour Enter Text for the button object Choose the Language Character Size Color of Text and Back ground and whether or not you want to enable the Blink feature for the text that will appear within the button and or the background Enter the Text that you want to appear Protection See Button Object Visibility Details See Button Object OK Cancel Help Buttons e Click on OK button to save your selections and exit the dialog box e Click on Cancel button to exit the dialog box without saving your
137. EE J SS Erata S Mentenanoe General eight groups to which you may assign Passwords Passwords restrict a user or group of users from clearing the Alarm History or Alarm Counts See note on dialog box above Select from the following Group headings or enter your own To program passwords to the groups see Passwords feature beginning on page 183 GROUP Managers e Shift 1 Operator Engineers e Shift 2 Operator Supervisors Shift 3 Operator Maintenance General NOTE This does not effect the Alarm History Object 3D Editor Programming Software User Manual Alarms allow you to select the security or Protection level of those that can clear alarm history or counts A numerical keypad will pop up when the Clear or Clear All buttons are pressed on the Alarm History screen or the Alarm Counts screen prompting the user to enter a password Passwords are entered by the operator with the popup keypad A D h D D O D Project Description Project Description Type in as much text as you need to describe your project Enter text here to describe your project You may enter up to 400 characters Click on the OK button when you are finished Select PLC Select Plc Driver Click on the down arrow to view the available PLCs Select the type protocol you are using If you want to View or Edit the PLC Attributes click on the View Edit Attributes button Click on OK to save selection
138. EZPanel Enhanced EZText Enhanced EZTouchPLC EZTextPLC EZMarquee 336 pages rn tana w of the most E dA SENSIBLE Ppr Automation Ss Designed and built in USA by aVG EZPLC amp EZI O i cme Re Order from ee O tion EZ Touchscreen CE Computer Products Mam 888 55 663 J EZCE Touchpanel ie a 1 888 72 GOREA EZMonitor omegamation com EZPanel Enhanced Programming Software Manual Manual Part Number EZP PANELEDIT M pE te EN wk Say aw wee Revision A 1 tee I totes TELL es amp LJ ELLELE A phd 8 eens r LEIL tT Lk ee he ken Laat ai ET Len nea m Dapig Hinagr U iaia pedi Eyam ik Dis to a if Cs Fe haii himin irr Che Jam m aa it Da fnt ELis IDa j Pra Lara EH ia i E im ca ae iT ss 7 ee ay PP E baigaa l E ran eg ah pee proren HL 5 arg r ppa ae kb ADN LE I LT ia a er aed Pe l ta A Test 1 Beisel te i i umaj jon Bo oe B ae z k ign ein a b 1 877 774 EA Vana 32 RE Mos 7 SENSIBLE AUTOMATION DIRECT FROM THE FAC www EZAutomation net This page intentionally left blank Designed and baili in USA by EZAutomation The Most Sensible Automation Products Direct From the Factory OJ 127 www avg net EZPanel Enhanced Programming Software Manual Manual Part N
139. Edit Program OFF LINE write to Panel Later Read Program from Panel and Edit OFF LINE Edit Program ON LINE Siemens S _200 PLC Revision Number A BaudRate 9600 Poll Time Out 1 255 tenths of a second Parity Stop Bits One Data Bits Eight Data Timeout 1 255 30 tenths of a second PLC Default Node 0 31 Panel Station Number 0 31 Selected Action Edit OFF LINE Write Later SELECT ACTION ENTER PROJECT INFORMATION EDITOR EZT ouch Programming Software Version 3 2 21 EZAutomation Phone 1 877 774 EASY www ezautomation net Project Location C Program Files EZPanelE nhancedProject Browse Project Name new project ezt Firmware Revision Start Editing Screen fi 7 Name New Screen v Select Panel Panel Family Size EZPanelEnhanced EZTouch EZTouchPLC e a ORE ARS ERGE Select Model f ALL 8 Color 640x480 bi PA pean v _View Edit PLC Com Setup it Ank n Dae Language Clear Exit Bink eis Editor Programming Software User Manual Square D Symax 300 Series CPU 400 Series CPU Symax Protocol The following screens provide you with an example of how to set up a 300 Series CPU or 400 Series CPU using Symax Protocol Open EZPanel Enhanced Editor Programming Software and configure Project Informa
140. Ee E O a T coa 2O l q A ANGED Editor Programming Software User Manual BACK PANEL SWITCH SETTINGS Set CTS Switch to always ON Set Switches SW1 through SW4 in the OFF the 0 or down position position as shown in the figure below This is the Single Link setting Mot used 5 Paver Sih ai Open EZPanel Enhanced Editor io Programming Software and g gt N WA EFTA a configure Project Information Step l N N as shown in the figure to the EDITOR right I s as easy as l 23 o n A After selecting the PLC Type EZT ouch Programming Software Version 3 2 21 EZAutomation Phone 1 877 774 EASY www ezautomation net Selected Action Edit OFF LINE Write Later CNTCN PNOJCCT INTONMATION a SCLCCT ACTION and Protocol click on View Project Location Edit P F aN Edit PLC Com Setup The OFFLINE Wite C Program Files EZPanelEnhanced Project Browse to Panel Later Project Name PLC Attributes dialog box will a appear Enter the parameters oe ree shown Click on the OK button tembzreland no feces ad to save your selections You will OANA return to the Project Information eae Panel Family Size screen Click on the OK button ON LINE EZPanelEnhanced EZTouch EZTouchPLC Ce fe f 10 C16 to begin creating your EZPanel Select Model ALL 8 Color 6404480 E h d P i t Ethemet COM Port nhance
141. G_TIMEOUT Screen Message DRIVER TIMEOUT Condition The Profibus DP option card failed to respond to one of the driver s mailbox init messages Error 9 MB_S_ TIMEOUT Screen Message TIMEOUT WAITING SEND MAILBOX ACCESS Condition The driver timed out waiting to place a message into the card s mailbox Error 10 MB_R_TIMEOUT Screen Message TIMEOUT WAITING RECV MAILBOX ACCESS Condition CURRENTLY NEVER WILL OCCUR Error 11 CARD_INIT_ERROR Screen Message CARD INITIALIZATION PROCESS FAILED Condition Occurs when the driver fails to start after power up or the driver fails to start after a reset Could be a result of errors 1 10 Error 12 CARD_RW_ERR Screen Message CARD INIT FAILED OR DRIVER STOPPED Condition Driver has attempted to Read or Write from the card after the card s init has failed or the driver has been stopped Error 13 CARD_WD_ERR Screen Message CARD IS DEAD Condition Driver has attempted to Read the watchdog counter and found it not updating indicating a card failure Error 14 CARD _OL_ERR Screen Message CARD NOT ONLINE Condition Driver has attempted to Read or Write from the card however it found the card to be offline e c z D gt e e E gt Q y x pu ddy 2 lt 3 X co O O Q 5 Q 5 lt o MNGEM Editor Programming Software User Manual Error 15 CARD_CN_ERR Screen Message CARD NOT CONNECTED Condition Driver has attem
142. Grid and Show Tick Numbers Click in the box in front of Label if you want if you want a label for the X Axis Here you will enter the label Text and make selections for the text Language number and Color Under Y Axis make the following selections 1 Not all of the line graph may be shown on the panel Use the ARROW keys to scroll forwards and backwards along the graph Press the CLR button to clear the readings displayed on the line graph Press the STOP button to stop the line graph from displaying the current readings Choose whether or not to Show Ticks for the Y Axis Value Click on the box in front of Show Ticks if you want them to display on the object Enter the number of Major Divisions and the number of Minor Divisions you want to display on the graph 20 tick marks are the maximum allowable for major and minor divisions Choose whether or not to Show Vertical Grid and Show Tick Numbers Click in the box in front of Label if you want if you want a label for the Y Axis Here you will enter the label Text and make selections for the text Language number and Color Under Range click on Signed Unsigned or Floating Point they must match Pen tag type Valid Ranges will display for your selection Enter a Minimum and Maximum Range within the Valid Range displayed If you have selected Floating Point you may choose 0 to 5 decimal points to display on the Y Axis Major Divi sions for precise graph readings Selec
143. Hardware 163 Tag Name 71 HELP 4 Indicator Light object 26 Help industrial automation 197 button 4 Information Panel 163 Menu 195 inputs 44 Topics 195 Installation 12 windows 4 Installing the Software 12 Hexadecimal 118 internal Real Time clock 106 Highlight Internal Tags internal tags 44 Tag Database 167 Introduction 3 5 Highlight Unused Tags Tag Database 167 J horizontal axis X 97 Horizontal Center 149 Host Link unit C 24 K K Sequence DirectNet and Koyo Modbus C 14 C 16 C 17 C 26 I O modules 44 Keypad 84 IBM 3 Data Type 63 IBM or compatible PC 3 Fractional Digits 64 icon 13 Justification 64 Images tab 126 128 keypad 28 62 69 Image database 128 display large 182 Image Number 126 Import Bitmap 121 125 L Import Tags 172 Increase Clock by 1 hour 188 Label 46 131 133 increment label value 131 numeric entry keypad 62 Increment Decrement Hour 106 ladder logic 44 99 Choose the function 107 Language 111 189 Label 106 Languages 47 182 Text 107 languages 9 D SELM Editor Programming Software User Manual leading zeroes 49 LED A 5 legend 97 Line 159 lines horizontal and vertical restraint 159 Line Graph 95 Line Graph Object 95 Axis Tick Color 95 Background Color 95 Display Legend 97 formatting 97 Label 95 Language 97 Pen Tab Legend 97 Tag Name 97 Pen tab 97 Sample per Chart 96 Sample Rate 96 XY Axis tab 97 Logic Master configuration software C 20 C 23 log the PLC error code A 7 Lookup Text Object 178 Ente
144. INE u Select Model ALL 8 Color 6404480 v View Edit PLC Com Setup Baud Pate Parity Select ASES NOTE on TAGs for this type PLC i The PLC driver defaults to station 1 To douo iio j communicate with another station number the Daa Tmeoal040se 5 map string must be preceded by the station S EF number of the unit you want to communicate Hole Contral ATS with For example 4 V2000 to communicate ii the DirectLogic PLE you ane uning has a mode switch it with station number 4 mari raman in ihe TEAM ponhon Bink eis Editor Programming Software User Manual Generic EtherNet IP Communications Setup The following screens provide you with an example of how to set up a Generic Ethernet IP Network project using RSLogix 5000 configuration software This example assumes that the EtherNet IP Bridge module has been added to the configuration in the Control Logix PLC To set up EtherNet IP communications open EZPanel Enhanced Editor Programming Software and configure Project Information screen as shown in the figure to the right After selecting the PLC Type and Protocol click on the View Edit PLC Com Setup The PLC Attributes dialog box will appear Enter the parameters shown remember this is an example you must enter parameters that are applicable to your system configuration Click on the OK button to save your selections Step 1 Project Information _
145. Information gathered during transfer communication is displayed It will tell you the Total Memory installed in your panel in bytes and the Free Memory available after the project upload The panel Firmware Revision internal software number is displayed and whether or not a Panel to PLC Link is established A D h D am D O D O Q Ga Q ag 2 Editor Programming Software User Manual Be sure to select screens click on them to select up here if you choose Selected Screens down here __ Printing from Panel Only Alarms and Messages will print from the Panel To print alarms from the Panel see the Alarm Database section page 175 To print Messages from the Panel see the Message Database section on page 178 NOTE To set the printer parameters see page 182 Project Attributes Printer tab To set the panel COMI port to Printer see Appendix D Print Project r Select Items for Printing Print Alarm Database Print Tag Database Sort by tagame Sortby Taotddress I Print Message Database Print Screens C AllScreens Selected Screens With Object Details Cancel Print When you click on the Print menu Do you want to save the project before starting printing item you will be asked if you want C u to save the project Click on Yes or No The screen shown above will appear Select Items for Printing Cho
146. J a O l ou EZ Panel PAMEN CNHANCED Editor Programming Software User Manual Micro Logix DF1 Half Du plex use this driver if connecting to 1747KE Module Channel Configuration E The following screens provide you with an example of how to set up a MicroLogix PLC Gear Chan O System ie I Node Addres with DF1 Full Duplex Protocol ia EET i OO ad T To set up the MicroLogix PLC DF1 Full 0t Fen x Duplex using RSLogix configuration software program the Channel Configuration screen as shown to the right Open EZPanel Enhanced Programming it l Lontral Line No Handshaking Poll Timecut x20 me E Software and configure Project Information as i mo Detection CAC y shown in the figure below EOT Suppression W Ouolieste Packel Delect Mezrage Relies Bo After selecting the PLC Type and Protocol A Cl click on the View Edit PLC Com Setup The PLC Attributes dialog box will appear Enter the a parameters shown Click on p a a the OK button to save your da f O EZ Pane Mee selections You will return foe l ON Lan EDITOR to the Project Information i 4 ae screen Click on the OK siete ate it 7 EZT ouch Frogramming Golborne Yaripi 3221 button to begin creating PANA NENE EZAuterton Phone IPT TPA EASY electe on Edi I r ezatome your EZPanel Enhanced getecraction ENTER PROJECT INFO RMa TION Project Provect Localice J OFFLINE
147. LC Com Setup button The PLC Attributes dialog box will appear shown to the right Enter the parameters shown Click on the OK button to save your selections You will return to the Project Information screen Addrg Tage to TagtiataBlase 1 Tag wih Tagine DATA LOGGING EVENT TRIGGER and Address OFO Unable to add tn TagDat Tag is aleady there in enacting Tag atalara 2 Tag wih Taane ENABLE INTERVAL AND CHANGE ond Address F1 Unabbe te odd le Tagiate easor Tag is akeady thane in existing TagDatailase E beck Tag sigilata DATASETS RESET FLAG and Adder O F5 Unable to add to Tagli alabar there in entsting Tag0 atai are Once the Think amp Do driver is selected the Think n Do Map file field is available In this field type the path where your Think amp Do map file can be found or click on the Browse button and navigate to its location Click the OK button EZPanel Enhanced Editor Programming Software will load and convert your Think amp Do map so it can be used by the EZPanel Enhanced project NOTE Once in the main programming screen the software will display the Tag Database Log View dialog box showing the tags that could not be converted These tags could not be converted because they were not one of the 7 commands supported by EZPanel Enhanced The supported commands are Counter Flag Float Input Number Output and String KS Editor Programming Software User Manual Aromat PLC Mewtocol Protocol The f
148. LC Logic Select the Switch Background color by clicking on the DOWN arrow and selecting a color from the palette Select from the following Actuator Types Actuator Type determines how the tag will be controlled If you have assigned Password Protection for this object and select Momentary On or Momentary Off the protection feature will not be enabled with this actuator type Momentary On will turn the tag on for as long as you touch the switch Password Protection is disabled Momentary Off will turn the tag off for as long as you touch the switch Password Protection is disabled Set On will latch the tag ON Set Off will latch the tag OFF Toggle will change the state of the tag every time the switch is pressed Enter On Off Text Here you will enter the Text that will appear within the object and control how that text will appear 1 2 Ot i Select the Language number 1 9 for the On Off Text Type in what you want to appear within the switch for the On Text and for the Off Text i e you might want to place the words STOP and RUN inside the switches instead of Off and On Select Character Size from the available choices Select the Color of the On Text and the Color of the Off Text If you want the Text to Blink click on the box below Blink to place a check mark indicating that the option is enabled Protection See Button Object Visibility Details See Button Object OK Cancel Help Buttons C
149. LID_FRAME_COUNT Screen Message Invalid frame count Condition The option card responded to a mailbox message that the driver sent The option card thinks that the message had an invalid frame count Error 26 INVALID_FRAME_ NUMBER Screen Message Invalid frame number Condition The option card responded to a mailbox message that the driver sent The option card thinks that the message had an invalid frame number Error 27 INVALID_OFFSET Screen Message Invalid offset Condition The option card responded to a mailbox message that the driver sent The option card thinks that the message had an invalid offset Error 28 INVALID_ADDRESS Screen Message Invalid address Condition The option card responded to a mailbox message that the driver sent The option card thinks that the message had an invalid address Error 29 INVALID_RESPONSE Screen Message Invalid response Condition The option card responded to a mailbox message that the driver sent The option card thinks that the message had an invalid response Error 30 FLASH_CONFIG_ERROR Screen Message Flash configuration error Condition The option card responded to a mailbox message that the driver sent The option card thinks that there is a flash configuration error Error 31 INCORR_IN_IO_LENGTH Screen Message Incorrect IN I O length Condition The option card responded to an initialization mailbox message that the driver sent
150. LINE Write Later SELECT ACTION r ENTER PROJECT INFORMATION right Project Location OFFLINE wine C Program Files EZPanelE nhanced Project Browse to Panel Later Project Name After selecting the PLC row projectet E Fimvvere Revision Type and Protocol Read Progam Start Editing Screen click on the View Edit Est OFF LINE ne i Name New Screen z Select Panel PLC Com Setup The Panel Famy AAA Sint S PLC Attributes dialog ae omer k EZPanelEnhanced EZTouch EZTouchPLC lr e ee Cw Cas box will appear Enter Select Model ALL 8 Color 640n480 Ethemet COM Port i the parameters shown om I l Rc remember this is an example you must enter parameters that are applicable to your system configuration Click on the OK button to save your selections F aa Diener Aaribetig ede Address ii fees To sel the node Adoross wih PLC ocnbwties tho 1 Download the project to the panel pee aia Miamurt input fie 2 Attach the panel to the Profibus DP network Marin uput p De LO EE e thee sur ot be 0 mesi ba os Banor egua sa IA surdi 3 Run Simatic Step 7 software Canoni Hale 4 First you must add the GSD file as follows a Using the SIMATIC Manager open the Hardware settings window b From Hardware Config window choose OPTIONS gt INSTALL NEW GSE SO Cm owne Ne
151. LO5 PLC K Sequence using Time out 800 ms p DirectSoft configuration software program the RTS on delay time 5 ms gt Setup Communication Ports screen as shown RTS off delay time 5 ms gt to the right DirectNet and Modbus are selected Station Number 4 here also Baudrate 9600 gt Stop bits 1 Open EZPanel Enhanced Editor Programming Pasity 0aa z Software and configure Project Information screen as shown in the figure below After selecting the PLC je AL Type and Protocol gt N EZ Panel s click on the View Edit x PLC Com Setup The P E Ta e p EDITOR PLC Attributes dialog nat box will appear Enter the parameters shown EZT ouch Programming Software Version 3 2 21 EZAutomation Phone 1 877 774 EASY Selected Action Edit OFF LINE Write Later www ezautomation net SELECT ACTION ENTER PROJECT INFORMATION Project Location Select Panel m Panel Family Size EZPanelEnhanced EZTouch EZTouchPLC ie E se E Cis button to begin creating your EZPanel Enhanced Project Click on the OK button E AE ne C Program FilessE2PanelEnhanced Project Browse Oa to save your selections to Panel Later Project Name x 5 You will return to the row pwievtea El aa ER Project Information podora a P ul v ame ew Screen X O screen Click on the OK F nmne m l q A Edit Program ON L
152. Message Command aborted Condition The option card responded to a mailbox message that the driver sent card was unable to process the command Error 60 TOO_MANY_REGISTERED_OBJECTS Screen Message Too many registered objects Condition The option card responded to a mailbox message that the driver sent card was unable to process the command Error 61 OBJECT _ALREADY_REGISTERED Screen Message Object already registered Condition The option card responded to a mailbox message that the driver sent card was unable to process the command The option The option The option The option The option The option The option The option e c z D gt e e F Q y x pu ddy 2 lt 3 X co O O Q 5 Q 5 lt o AN Editor Programming Software User Manual Error 62 DEREGISTERING_INVALID_OBJECT Screen Message Deregistering invalid object Condition The option card responded to a mailbox message that the driver sent card was unable to process the command Error 63 UNSUPPORTED_COMMAND Screen Message Unsupported Command Condition The option card responded to a mailbox message that the driver sent card was unable to process the command Error 64 FAILED_TO_SEND_UCMM_COMMAND Screen Message Failed to send UCMM command Condition The option card responded to a mailbox message that the driver sent card was unable to process the command Error 65 NO_TIME
153. Message 114 Address String 22 47 82 132 connecting panel to multiple PLCs 47 168 empty field A 8 Add Image 128 Add New Alarm Dialog Box 175 Add New Tag Details 47 132 Adjust Contrast 109 Digit Format 110 Label 109 Air Composition ix Alarm Bit 99 Display Time sec 181 History 188 print outs from Panel 176 Alarms Print D 3 Protection 191 Alarms Tab 89 Alarm Count button A 11 Alarm Database A 7 A 8 A 9 Alarm History 191 A 10 button A 10 A 11 Details A 13 screen A 11 Alarm History Object 104 Details 104 Display Screen 105 Label 104 131 133 Text 105 Alarm List Size 181 algorithm 99 Align 149 Allen Bradley PLCs Data Highway Plus Protocol C 10 C 12 Remote I O Protocol C 12 Allen Bradley PLC Communications Setup C 3 Allow Stretching 121 124 128 alphanumeric 84 keypad 83 alphanumeric entry 9 Analog Clock 9 85 analog gauge 87 application 32 Application Name 134 Apply Attributes 152 Apply Changes Alarm 177 Apply Changes Message 179 Arc 160 ARROW keys 98 ASCII 168 ASCII Characters 82 84 B 2 ASCII character command 116 ASCII String 44 118 Auto Feature 134 Auto Mode 99 Auto Size 117 B Bar Graph 92 Color 93 Bar Graph Object 92 Digital Display Tab 94 Format 93 numbers 94 Fractional Digits 94 Label 92 Tag Name 92 Basic Objects Tool Bar 138 battery 186 a THN ele Editor Programming Software User Manual BCD 44 Beeper On Off 188 Bipolar 93 bit 44 71 81 Bitmap 120 123 160 sizing See
154. NLINE or OFFLINE Exit Project to Information Screen 2 Design Your Screens 2 virite Your Program to Panel Project Screens QJ 1 Panel Control Screen QJ 2 Startup Screen J 3 General Pump Control U 4 Liquid Levels Screen 3 1 Editor Programming Software User Manual 3 Easy Steps Tool Bar This tool bar appears on the right hand side of the main programming screen It allows you to easily navigate to one of the three main steps in creating a program for your panel using the EZPanel Enhanced Editor Programming Software Click on button number 1 to Exit Project to Information Screen You will exit your current project and return to the Step 1 Project Information Screen Click on button number 2 to Design Your Screens The Open New Screen dialog box will appear You can select from one of the current project s screens or enter a new number and name to create a new screen Click on this button to quickly go to another screen in your project for editing or create a new screen Click on button number 3 to Write Your Program to Panel When you are finished with the project or want to test it on the panel select this button The Write Program to Panel Screen will appear allowing you to transfer the current project to the panel memory Click on this button to transfer your project to the panel Project Screens Explorer View This window is located on the left hand side of the main programming screen It
155. NTRY BCO_ NT_15 Y02002 PJT NUMERIC DISPLAY BCO INT_I6 02009 between EZPanel Tag datebase and the fields in pauro OBJECT DISCRETE canon ind oar diesen CAUTION The vall chest exshng tag dalabase INDICATOR LIGHT DISCRETE co001 EZPanelTagDistabate Encel Databare Fields es Tag Mame Tas MAME Here you will select the columns ee fasoaranre in the Excel file that correspond ay con Audberrs TAG ADDRESS to the Tag Database columns No of chatacters HOF CHARACTERS f First tow contains the header infeemation r Oniy Import addbesnes fer tage that have the rame Name anrd Data Type Heret Hep Tag Database PLC Model Manufacturer DirectLagic K Sequence Rev B Once you have made your selections and click on pe Import the data in the Excel NUMERIC ENTRY BCD_INT_16 n BUTTON OBJECT DISCRETE fields will be placed into NEW OBJECT BCD_INT_16 RECIPE OBJECT BCD_INT 16 the Tag Database columns shown here M Highlight internal Tags T Highlight Unused Tags Alarm Database Editor Programming Software User Manual Alarm Database To program the panel to monitor the PLC for errors and trigger an alarm see page 185 Project Attributes Panel to PLC tab PLC Error and PLC Error Code Value A D h D e D O D NOTE The steps necessary to program your panel to monitor the PLC for errors and trigger an alarm are provided in Appendix
156. Name Click on Start button to Start Reading Project from Panel or Abort to quit Read Project from Panel From the Project Information screen click on the Read Program from Panel and Edit OFF LINE The following screen will appear Click on the Browse button if you want to navigate to another Directory or Folder where you will store your program If you want Project tobe Read from Panel As C Program Files Project Project Name demo project 1 ezt et Reading Project from Panel Connecting Using COM1 m Click on Start to read the project from panel Abort to accept the default folder usually where the EZPanel Enhanced Editor Programming Software resides just enter the name that you desire for the project you are about to Read in the empty field under Project Name Click on the Start button to start reading the project from the panel A progress bar will appear along with a text message showing you the status of the panel read When finished click OK You will be taken back to the Project Information Screen Notice that the project name entered now U n 2 D O n U D a oH pet a J O 2 2 aW The message Project downloaded successfully will appear when the program has finished downloading Click on OK to exit screen Edit Program ON LINE Edit Program N LINE NOED Editor Programming Software User
157. OUT Screen Message No timeout Condition The option card responded to a mailbox message that the driver sent card was unable to process the command Error 66 INVALID_PORT_NUMBER Screen Message Invalid port number Condition The option card responded to a mailbox message that the driver sent card was unable to process the command Error 67 DUPLICATE_PORT_NUMBER Screen Message Duplicate port number Condition The option card responded to a mailbox message that the driver sent card was unable to process the command Error 68 EPATH_TOO_BIG Screen Message EPATH too big Condition The option card responded to a mailbox message that the driver sent card was unable to process the command Error 69 MAPPING_FAILED Screen Message Mapping Failed Condition The option card responded to a mailbox message that the driver sent card was unable to process the command The option The option The option The option The option The option The option The option nYnK ele Editor Programming Software User Manual Error 70 RST_NOTIFICATION TYPE_UNSUPORTD Screen Message Reset notification type unsupported Condition The option card responded to a mailbox message that the driver sent The option card was unable to process the command Error 71 AB_ FAULT Screen Message Option card internal fault Condition The option card has a fault This error can occur for a connection timeout flashing re
158. OWN arrows after the Language box to select a language number See section on Language page 180 3 Select Character Size from the available choices 4 Enter Label Text up to 40 characters 5 Select the Position of the label whether you want it to appear at the Top or the Bottom of the object frame 6 Select the Text and Background Color Click on the down arrow to view the color palette 7 Display Frame is selected by default If you do not want the frame around the switch to be visible click on the box to deselect the box will be empty To Choose a Switch Style perform the following steps 1 Under Select Style click on the style you prefer for the switch object you are creating NOTE To edit the Address 2 Your choice will appear under Selected Style String with your cursor in the Tag Name field click on Enter a Tag Name the right mouse button The 1 Enter a Tag Name or click on the down arrow and select the Tag EDIT TAG DETAILS screen Name that you want the switch to correspond to will appear 2 If the Tag Name is new the Add New Tag Details dialog box will appear where you will enter tag details The Tag Name will appear in the first field Enter an Address String appropriate for your type PLC Click on the OK button SEM Editor Programming Software User Manual OTE Ifyou select Momentary ON or Momentary OFF the PLC must set bit to proper state on powerup This must be done when programming P
159. PLC SEE NOTE TO THE LEFT Under the Panel to PLC tab you will enter the following attributes Project Attribute Current Screen word Tag for the register that the panel writes to indicating the screen number that is currently displayed on the panel ines Editor Programming Software User Manual Good Communication Toggle Discrete Watchdog this bit is toggled every 5 seconds allowing the PLC to determine if the panel is communicating O Q A Q ag Low Battery Discrete Indicates battery for system RAM needs to be replaced Cleared on power up set when low battery is detected Screen Buffer Overflow Discrete Indicates that the current screen and its objects and graphics contain more data than the screen buffer can hold Set cleared when switching screens Popup Keypad Discrete Indicates that the Popup Keypad is active on the panel screen Current Language Number word Shows the value 1 9 of the current language being used on the screen F NOTE Map to internal tag only DO NOT assign PLC addresses or other objects to these tags PLC Error discrete and PLC Error Code Value word Error Code Value word Tag for internal location that the panel writes values to indicating which PLC errors have occurred in the unit The values are in decimal only Convert NOTE The steps necessary to them to Hex to find the PLC Error Code Value PLC Error messages are program y
160. PLC that it expected Error 8 DT_ELEM_NOT_FOUND Screen Message DATA TABLE VALUE NOT FOUND Txxxxx xxx BB Condition This error will be displayed if the driver found a tag that does not exist on the data table For example the Row or Column number was out of the range of the PLC s data table limits Error9 PLC_TIMEOUT Screen Message PLC TIMEOUT Condition This error will display if the driver did not receive a reply to a message in the allowed time Error 10 DT_STRING_OUT_BOUNDS Screen Message MESSAGE STRING OUT OF BOUNDS Txxxxx xxx BB Condition This error will display if the driver found a tag that does not exist on the data table For example the message string included a column number that was out of the range of the PLC s data table limits Error 14 INVALID_ DRIVER_STATE Screen Message INVALID DRIVER STATE Condition Never should occur Error 15 GENERAL_ERROR Screen Message ERROR CODE xxx Condition Never should occur Error 16 LAST_ERROR Screen Message N A Condition Never should occur DIRECTLOGIC PLCS K Sequence Protocol Direct Logic PLC Models DL05 DL105 D2 230 D2 240 D2 250 D3 350 D4 430 D4 440 D4 450 e z D gt e e F Q y x pu ddy 4 z 426 D e D O 25 lt lt o NOED Editor Programming Software User Manual 0x0000 No Error 0x0001 Incompatible Revision This error will be displayed when the driver and exec hav
161. Phoma Die rire as Selected Action Edit OFF LINE Write Later WHY azaLtomabon rat SELECT ACTIGN ENTER PROJECT INFORMA NON _ toto A A Project Location ore pemon C Frogiam Flias EZPonalEnhsnood Project O Epe to Panel Leter Projest Name ren projectest Fritters ele z lead Program Shel Edbng Sereen aen eleli Hemcar f z Mame New Eoleg Select Panel ane Panel Fermi gre L Pragiani ate o EzPanelEnheneed EZTouch EZTouchPLC en le een r cS r NE L Sekci Madel ALL 0 Colo 6400400 Z Li Ethermetr COM Port cot LLU eae Yori PLCCer Set Riel sb P tS Tec cae Modicon Uni Telway F _ Der E gt PLC Revision Number C puana E E Fart gt o E Poll Time 0 255 booo Data Bits a tenths of a second Stop Bits fi gt Wiring RS 485 Default PLC Data Link Addr fo Default Panel Data Link Addr fi OF Cancel U r OQ U D r Ke 5 Xx ipu ddy O a x O 0 m o p TIO l qo AWNGED Editor Programming Software User Manual Universal Ethernet DF1 for AB I P for ControlLogix SRTP for GE and Modbus TCP IP The following screens provide you with an example of how to set up DF1 for AB I P for ControlLogix SRTP for GE and Modbus TCP IP Protocol Open EZPanel Enhanced Editor Programming Software and configure Project Information as shown in the figure below After selecting the PLC Type and Protocol click on the View E
162. RD TAG ers Password fo 7 Engineers Password 7 fo z Supervisors Password gt fo z Maintenance Password fo z Shift 1 Operators Password 7 fo z Shift 2 Operators Password 7 fo z Shift 3 Operators Password o Pe f General Password fo 7 Cancel Select whether or not you want your password to be stored in the panel or in the PLC If you choose Password it will be stored in the panel If you choose Tag it will be stored in the PLC PASSWORD A 1 10 digit number numeric only is assigned here The user must then enter this number to perform protected functions for a particular Group You will not be allowed to enter a password if you select Tag in the second column Do not enter leading zeroes in a password Leading zeroes are ignored In other words if you enter a password of 00456 your password will be 456 TAG Tag names are assigned to PLC addresses that hold the passwords This allows you to store the codes in your PLC You will not be allowed to enter a Tag if you select Password in the second column NGEM Editor Programming Software User Manual Visibility Details Tab Visibility Click on the Visibility Details sud x General _ Protection Visibility Tag Tag Name Make Object Visible When Bit Is GN C GFF Object Name Object Description Simulate Press Cancel Help 1 Check the box in front of Visibility Tag if you want
163. R_STATE Screen Message INVALID DRIVER STATE Condition Driver reached an invalid state during a write Driver reached an invalid state during a read Error 10 GENERAL_ERROR Screen Message ERROR CODE xxx Condition Never should occur Error 11 LAST_ERROR Screen Message N A Condition Never would occur Driver Errors for Remote I O NO_ERROR 0 OPTION _BRD_ERROR 1 INVALID_CARD_ERROR 2 RACK_ERROR 3 NO_RACK 4 PROGRAM MODE ERROR 5 NO WORD ERROR 6 NO_COMM_ERROR 7 NONACTIVE_QUARTER_ERROR 8 NONACTIVE_BTR_ERROR 9 NONACTIVE_QUARTER_32_ERROR 10 NONACTIVE_QUARTER_R32_ERROR 11 GENERAL_ERROR 12 INVALID_DRIVER_STATE 13 LAST_ERROR 14 Error 0 NO_ERROR Screen Message N A Condition Never will occur Error 1 OPTION_BRD_ERROR Screen Message OPTION BOARD CONFIGURATION ERROR Condition While resetting the card failed to load code from PROM to RAM While resetting the card failed to indicate it is present and running While resetting the card failed to indicate restart was successful r e c z D gt e e E gt Q y x pu ddy 2 lt 3 X co O O Q 5 Q 5 lt o ANGERD Editor Programming Software User Manual Error 2 INVALID_CARD_ERROR Screen Message INVALID OR NO OPTION BOARD Condition Invalid or no card found during restart Error 3 RACK_ERROR Screen Message RACK STATUS RACK ERROR T aabg ww bb tag map string Condition While reading or writing a tag the PL
164. SELECT ACTION p ENTER PROJECT INFORMATION in the list to highlight and oarra i A ot C Program Fi es EZPanelEnhanced Project then click on the Define A elie ateg RIIET button Make the selections rew projectest zl Fimware Revision ___ shown Stat Edling Screen Nate fi x Name New Screen x Click on the OK button Select Panel Panel Family m Size to save your selections Ea Toga EZPanelEnhanced EZTouch EZTouchPLC Ce Ggs Cair CaS Rack Number 01 will show s Select Model ALL 8 Color 640x480 Rack Status as Defined Ethemevcompon Click on OK tum RAE Tapa and falen Birader A T _View e cit HLL Lom setup Thirkn Do Browse xl You will return to the Project Information screen Click on the OK button to begin PLE EdtorRleviion B creating your EZPanel BaRa 76 of Enhanced Project PLEModel AGS S Rack Definitions y gt Rack Number 01 me 00 Undefined 2 40 m Quarter 0 Quarter 1 01 Defined Q gt MV Active M Active 02 Undefined oa Module 0 Module 0 03 Undefined Wi iad a 04 Undefined Group f BTR T BTW Group 2 BTR 05 Undefined GB O Group1 F BTR M BTW Group 3 M BTA 06 Undefined Delete i 07 Undefined Module 1 Module 1 10 Undefined Group 0 BIR T BIW Group 2 BTR 11 Undefined 12 Undefined Group1 M BTR BTW Group 3 BTR 13 Undefined 14 Undefined 15 Undefined Quarter 2 Quarter 3 16 Undefined x Active M Active
165. Setting COM1 for D 2 Printing from PLC 148 Print Alarm Database 148 Print Message Database 148 Print Screens 148 Print Setup 148 Print Tag Database 148 Process Variable Set Point 100 Process Variable PV 99 programmable graphic operator interface 3 Programming Screen 142 Program Images 128 Progress Bar 147 Project Attributes 181 Alarm Display Time sec 181 Alarm List Size 181 Alarm Protection 190 Clock 184 Clock Source 185 Date Tags 184 Time Tags 185 Default Language 182 Display Saver 181 Enable Beeper 182 General 181 Language 189 Panel to PLC 185 Current Language Number 186 Current Screen 185 Good Communication Toggle 186 Low Battery 186 PLC Error 186 PLC Error Code Value 186 Popup Keypad 186 Screen Buffer Overflow 186 Passwords 183 190 GROUP 183 190 PASSWORD 184 TAG 184 PLC to Panel 187 Beeper On Off 188 Clear Alarm Count 188 Clear Alarm History 188 Decrease Clock by 1 hour 188 Increase Clock by 1 hour 188 Select Current Language 188 Switch to Screen Number 187 Trigger Screen Saver 188 Power Up Screen 181 Printer 182 Baud Rate 182 Control RTS 183 Data Bits 183 Parity 183 Require CTS 183 Select RS485 183 Stop Bits 183 project attributes 36 Project Attribute configuration 23 Project Description 191 Project Information 33 41 147 Project Information Dialog box Errors Ixx_x A 66 Project Location 37 Project Name 33 35 Project Screens Explorer View 141 158 Project Screens Explorer View window 196 P
166. Supervisor to change security codes from the touch screen Only use positive values when assigning tag values Under the Clock tab you will select the following attributes Project Attributes Date Tags Year word Tag for the location that the panel sets with the year 0 99 Month word Tag for the location that the panel sets with the month 1 12 NOTE Ifusing Internal the tag address string must use a READ WRITE register in the PLC The PLCs use READ ONLY registers for their internal clock calendars and cannot be written to If using External be sure to use the correct PLC addresses Editor Programming Software User Manual Day word Tag for location that the panel sets with the day 1 31 Time Tags Hour word Tag for internal location that the panel sets with the hour 1 12 or 0 23 depending on hour mode Minute word Tag for internal location that the panel sets with the minute 00 59 Second word Tag for internal location that the panel sets with the second 00 59 A D h D am D O D Clock Source If you select Internal the panel maintains clock using onboard Real Time Clock chip The panel will write data and time values to the PLC if the tags are mapped to the PLC SEE NOTE TO THE LEFT If you select External the panel uses values from the tags in place of internal Real Time Clock The panel will read these values from the PLC if the tags are mapped to the
167. This message indicates that the user attempted to enter a value that was less than the minimum value for the numeric keypad The value is ignored TAG TYPE VALUE MISMATCH This message indicates that the object contains a value that is of a different type than the object s tag For example the value may be a signed value but the tag may be an unsigned value The object should be edited to contain the correct value type INVALID CODE This message indicates that the user entered an invalid password for a protected object The user must enter a valid password The passwords are defined in the project attributes SCREEN BUFFER OVERFLOW This message indicates that there are more objects on the screen than the panel can display When a screen is displayed the panel copies the objects to a buffer If the buffer is filled then this message is displayed and any remaining objects are ignored The amount of memory used by an object is dependent on the type of object visibility the label and strings used by the object Some objects should be removed from the screen 4 z 426 ie oo 25 lt lt o i EZPanel Enhanced Error Messages ANGED Editor Programming Software User Manual Error Codes Error Codes are divided into categories and are numbered with prefixes and 3 digits as follows Value Range Errors VXX_X PLC Conversion Errors PXX xX Tag Errors TXX_X Project Information Step 1 Errors Ixx_X Saving Errors SXX_X Ob
168. VALUE in the Alarm Database Open your EZPanel Project in the EZPanel Enhanced Editor Programming Software For the purposes of this demo we are using DirectLogic K Sequence Protocol 1 From the Main Menu Bar click on Setup gt Project Attributes and then click on the Panel to PLC tab 2 Click in the field next to Error Code Value word Type in ERROR CODE VALUE for the tag name as shown below y x pu ddy e c z D gt e e F Q 3 Press Enter The following ADD NEW TAG DETAILS dialog box will appear Add New Tag Details 2 z 426 D E D O 25 lt lt o 6 Editor Programming Software User Manual LEAVE THE Address String FIELD EMPTY and select UNSIGNED _ INT_16 as the Data Type Click OK Click in the field next to PLC Error Discrete and type in PLC ERROR as shown below PLC to Panel Language Alam Protection Press Enter The following ADD NEW TAG DETAILS dialog box will appear Add New Tag Details LEAVE THE Address String FIELD EMPTY and select DISCRETE as the Data Type Click OK From the Main Menu Bar click on Setup gt Alarm Database On the Alarm Database dialog box click on the Add Edit button The following dialog box will appear Editor Programming Software User Manual 9 Enter the following parameters in the Add New Alarm dialog box a For Alarm Number 1 click on the arrow next to Tag Name and Add New Alarm
169. ZAutomation retains the exclusive rights to all information included in this document MANUFACTURED by AVG 4140 Utica Ridge Rd Bettendorf IA 52722 1327 BA Ae vis i MARKETED by EZ Automation 12 F EZAutomation 4140 Utica Ridge Rd Bettendorf IA 52722 1327 Tie Phone 1 877 774 EASY Fax 1 877 775 EASY www EZAutomation net EZP PANELEDIT M KS Editor Programming Software User Manual Table of Contents WARNING C aution see iscicccisc ict ede vedicerctdeesteuteceoieeacesyaactobcavennenieneatoreiooe aciee eles inside front cover WIS f GO NS coc rccset esr ccc ss etic ce tees wo geese mcrae aani ee ce seeded i EUM o MAO een E E E E NR Ix Compatability Of SOMWARC ixcccccc cot ckn acca seveisencacncneseaseredccilacedadacecngetsaeudae cecmededdecadudecedeecdedeeedudenanes X Software Enhancements ouu ccc cccccccccesccccceesecceceeeeeeceeeeececeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeeeeeeeeeeeesseeeeeesseeeeeesaeeeeessaeeeees xi Enhancements for AB Drivers ccccccceccccccceeececeeeeeeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeeeeeaeeeceseaeeeeeeaeeeeeesanes xi New PLC Drivers Added ccccccccseecccceeecececeeeceecaeeeeeesaeeeeeceeeceeeseeeeeeseeseeeesseaeeeseaaeceeseaueeeseaeeeesaaees xi Chapter 1 Manual Organizator sissi iaa EEE E EE eee ree ee 2 PI SSO oon E EA AE EE E AE E A E EEE 3 What you need to get started siiicascnnsanicinatanveriatannnndavdindotamiantanppiaibauantamnapaannpddiniganeasrannauuaianuawiedamscawen
170. a a i f i f yp k WANAD Editor Programming Software User Manual 2 Click on the box in front of Label Text to activate the object label SUE riC Entry X General Scaling Fiotecton Vaibliy Deteils Character Size BE Lebel Text Hemer Entry Position tdi F Te E There are many more features F Bottom pahaswd that you may program such Taa Name MUWERICENTA Display Frere as Position of Label Color of 2y RangeCheck Yali Aage ra Text and Background and Mirinum 0 een i 5 Language but for the Mamm E ss sais E purposes of this tutorial we will use the Defaults paii Daa Type n A Juviiiestion Leadng Spaces S128 Jeb m Eok rn Digte Text B pink Tota Digte M 4 Back qicund gt l Bink Fractional Digte jo f Us lag for decimal pont Decma point Tag Hama EJ 3 Inthe field next to Label Text type in Demo Numeric Entry as shown above 4 Click in the field next to Tag Name and type in NUMERIC ENTRY Press Enter The following screen will appear 5 In the field next to Address String type in V2002 as shown above Enter Tag Details for the Tag PLEASE NOTE If your NUMERS ENERE panel is connected to multiple FLC Type DiectLogie K Saquence Rev D PLCs use the Station Number Address String V2002 to address a specific PLC For IO Type RAV example 2 V2002 would
171. a A g Main Programming Screen CEAR i with Show Touch zs SEH x Cells enabled EF ee 3 Easy EERTE Shee E Project Screens Bon Vi 1 Panel Control Screen j CG 2 Startup Screen QG 3 General Pump Control sD 4 Liquid Levels Screen pee The Systems Object ar ye Tool Bar has been eturn to Startu moved here as a dae when floating tool box finished ee convenientaccessto making the objects ad justmentst amp j Write Your Eq had b Program fale edt No of Selected Objects 0 M2413 Y 24 OFFLINE MODE E Project screens in Explorer view gt For Help press F1 Spstem Dbje FI Release Ee fe EA button D z E You can move the tool bars to several Click and O different locations on your program kold button ming screen Just click and hold Drag to new on the tool bar handle and drag to location another location Release the mouse button and the tool bar will snap to the closest available position Reference In this chapter File Menu Edit Menu Screen Menu Draw Menu Panel Menu Setup Menu Window Menu Help Menu Right Click Menus Symbol Factory O Q Q Ga Q ag Reference Eile Open Project Close Project Save Screen Ctrl 5 Save Project Copy project As Save Project 4s Protected Copy Screen Transfer
172. a novice We Main Programming Screen have included the most up to date features found in Windows application programs Yve know that you are looking forward to programming AutomationDirect com s EZTouch Panel and we offer this comprehensive S Objects onboard help system as just one of the many benefits you receive when you use AutomationDirect com s products Selecting your PLC EZ Touch Panel Specifications Maintenance E A ras Troubleshooting pP A Allen Bradley PLCs aA Il Cc fi T a nae DirectLogic PLC Help Topics General Electric PLCs Mitsubishi PLCs Omron PLCs Modicon PLCs Think n Do Modbus Protocol The following is a list of important features for the EZTouch Panels Pre built panel components for easy screen design Special parts such as Toggle Switch Slide Switch Selector Switch Throw Switch Thumbwheel Object Meters PID Faceplates and Analog Digital Clock Flash based design for easy firmware upgrade Field expandable user RAM Nonvolatile flash card for user program backup Color models support 128 color palette for components and bitmaps 16 shades of gray on monochrome models Multiple languages up to 9 About EZPanel Click on About EZPanel Enhanced for copyright manufacturer and version number of the EZPanel Enhanced Editor Programming Software About E PanelEnhanced Ei IVEZ E4utomation a division of AVG Copyright C 2005 Version 3 2 21 O Q See
173. al Display if you want the current register values to display on the bar graph Click on Justification and select from the following Lead ing Zeroes Leading Spaces or Trailing Spaces General Digital Display Visibility D etails V Scaling PLC Value Display Value Pani jo 0 Point 2 65535 65535 Example Scaling is only for display purpose on this object The value you enter would be interpolated using these two points for display Example Your value will be scaled by a factor of 10 for display on this object Point 1 PLC Value 1 Display Value 10 Point 2 PLC Value 5 Display Value 50 If PLC value is 23 it will be displayed as 230 Cancel Help Click on Total under Digits Here you will select how many digits from 1 to 10 depending on the Data Type of the Tag that you want to display If you want Fractional Digits enter 1 through 10 here select 0 for none For example if your maximum value is 999 you would enter 3 under total digits If your maxi mum value is 99 9 enter 3 under Total Digits and 1 under Fractional Digits Scaling Tab Under the Bar Graph object Scaling tab you can scale the value in the PLC to another value on the bar graph Enter the Point 1 and Point 2 PLC Values and the Point 1 and Point 2 Display Values Visibility Details See Button Object 1 Editor Programming Software User Manual The Line Graph object will continuously m
174. al PLC types It is provided for your reference and is not intended to cover all PLCs and applications New PLC drivers will be added to the EZPanel Enhanced Editor Programming Software based on customer feedback If your PLC driver is not shown here please check www EZAutomation net for the latest version of EZPanel Enhanced Editor Programming Software P N EZP PANELEDIT and check the EZPanel Enhanced Editor Programming Software Help File to see if your PLC has been added O a T coa 2O l q A MINGGI Editor Programming Software User Manual Allen Bradley PLC Communications Setup MicroLogix DF1 Full Duplex The following screens provide you with an example of how to set up a MicroLogix PLC with DF1 Full Duplex Protocol To set up the MicroLogix PLC DF1 Full Duplex using RSLogix configuration software program the Channel Configuration screen as shown to the right Open EZPanel Enhanced Programming Software and configure Project Information as shown in the figure below After selecting the PLC Type and Protocol click on the View Edit PLC Com Setup The PLC Attributes dialog box will appear Enter the parameters shown Channel Configuration General Chan 0 System Source ID DFi Full Duplex 7 fi decimal 19200 a EVEN a Driver Baud Parity Protocol Control Control Line No Handshaking v Error Detection CRC ni Embedded Responses Auto Detect y IV Duplicate Packet Det
175. al Tags Export Messages H Project Attributes Project Description ERROR CODE VALUE UNSIGNED_INT_16 PLC ERROR DISCRETE UNKNOWN TAG 1 UNSIGNED_INT_16 NUMERIC ENTRY BCD_INT_16 Y02002 NUMERIC DISPLAY BCD_INT_16 02003 LOOK UP TEXT MESSAGE 1 SIGNED INT 16 VO2004 Select PLE Upgrade Firmware BUTTON OBJECT DISCRETE coo00 INDICATOR LIGHT DISCRETE C0001 Delete Delete Cancel Selected Tegs Unused Tags jina ot PLC Model Manufacturer The model and manufacturer of the PLC used in the project is listed at the top of this dialog box Number of PLC tags Number of internal tags and Total Tags The number of PLC and internal tags that are currently programmed in the project are provided Also provided is the combined total of both kinds of tags Highlight Internal Tags This is enabled by default Click on the box with the check mark to deselect this option When it is selected the internal tags in the list will be displayed in blue Highlight Unused Tags Click in the box in front of Highlight Unused Tags to enable this option The tags that are not currently linked to an object or attribute are highlighted in the list The unused tags are highlighted in yellow a p a a yY A 2 ou E me ee O Q A Q ag OTE If your panel is connected to multiple PLCs use the Station Number to address a specific PLC For example 2 V2002 would address the PLC Station Num
176. alette oe w ANGERD Editor Programming Software User Manual NOTE To edit the Address String with your cursor in the Tag Name field click on the right mouse button Display Frame is selected by default If you do not want the frame around the image to be visible click on the box to deselect the box will be empty Enter a Tag Name 1 2 Images Display images based on Enter a Tag Name or click on the down arrow and select the Tag Name from the available choices If the Tag Name is new the Add New Tag Details dialog box will appear where you will enter tag details The Tag Name will appear in the first field Enter an Address String appropriate for your type PLC and select the Data Type from available choices Click on the OK button S electing Bit Number would display the Bit Number C Image Number images based on whichever bit is ON in the specified PLC Address Bits are represented in Decimal System Octal System Non programmed bitmap action on panel Display an enor message C Display a blank bitmap Transparent Display the last displayed bitmap Ignore the new valud Choose how Images will be displayed and other Image op tions Images can be displayed based on bit whichever is set or based on a value in the tag The maximum number of Images that can be programmed for an object depends on the available memory and or tag data type 1 2
177. alue will be scaled by a factor of 10 for display on this object If PLC value is 23 it will be displayed as 230 Cancel Help Under the Scaling tab you can scale the value in the PLC to another value on the Numeric Display Enter Point 1 and Point 2 PLC Values Scale these values by entering the Point 1 and Point 2 Display Values For example say the PLC values are an analog value of 0 4095 and represent a range of 0 500 PSI Enter a PLC Value Point 1 0 and a Display Value Point 1 0 PSI Enter a PLC Value Point 2 4095 and a Display Value Point 2 500 PSI If the PLC Value is then 1024 the Display Value will be 125 Visibility Details See Button Object OK Cancel Help Buttons Click on OK button to save your selections and exit the dialog box Click on Cancel button to exit the dialog box without saving your selections Click on Help button to go to the Help Topic for that dialog box Place Object on the screen and size it e To size the object grab a handle and drag it to the size you want To move the button select it click and hold left mouse button and drag to the area on the screen that you want it to appear D Editor Programming Software User Manual Text Objects Static Text This object allows you to place text anywhere on the screen to provide information screen description etc You can choose whether or not to display a frame around the text and whether or not you
178. an Address String appropriate for your type PLC and select the Data Type from available choices Click on the OK button Choose how Messages will be displayed Messages can be displayed based on bit whichever is set or based on a value in the tag The maximum number of messages that can be programmed for an object depends on the tag data type 1 Under Messages select to Display messages based on Bit Number or Message Number Non programmed message action on panel Display an error message Display a blank message C Display the last displayed message Ignore the new value 2 If you chose Bit Number select either Bits are repre sented in Decimal system or in Octal system 3 Next you will choose the Non programmed message ac tion on panel If a value or a message number is sent to the panel that does not have a valid programmed message m Justification Vertical C Top Center C Borom Horizontal ir Left Center C Right associated with it an error message will display by default Display an error message is selected You may choose instead to have the panel Display a blank message or Display the last displayed message ignore the new value Multi state Indicator General Messages Visibility Details Maximum number of messages 255 Display Messages based on BIT NUMBER Current Editing Langauge 1 The first column will either Bits are represented in Decimal N
179. and exit the dialog box Click on Cancel button to exit the dialog box without saving your selections Click on Help button to go to the Help Topic for that dialog box Place Thumbwheel object button on the screen and size it To size object grab a handle and drag the object to the size that you want e To move the object select it click and hold left mouse while dragging to where you want it to appear on the screen Indicator Light Object El Indicator Light Object steps No Frame 1 2 3 4 5 Indicator Light Object General Visibilty Details v Language 1 Character Size 6x8 7 Label Text Demo Indicator Light Position Color Top Ten I Background Ontet fon Jes H ma Tac Off Text On 6 amp 8 E Eee Tiles D Editor Programming Software User Manual An Indicator Light object allows you to monitor and display the state of a bit The Indicator Light reads the bit information and produces the appropriate display For example the Indictor Light could display the status of a bit linked to a push button Char Size Color Text Blink Background Blink To put a Label on the Indicator Light object perform the following Click on the box in front of Label Text Use the UP DOWN arrows after the Language box to select a language number See section on Language page 180 Select Character Size from the available choices Enter Label Text up to 40 charact
180. and navigate to the directory and folder where you want to save it sare daalena File name Fev Save as type Message CS Files cs v Cancel Zs To Excel Click on the To Excel menu item to write the messages from your current Open project to a Microsoft Excel file The EZPanel Enhanced Editor Programming Software will open Microsoft Excel and write the messages to an Excel book as shown below Click on File gt Save As in the Excel program and enter a name for the file Click on the Save button to save the file under the name you have entered Close Excel to return to EZPanel Enhanced Editor Programming Software PAL XY E MESSAGE wl Book1 CHAR SIZE TEXT COL BLINK BKG COLIBLINK LANG MESSAGE TEXT 6x8 o NO A NO 1 This is message number 1 6x8 NO NO 1 This is message number 2 Editor Programming Software User Manual Project Attributes Project Attributes represent the attributes that contribute to the configuration of the panel Attributes listed under the General Printer Passwords Clock Panel to PLC PLC to Panel and Language tabs are provided below Under the General tab you will enter the following attributes Project Attributes Pinter Passwords Clock Panelto PLC PLC to Panel Language Alam Protection Power Up Screen This is the screen that will be displayed after the unit completes its power up sequence If the initial value of the Switch to Screen Number
181. and to the option board times out The Modbus Plus command that timed out is XX 0x0005 Board Crashed cmd cc code ee state ss This error occurs when the option board code crashes The command it crashed on is in cc the crash code is in ee and state of the software is ss where cc processor command 0x00 get service request 0x01 put master command to output path 0x04 get master response from output path 0x05 abort transaction 0x06 configuration status 0x07 interface diagnostic 0x08 software reset 0x09 put global data Ox0A get global data 0x0006 Incompatible NO option board present This occurs when the driver can not identify a Modbus Plus option board 0x0007 Routing failure node nn error ee This occurs when Modbus Plus software seed a routing failure error The routing failure error code in ee and is from node nn where ee routing failure error conditions 01h no response received 02h program access denied 04h exception response received O8h invalid node type in routing path 10h slave rejected the Modbus command 20h initiated transaction forgotten by slave 40h unexpected master output path received 80h unexpected response received 0x0008 Modbus Plus cmd pp exception Modbus Plus cc This error occurs when an exception response is returned to Modbus Plus command pp via a Modbus com mand of cc 0x0009 Invalid write to Panel register r This error occurs when an attempt is made to w
182. anel Write ign Your creers Project Information Provides a information about the current Project Title c program files project demo project 1 ezt 3 project you are about to Panel Type ELL 8 Color 640x400 x480 transfer to the panel jill PLC Type DiectLoge KSequence RevB Program Pee PE PitestLogie K Sequence Rev Panel to PLC Link IN at Connected Panel to PLC Link will display Not Panel Information Connected until download is completed Total Memory Firmware Senta Bytes Free Memory a Bytes az V DON T LOSE AN EXISTING PROGRAM If Press START to write program to panel Ke you re not sure of the changes you have D made save the existing program to a CAUTION Ethemet Com Bor 24 different project name from the one you are Pressing Stat wil OVERWRITE 7 com zj A about to transfer to the panel before you not want to lose program in the panel z click on the Start button ATETA Cancel Help Press the Start Button the program will be transferred to the panel Panel Write Completed Project Information If the panel is connected to a PLC the Project Title c programfles project demo project1 et Panel to PLC Link will display a green Panel Type LL Car dot next to the Connected message to indicate that a link is established PLE Type PitectLogic K Sequence Rev B
183. are e Drivers Compatibility of Software The EZPanel Enhanced Editor Software is compatible with current EZTouch Panels from ADC as well as the new EZPanel Enhanced models However EZPanel Enhanced Editor Programming Software does not allow current EZTouch Panels from ADC to utilize software upgrades Enhanced drivers Universal Ethernet Aromat Mewtocol COM Control Techniques Control Technology Corp CTC EZPLC Idec Computer Link Mitsubishi CC Link Siemens S7_200 Square D Symax and Texas Instruments or Enhanced Features Overlapping of Objects Free Sizing of Touch Objects Display of Tag Address on Objects and Pick and Apply Style Programming Software Compatibility The Original The Original Note Please note that the EZPanel Enhanced Editor FREE to existing EZTouch customers will not support the new drivers as well as will not support the en hanced convenience features when programming the original EZTouch panels MINGGI Editor Programming Software User Manual EZPanel Enhanced Editor Programming Software Enhancements e Overlapping of objects e Free sizing of touch objects e Added convenience features such as pick and apply attributes and display address on objects e Report object e View File object added for EZCE Touchpanel Enhancement for AB Drivers e Support for ST amp Long File types in AB Drivers e Support for full range of I O and direct addressing of I O for DF1 and Micrologix e Support ControlLogi
184. arm History System Objects Multi state Indicator Bitmap Objects Increment Decrement Value SD Editor Programming Software User Manual Objects Menu Objects In PLC based control the PLC performs the following control sequence Buttons continuously reads inputs solves control logic ladder logic writes values Indicator Buttons and sets resets outputs The state of inputs and outputs is kept as bits ina Radio Buttons data table The data table is typically organized in words with each word or having 16 bits Data values such as parts count are also kept as words Switches in the data table Step Switch Tri state Switch EZPanel Enhanced provides direct access to the bits and words of the PLC data table without going through I O modules The panel provides this access through its tags EZPanel Enhanced has tags that are mapped u to the PLC data table The mapping between panel tags and PLC data Thumbwheel tables is user defined through a simple dialog box EZPanel Enhanced objects allow you to set reset bits and to read write from the PLC data table Numeric Entry Recipe Indicator Lights Narai Display through the panel tags Text For example when a panel button object is pressed it sets a panel tag Clock 4 The panel transfers the state of this tag to the mapped bit in the PLC data Meter table Similarly the PLC may set an output bit that turns on a pilot light Ba arahen on
185. arrow to view the color palette Display Frame is selected by default If you do not want the frame around the Bar Graph object to be visible click on the box to deselect the box will be empty Enter a Tag Name l 2 Enter a Tag Name or click on the down arrow and select the Tag Name from the available choices If the Tag Name is new the Add New Tag Details dialog ANGERD Editor Programming Software User Manual 3 Note Maximum Number for eee A e i mo ined tep m the Major Divisions and No of Major Divisions fE mE Sub Divisions is 20 e C Blink PP Color fii T Bipolar Background E Show Tick Numbers V Mid 32767 Bar Foreground mm L Precision for Floating Pt z pmi Bar Background E E box will appear where you will enter tag details The Tag Name will appear in the first field Enter an Address String appropriate for your type PLC and select the Data Type from available choices Click on the OK button Make the following selections to Format the Bar Graph 1 If you want to show tick marks on your bar graph click on box in front of Show Ticks to enable 2 Select where you want the tick marks to be on the graph Left Top or Right Bottom 3 Select the Number of Major Divisions and the Number of Minor Sub Divisions to display The maximum ticks allowed for Major or Minor Divisions is 20 4 Click on the down arrow next to Color to view the color palet
186. ary of over 4 000 symbols for industrial automation including pumps pipes valves tanks mixers motors ducts electrical symbols flow meters material handling sensors PLCs transmitters and ISA symbols It is accessible from the Draw gt Static Bitmap and Objects gt Dynamic Bitmap menus Once opened click on Symbol Factory Help menu item for Help Symbol Factory ID red button not pressed 00000000 60 0600 NOTE Go back to page 162 for instructions on how to size a symbol bitmap before or after importing onto a screen or see Symbol Factory Help 30 ted button Inat pressed OURE QORAL 0 V Apam iiag g Over 4000 Symbols to choose from customize your panel screens A D h D a D O D LD Editor Programming Software User Manual O Q Q A Q ag This page intentionally left blank A Troubleshooting In this Appendix Frequently Asked Questions FAQs Troubleshooting PLC Driver Error Messages Allen Bradley PLCs Aromat PLCs Control Techniques PLCs CTC PLCs DirectLogic PLCs General Electric PLCs Idec PLCs Mitsubishi PLCs Modicon PLCs OMRON PLCs Siemens S7 PLCs Square D PLCs Texas Instruments PLCs Generic DeviceNet I O Generic Ethernet IP Generic Profibus DP Modicon Modbus Plus Uni Telway PLCs EZPanel Error Messages EZPanel Enhanced Editor Programming Software Error Messages 2 a
187. ata is sent to calendar or clock Command was sent to the while it was still processing an existing command WRONG STATION REPLIED TO MSG The received message contains a different station number from the message that the driver from panel INCORRECT CSUM FROM PLC BCC ERROR The calculated Check sum from the panel did not match with the value that PLC received in a message FRAME ERROR Number of bits received by the PLC differs from the preset value stop bit is O for example DATA SEND RECEIVE ERROR Parity error or overrun error occurred on PLC COMMAND ERROR Unsupported request message is received PROCEDURE DATA QUANTITY ERROR Received request message for the panel does not match the expected data including quantity of data MITSUBISHI PLCs 0x0001 Incompatible Revision This error will be displayed when the driver and exec have incompatible revision 0x0002 Limit of elements per screen exceeded This occurs when there are too many elements on the display to monitor inet Editor Programming Software User Manual 0x0004 Communications Error This error occurs when there is an error involving communications between the panel and PLC A communications error results from one of the following no or bad physical connection between panel and PLC bad checksum in reply from the PLC bad checksum in command from the panel bad command from the panel bad format of command from the panel or unexpected reply from the PLC
188. ates that a bitmap exceeds the maximum size Solution Select a bitmap that fits within the above ranges Error J11_7 Compressed BMP size exceeds the maximum usable BMP size unable to save ON bitmap Error J11_8 Compressed BMP size exceeds the maximum usable BMP size unable to save OFF bitmap Error J11_9 Compressed BMP size exceeds the maximum usable BMP size unable to save Static Bitmap Reason Panels use a Run Length Encoding RLE technique to compress Bitmaps for display and saving purposes The maximum allowable size of a compressed BMP is 64K If the selected BMP results more than 64K during compression this error occurs Even if the bitmap size is less than the panel s resolution you may get this error Solution You need to select a different BMP If you would like to use the same bitmap you need to reduce the complexity of the bitmap Although there is no straight forward way to tell that a bitmap would result in less than 64K during compression the following tips might be useful 1 Try to have the same color across the bitmap If you mix lot of color patches that may increase the compressed bitmap size 2 Try to reduce the font usage in the bitmap Error J11_10 Error in extracting Bitmap for ON button Solution Delete the bitmap object and recreate the object again If you still receive this error messages close and then reopen the application and try again Error J11_11 Decompression was not successful Reason T
189. bar or click on a selected tool bar to remove check mark and thereby remove it from view Pobre w Basic Objects w Text Objects w System Objects Bitmap Objects w Draw w Panel w 3Eay Steps Project Screens Current Editing pelect Language Language Allows you to select the Current Editing Language Click on down arrow to view Click on this menu item to set the Default Tag Data Type Click on the down arrow to view the list of data types MINGGI Editor Programming Software User Manual Tag Name as Address Click on this to use the Tag Name that you type in as the Tag Address The Address must be in the correct Data Format For example if using an Allen Bradley SLC 500 you might name the tag N7 2 which is the address format of the PLC register Objects Overlapping Warning This is enabled by default Click on it to deselect check mark in front of item will disappear This warning message if enabled will pop up when you attempt to save a screen or project with overlapping objects Click Yes to save with overlapping objects or No to cancel the save Objects Overlapping Error Message Numeric Entry and Change Screen are overlapping on the screen named Demo Project 1 prp 1 Numeric Entry Screen I Do not display this message again Overlapping Objects Information Click on this to bring up the following dialog box Information about the overlapping objects is displayed From here you can rearra
190. be done when programming PLC Logic If the Tag Name is new the Add New Tag Details dialog box will appear where you will enter tag details The Tag Name will appear in the first field Enter an Address String appropriate for your type PLC Click on the OK button Select from the Actuator Type Actuator Type determines Button Tag Indicator Tag 7 Actuator Type Toggle IV Display Frame I Transparent Background color for Bitmaps x how the tag will be controlled If you have assigned Password Protection for this object and select Mo mentary On or Momentary Off the protection feature will not be enabled e Momentary On will turn the tag on for as long as you touch the button Password Protection is disabled e Momentary Off will turn the tag off for as long as you touch the button Password Protection is disabled e Set On will latch the tag ON e Set Off will latch the tag OFF e Toggle will change the state of the tag every time the button is pressed Select Background color for Bitmaps Click on the down arrow to view the color palette Select the color for the background of the Bitmap Button Select whether or not you want to Display Frame selected by default around the bitmap and whether or not you want the Background to be Transparent To create On Bitmap and Off Bitmap 1 Under On Bitmap or Off Bitmap the On Bitmap is the one that is triggered to display when the bit is ON the Off Bitmap
191. be displayed when the driver and exec have an incompatible revision 0x0002 Limit of elements per screen exceeded This occurs when there are too many registers on the display to monitor 0x0004 Incorrect Unit Response This will occur when there are too many registers on the display to be monitored The number of registers on the display must be reduced 0x0008 PLC Invalid Checksum received An invalid checksum was received in a message from the PLC 0x0010 Incorrect reply received The driver received an incorrect reply from a PLC 0x0020 Response to an undefined command The driver received the undefined command response 0x0040 Command cc Error Response Code xx This error occurs when a response code xx is returned to a PLC message command of cc 0x0080 Incorrect Map Size This error occurs when an incorrect map is stored that is not the correct map entry size the driver expects 0x0100 Invalid Write to Panel register r This error occurs when an attempt is made to write to a register r when r is mapped to read only element ANGERD Editor Programming Software User Manual 0x0400 PLC Message Time out This error occurs when a no reply or error is seen within the time out time in the Panel PLC attributes If the Panel is displaying time out errors the timeout may need to be increased Ox2000 Invalid PLC attributes using defaults The driver received attributes it could not use The default values for all PLC attributes will be used
192. bel Text Select Style Language BE Character Size ax16 7 Selected Label Text Demo Button Style Postion Col ____ on Top Tet M Background x Tag Name BUTTON OBJECT IV Display Frame Actuator Type Toggle 7 M On Off Text Color Blink Text Blink Background Blink Myr Fo mer fa 6 On Text on Off Text OFF Simulate Press Cancel Help To put a Label on a Button perform the following steps Choose from 128 Colors 1 Click on the box in front of Label Text 2 Use the UP DOWN arrows after the Language box to select a language number See section on Language page 180 Select Character Size from the available choices Enter Label Text up to 40 characters Select the Position of the label whether you want it to appear at the Top or the Bottom of the object frame 6 Select the Text and Background Color Click on the down arrow to view the color palette 7 Display Frame is selected by default If you do not want the frame around the button to be visible click on the box to deselect the box will be empty Color Blink Text Blink Background Blink _c Or oe Click on the down arrow next to the default color block for text or To Choose a Button Style perform the following steps background to view the color palette 1 Under Select Style click on the style you prefer for the button Move the cursor over your choice and object you are creating simpl
193. ber 2 EI D Editor Programming Software User Manual Tag This is the number of the Tag in the list Tag Name You may enter a descriptive Tag Name of up to 40 characters Data Type This is the format of the data Select the Data Type that is appropriate for your type PLC Choose from DISCRETE SIGNED_INT_16 SIGNED_INT_ 32 UNSIGNED_INT_16 UNSIGNED _INT 32 BCD_INT_16 BCD_INT_ 32 FLOATING_PT_32 and ASCII STRING PLC Address The syntax for entering PLC addresses depends on the type of PLC A message similar to the one shown to the left will display letting you know if the PLC Address type and Tag Data Type don t match or if the Address is invalid Number of Characters If the Tag will read a character ASCII string from the PLC or write a character string to the PLC you will need to enter the number of characters here Each PLC register can contain 2 characters You may enter up to 40 characters The PLC will assign the correct number of sequential registers needed for the string The address you have entered for the tag is the starting address See Appendix B for a list of ASCII characters supported by the EZPanel Enhanced Add Edit Button Click on this button to Add a new tag or Edit an existing tag To Add a New Tag 1 Click on Add Edit button If you have existing tags ensure that none are highlighted or you will go to the edit tag window The following screen will appear Add New Tag Details
194. ber of MODICON PLC WITH MODBUS TCP IP PROTOCOL Error 1 Missed at least one frame The EZEthernet Card did not see one or more page mode requests from the Panel The user should re attempt the previous operation If the problem persists please contact Technical Support Error 2 Adapter could not lock Shared Ram The EZEthernet Card was denied a request to lock one or more internal data transfer buffers This prob lem is considered critical and may require a panel reset to restore proper operation If the problem persists please contact Technical Support Error 3 Node ID is not responding The Node with Module ID is not responding to the EZEthernet card If seen by the user this mes sage will immediately be replaced by the more generic Plc is Offline where is the Node ID as con figured in the EZEthernet configuration utility The user should check both the physical and logical link be tween the Panel and the PLC Error 4 Invalid tag type Internal error that indicates the EZEthernet Card was given a tag to process in which the tag type is in valid Operations on that tag only will be halted This might indicate a corrupt EZPanel Enhanced Project tag database inet Editor Programming Software User Manual Error 5 Could not append pointer table The EZEthernet card encountered a fatal internal error The user should reset the panel If the problem persists the user should contact Techn
195. bet Mas Stalon Humbet ea Timeout 0 255 benih of second al zn Fol Time 0 255 tenth of second oO NOTE on TAGs for this type PLC If communicating to other than the default PLC the address string must be preceded by the PLC address of the unit you want to communicate with For example 3 N7 0 is Q PLC address 3 Carcel Hep EZ Panel cCNHAN GEM Editor Programming Software User Manual PLC5 DF1 Edit Channel Properbes The following screens provide you with an example of how to set up a PLCS with DF1 Charnel 0 Channel 1A Channel 18 Channel 24 Charriel 2B Cammurination Heck Ramala Merda Change Protocol iv Sven Parl T Pore SE Hor E wt xT Sistem Slave Enable ater E To set up the PLC5 DF1 using RSLogix jamstu tea configuration software program the Channel l Disaneshie filefo Configuration screens as shown to the right Saral Post Opin Open EZPanel Enhanced Editor Programming o E Parity MEERE Software and configure Project Information as Bte Parcha o Z Ewa Detect fece z shown in the figure below Step Bits 1 Convoi Line Ma Hanshan After selecting the PLC Type and Protocol iagnorte Fief click on the View Edit PLC Com Setup The PLC Attributes dialog box will appear Enter the e a a L I parameters shown Click on the OK button to OF ENOS save your selections You will return to the Project ACK Timeout 20m 50 Information scree
196. bility Details See Button Object Simulate Press Press the Simulate Press button to see how the Multi state Bit map object will be displayed on the screen when pressed OK Cancel Help Buttons e Click on OK button to save your selections exit the dialog box and place the object on the screen e Click on Cancel button to exit the dialog box without saving your selections e Click on Help button to go to the Help Topic for that dialog box Place Multi state Bitmap object on the screen and size it e To size the object select it grab a handle and drag to the size you want e To move the object select it click and hold left mouse button and drag to where you want it to appear on the screen BEW Editor Programming Software User Manual Increment Decrement Value Object The Increment Decrement Value Object allows you to configure a button that when pressed will Add or Subtract from a value using two tags and a programmed value You will be able to Read a value in the first tag and then Write to another using the value you have programmed to increment or decrement that register value Increment Decrement alue General Increment Decrement Value Protection Visibility Details Label Text Language EE Character Size 6x8 7 Label Text Increment Dectement Value Color Text 4 Background 7 IV Display Frame Test Char Size Color a ac Language 124 Text Blink gound Blink
197. ble define a signed tag for Set Point tag also Always assign the same data tag type to both the Process Variable and Set Point A 68 NOED Editor Programming Software User Manual Error J08_ 2 Process value Maximum is less than Present value Minimum Solution Ensure that Present value Maximum is greater than Present value Minimum Error J08_3 Output value Minimum cannot be greater than Present value Maximum Solution Ensure that Output value Maximum is greater than Output value Minimum Line Graph Error J10_1 At least one valid Pen tag must be defined Reason When using a line graph there must be a minimum of one tag signed unsigned or BCD assigned to the Pen entries Solution Be sure to assign a minimum of one tag signed unsigned or BCD to the Pen Error J10_2 All Pen tags must be of the same sign type Reason The program loader requires that all the Pen tags have the same sign type for each line graph object If you assign tags with different sign types signed 16 32 and unsigned 16 32 or BCD 16 32 and signed 16 32 to the same line graph object this message will appear Solution If you need a line graph that contains a signed tag and an unsigned tag they will then require multiple line graph objects one for each individual sign type Error J10_3 Pen tags and Range type must be of same sign type Reason When assigning tags to the Pen page they all must be of the same tag type and that also
198. bs Ben EAE EE EA ARAI MET Aa Ste a Barrel 2 Click on the bitmap to highlight grab a handle with the cursor and drag to size the object Barrel 2 Enter a Tag Name or click on the down arrow and select the Tag Name from the available choices If the Tag Name is new the Tag Entry dialog box will appear where you will enter tag details The Tag Name will appear in the first field Enter an Address String ap propriate for your type PLC Click on the OK button Select Background color for Bitmaps Click on the down arrow to view the color palette Select the color for the background of the Bitmap object Select whether or not you want to Display Frame selected by default around the bitmap and whether or not you want the Background to be Transparent Under On Bitmap or Off Bitmap the On Bitmap is the one that is triggered to display when the bit is ON the Off Bitmap is triggered to display when the bit is OFF Click on the box in front of Allow Stretching for the On Bitmap and or the Off Bitmap if you want the bitmap to stretch to fit the area of the object as you size it on the screen Choose from the following two options Stretch to Fit or Maintain Aspect Ratio You have three choices for importing a bitmap a Click on the Import Bitmap button and a window will appear allowing you to navigate to the directory folder where the bitmap file resides Click on it to highlight and click on the Open button Th
199. button to save your selections You 4 x lt gt EDITOR will return to the Project Information T Bear easy as 22 Pi D aie screen Click on the OK button EZTouch Psranming Sotware Verion 3221 omation Fhone I z e to begin creating your EZPanel Selected Action Edit OFF LINE Write Later wav ozautomation ret SELECT ACTION ENTER PROJECT INFORMATION Enhanced Project Project Locaton Cetera fe Frogram Fiee EZPaneErhanced Proect Browse to Panel Later Project Name fnew project ezt Fir ere Fesistori Read Program Stat Ediling Scieer EN OFFLINE O Ls C lt lt lt lt CS ai Select Parel i Pana Famly See Caron le EZParelEnhanced EZTouch EZTouchPLC Ce ag Car Cis l Select Madel JALL Color 6404430 Elhernel COM Port feum 7 l Mitsubishi CCLink Attributes aeniei kEi osh CCL Hav A T _Vewtdit PLL Lem Setup Think 1Do firowae Hep Language Clear Egil PLC Revision Number A Number of Stations to use 4 M Data Clear Hold Hold cot tte _ inlet Editor Programming Software User Manual Modicon PLC Communications Setup Modbus RTU The following screens provide you with agents an example of how to set up a Modicon ato ell Soffer al ian A PLC with Modbus RTU Protocol SOS ee To set up the Modicon Modbus RTU using MODSOFT configuration software program the PLC Communications Parameters screen as show
200. c Entry x General Scaling Notification amp Handshake Protection Visibilty Deta s Label Text Language i Character Size Es 7 Label Text NUM ENTRY m Position gt m Color Top Tet 3 Bottom Background z v Use single tag for both Entry and Display purpose By Display Entry and P Y Frame Display Tag ma o T RangeCheck Valid Range mares fp Minimum 0 sible ss Maximum 65535 Format Data Type Unsigned Decimal Justification Leading Spaces Size 6 8 7 Color jot I Blink Digits Text B pink Total Digits 5 Fractional Digits 0 Use tag for decimal point Decimal point Tag Name To put a Label on the Numeric Entry object perform the following steps 1 Click on the box in front of Label Text 2 Use the UP DOWN arrows after the Language box to select a language number See section on Language page 180 3 Select Character Size from the available choices 4 Enter Label Text up to 40 characters 5 Select the Position of the label whether you want it to appear at the Top or the Bottom of the object frame 6 Select the Text and Background Color Click on the down arrow to view the color palette 7 Display Frame is selected by default If you do not want the frame around the object to be visible click on the box to deselect the box will be empty Choose Tag s 1 Choose whether or not you want to use
201. can handle typical NEMA 4 4X environments such as water splashing or hosedown The only reason these panels do not have NEMA 4 4X rating is because the plastic material used for NEMA 1 FDA Compliant models does not support the flame retardancy required for NEMA 4 models Z O Z O EZP S6M RS 256KB Z O N N N N N N z z z z z u u u u WO u Yes to 1 or EZP S6M F 512KB Yes to 1 or EZP S6M FH 512KB Yes to 1 or EZP S6M FS gt MB 512KB Yes to 1 or EZP S6M FSH 512KB Yes to 1 or EZP S6M FSD 512KB Yes to 1 or EZP S6M FSE 512KB Yes to 1 or EZP S6M FSM 2 MB 512KB Yes to 1 or EZP S6M FSP 2 MB 512KB 6 Mono Grayscale with Slim Bezel No Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes to 1 or Yes EZP S6M FST 512KB 6 Mono Grayscale with Slim Bezel Yes to 1 or EZP S6M FSC 2 MB 512KB Ye All plus CC Link 6 Mono Grayscale with Slim Bezel Yes to 1 or EZP S6M FSU 2 MB 512KB 6 Mono Grayscale with Slim Bezel Yes to 1 or Ye 2 MB S S EZP S6M ES S 512KB Y T T p p p Editor Programming Software User Manual 6 inch Color EZPanel Enhanced Models In the table below are the 6 inch Color EZPanel Enhanced models If using an option board connector you cannot use the PLC port at the same time to connect to another type PLC The panel supports only one PLC driver at a time c ke per S xe e pae c ONLY Dire
202. ce it on the screen To place a Bitmap on the screen dl 2 Click on the Static Bitmap icon or select Static Bitmap from the Draw Menu The following dialog box will appear If you want to be able to stretch the image once it is placed on Static Hibmap Copy From Clipboard Symbol Factory mi Allow stretching on the screen Maintain aspect ratio the screen click in the box in front of Allow stretching on the screen If you want to Maintain aspect ratio click in that box also There are 3 options for importing a bitmap a Click on the Import Bitmap button and a window will appear shown below allowing you to navigate to the directory folder where a Bitmap BMP Windows Metafile WWMF Windows Enhanced Metafile EMF file resides Click on it to highlight and click on the Open button The File Name and Size of the graphic file will be displayed If the graphic file is too large you will be asked if you want it to be resized to fit the screen see message to the left Select BAP ME SEME hle Anke Editor Programming Software User Manual b You may also click on Symbol Factory to gain access to a library of over 4 000 symbols for industrial automation including pumps pipes valves tanks mixers motors ducts electrical symbols flow meters material handling sensors PLC s transmitters and ISA symbols Once in Symbol Factory navigate to the symbol you want to import click on Copy and
203. cesses encteeinisbacheciea iana toad dens TEE a AE EE AE AE aia 44 Buton OD EC aaen E EEE ET E TER EER EREE AE 46 PROPS CUO TAD secese ea Ea NE EESE E EEE E E S E E 48 MISID INT Details TaD E a Era E EE E A E a aE a Eia 50 idicator Buton ODC i aradi aa anna RL i aia AEE NEn a a aai EEE iia 51 Pe Oe Ea NON AEE E A A E ATE E OAS E TETA E E E 53 ET e E E E EE ENEA TE E E E E T A E TETE E E 56 Sp ONEN OD EC ia E a aa Eaa ENEA EER a EEEE E E aia 58 TriState Switeh OBJE Ciasne aaa nin ne aE E akda densa he a ERE 60 N menc Enry ODOC onire Ea A i aE EAR S a a Eii a a EE 62 Seci o s AAPEA E EA E E EEEE EE E N EE ET E ATE A E E E 64 PRIS ODOC in n ER RREA a EERE ER EAEn 66 MGIC VES OD ECE prerese a EEn i e a EAEE i E EEEn EEEE E 69 MVM AON HONE ODJECE iesaista RE a EREE 71 Numene Display ODjJe israse inapi nn En ASADA aE Sa a Eaa a EETA 73 Scam Ta enn e EE E EEE ae 75 TO ODES eae EE E EEE E a E S EE 76 A T eaaa E E E E E 76 Die e cae E E EA E A EE EE A A E E TE E 77 LOORE NSM a orate sseeseetg teste A A catenin a E EEE EA 79 Message EAA AS tera tart ct dinnera nne aTa a N Nna A RTEA EAr Eaa TE onia n AERE aein Eas 80 DYNAMIC TO borsa nE EE NE EEEE E E i 81 EE AE E EEE E EEN T EEE A ETA AE E 83 COCK ODOC gt enaA E ee ree eae aE E eee ene eee 85 ANOT Ge see sc estate ace sess acces ssa EE a e gage ne eneate E E a 85 Dia cece rates cits esas eer es toceond E te aad E A tectaadeeeowsencedbntees 86 Motor ODE cake areata tt sc EE tbe Ade daeca ese tate E a
204. ck Attributes you can also right click onto the object and choose Pick Attributes Apply Attributes The Apply Attributes function will paste or apply the attributes you selected through the Pick Attributes function To Apply Attributes perform the following steps 1 Select the object you want to Apply Attributes to by clicking the object to select several objects you can click and hold to drag a box around the objects you would like to select 2 Click the Edit Menu and select Apply Attributes you can also right click onto one of the selected objects and choosing Apply Attributes 3 The Attributes from the object you performed the Pick Attributes function on should now appear in the objects you performed the Apply Attributes function on Step 3 Lag NT asl 19910 Hor r Sovi To Bath Sane Sre Displey Tag Name on Object Click Edit Menu or right Apply Attributes click onto an object st Editor Programming Software User Manual Simulate Next State and Simulate Previous State Click on the LALI Simulate Next State and Simulate Previous State buttons to view the other states of a button example ON OFF Tri State Button A D h D D O D V O Q Q C Q x Screen Hew Screen Open Screen Rename Screen Delete Screen Grid Size Display Grid Snap to Grid Description Background Color Show Touch Cells Show 320x240 Rectangle
205. ck on the OK button Select from the following Actuator Types Actuator Type determines how the tag will be controlled e Momentary On will turn the tag on for as long as you touch the button Password Protection is disabled Momentary Off will turn the tag off for as long as you touch the button Password Protection is disabled e Set On will latch the tag ON e Set Off will latch the tag OFF e Toggle will change the state of the tag every time the button is pressed Enter On Off Text Here you will enter the Text that will appear within the object and control how that text will appear 1 Select the Language number 1 9 for the On Off Text 2 Type in what you want to appear within the button for the On Text and for the Off Text i e you might want to place the words STOP and RUN inside the buttons instead of Off and On Select Character Size from the available choices Select the Color of the Text and the Color of the Background If you want the Text or the Background to Blink click on the box below Blink to place a check mark indicating that the option is enabled Or Oe Protection See Button Object Visibility Details See Button Object OK Cancel Help Buttons e Click on OK button to save your selections and exit the dialog box e Click on Cancel button to exit the dialog box without saving your selections Click on Help button to go to the Help Topic for that dialog box Place Indicator Button on th
206. click here The following screen will appear letting you choose from Test RAM and Test Flash Click OK to begin diagnostic Memory Test Selection When you click on OK you will receive the following warning M Test Flash message Save program to disk before testing the panel Cancel Help memor y Test Memory COM Configuration When communicating with the Panel ensure that the correct COM Port Ethernet is selected Click on the down arrow for a list of available ports For Ethernet configuration refer to EZEthernet Option Card Manual P N EZ ETHERNET M or to EZPanel Enhanced Programming Software Help Topics Select COM Port Ethernet Ethernet Com Port Cancel AXLE Editor Programming Software User Manual Setup Menu Tag Database Tag Cross Reference Read Eetags Export Tags j Import Tags j Tag Database The Tag Database is where you define the Tags for your project A Tag can be a discrete single bit location or word location within the panel Tags may be either Internal no address or External PLC Address In other words a Tag is an alias for a PLC address or an Internal panel location that an object is communicating with A D h D D O D larm Database Export Alarms j Message Database TaN PLC Model Manufacturer DirectLogic K Sequence Rev A Number of PLC tags Number of internal tags Highlight Intemal Tags M Highlight Unused Tags Tot
207. ct All to select all items on the displayed screen Align This allows you to Align selected items on the screen You may also execute these commands by clicking on their respective icons on the standard tool bar You must have at least two objects selected in order to execute the Left Right Top or Bottom Align commands Let Vertical Center Right Top Horizontal Centre Bottom Left Aligns left sides of all the selected objects to that of left most object Vertical Center Aligns all the selected objects to the vertical center of screen Right Aligns right sides of all the selected objects to that of right most object Top Aligns top sides of all the selected objects to that of top most object Horizontal Center Aligns all the selected objects to the horizontal center of screen Bottom Aligns bottom sides of all the selected objects to that of bottom most object A D h D m D O D VWNGED Editor Programming Software User Manual Delete Click on Delete to remove a selected item without placing it on the Se clipboard Q O Edit 2 Select an object and then click on the Edit command to make changes to an object s characteristics Tool bar Click on Tool bar to see menu Click on Standard Basic Objects Text Objects System Objects Bitmap Objects Draw Panel 3 Easy Steps Navigation Tool bar or Project Screens Explorer View to place a check mark enabling that tool
208. ct Logic PLC NEMA 4 EZP S6C FS 6 STN Color with Yes to 1 or EZP T6C FS 6 TFT Color with Slim 512KB Yes to 1 or Bezel 2 MB 6 STN Color with Yes to 1 or EZP S6C FSD Slim Bezel 512KB EZ7P T6C FSD 6 TFT Color with Slim 512KB Yes to 1 or Bezel 2 MB 6 STN Color with Yes to 1 or NEMA 1 EZP S6C FSE Slim Bezel 512KB Yes All plus Ethernet I P EDA P TFT Color with Slim Yes to 1 or NEMA 1 6 STN Color with Yes to 1 or NEMA 1 sa N a a a E oe All plus AB DH and Remote vo NEMA 1 Bezel 2 MB 6 STN Color with Yes to 1 or NEMA 1 EZP S6C FSM Slim Bezel 512KB All plus MB FDA 6 TFT Color with Slim Yes to 1 or NEMA 1 6 STN Color with Yes to 1 or NEMA 1 EZP S6C FSP Slim Bezel 512KB All plus Profibus FDA NEMA 1 FDA NEMA 4 ONLY Direct Logic PLC All plus EZ Ethernet All plus AB DH and Remote I O NEMA 4 NEMA 1 FDA NEMA 1 FDA Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes All plus EZ Ethernet Yes All plus EZ Ethernet Yes Yes NEMA 1 All plus DeviceNet EDA D A A NEMA 1 All plus DeviceNet FDA EZP T6C FSP 6 TFT Color with Slim 512KB Yes to 1 or All plus Profibus NEMA 1 Bezel 2 MB 7 6 STN Color with Yes to 1 or 7 i NEMA 1 All plus ModBus TCP IP FDA 3 6 TFT Color with Slim Yes to 1 or NEMA 1 EZP T6C FST 512KB gt MB All plus ModBus TCP IP EDA E 6 STN Color with Yes to 1 or EZP T6C FSC sim Bezel 512KB gt MB 3 6 STN Color with Yes to 1 o
209. ct a language number See section on Language page 180 3 Select Character Size from the available choices 4 Enter Label Text up to 40 characters 5 Select the Position of the label whether you want it to appear at the Top or the Bottom of the object frame 6 Select the Text and Background Color Click on the down arrow to view the color palette 7 Display Frame is selected by default If you do not want the frame around the button to be visible click on the box to deselect the box will be empty To Choose an Indicator Button Style perform the following steps 1 Under Select Style click on the style you prefer for the button object you are creating 2 Your choice will appear under Selected Style Enter a Tag Name 1 Enter a Tag Name or click on the down arrow and select the Tag Name that you want the Indicator button and the Indicator to correspond to 2 If the Tag Name is new the Add New Tag Details dialog box will appear where you will enter tag details The Tag Name will SEM Editor Programming Software User Manual NOTE If you have assigned Password Protection for this object and select Momentary On or Momentary Off the protection feature will not be enabled Also if you select Momentary ON or Momentary OFF the PLC must set bit to proper state on powerup This must be done when programming PLC Logic appear in the first field Enter an Address String appropriate for your type PLC Cli
210. ctive communication is not there between PC to panel Please check the connection between panel to PC If the problem persists restart the panel Error C03_4 Unable to program User Flash Error C03_5 Errors in Reading Flash card Reason If the flash card is not set properly communication is not happening between the panel and editor you would get this error Solution Check whether the flash card is fit properly in the slot restart the panel check the cable for communication Error C03_6 Unable to read PLC Attributes from Panel Error C03_7 Unable to delete screen lt screen number gt from the panel Error C03_8 Unable to get Information from Panel Please check the connection between panel and computer Error C03_9 Unable to read System Attributes from panel Error C03_10 Unable to read tags from the panel Solution Check the connection between panel and computer Restart the panel and try communicating again Error C03_11 Testing RAM failed Solution If you have a RAM Card installed in the panel remove this RAM card and redo the test If the test passes replace the RAM card with a new RAM card It the test fails there is a problem with the panel Please contact technical support Error C03_12 Testing Flash failed Solution Replace the Flash card Error M01_1 Error in memory allocation Reason You will get this error if EZPanel Enhanced Editor is not able to allocate certain amount of memory for do
211. cusses how to get help with questions or problems you might encounter through Onscreen Help and Technical Support Provides you with a table listing the various models their part numbers and special features Lists the important features of all EZPanel Enhanced models Lists the PLCs supported by the panels by brand model and protocol Lists the part numbers for PLC cables and the programming cable Tells how to install programming software Tutorial Provides instructions to create an example or demo project Discusses how to configure a PLC ladder logic program to use with the demo project Takes you through the steps necessary to create an EZPanel Enhanced project using the pro gramming software Shows you how to transfer the project to the panel and testing the project once transferred Project Setup Discusses ON LINE and OFF LINE configuration options Tells you how to set up a project by entering project information Step 1 Discusses screen design Step 2 and how to transfer the project to the panel Step 3 Objects Provides step by step instructions for configuring each of the EZPanel Enhanced objects Reference Provides more details on menu commands Takes you through the main menu bar item by item command by command with instructions Contains information on the various tool bars and the status bar Describes right click menus and Screens Explorer view Appendix A Troubleshooting Aids in diagnos
212. d LED or a duplicate IP address steady red LED fault Check the network status indicator to obtain more information Error 72 DUP_IP_OR_TIMEOUT Screen Message Duplicate IP address Connection timeout Condition The option card has a network status error This error can occur for a minor flashing red LED or a major steady red LED fault Check the module status indicator to obtain more information Determined that the IP address used to configure the module is already being used on the subnet Error 73 NO_ETHERNET_LINK Screen Message Not connected to Ethernet network Condition The option card is not connected to an Ethernet network or has lost its Ethernet network connection Error 74 CIP_ERROR NOT IMPLEMENTED Screen Message CIP Err XX NN E CCCCC IIIIIAAA MMMMM Condition A device has replied with an error while attempting to process an explicit message e c z D gt e e E gt Q y x pu ddy 2 lt 3 X co O O Q 5 Q 5 lt o AWN Editor Programming Software User Manual GENERIC PROFIBUS DP ERROR CODE DESCRIPTIONS Driver Generated Errors Error 0 NO ERROR Screen Message N A Condition NEVER WILL OCCUR Error 1 NO_OPTION_BD Screen Message NO OPTION CARD Condition You will receive this error message if the Profibus DP option card is not present Please Note user should not see this message instead they should see Error 11 CARD_INIT_ERROR
213. de The EZEthernet Card was not able to use the configured ECOM information to contact an ECOM device The user should re check the EZEthernet node configuration Error 12 Node ID is offline Reason Not used in this release Error 13 Node ID is offline Reason unknown Not used in this release Error number 14 is not used Error 15 Node ID No more ecom buffers A condition in which EZEthernet Card requests are being discarded by the node indicated by because the ECOM transaction buffers are saturated The user should reduce the load on the ECOM by optimizing panel screens and or removing panels configured to talk through that ECOM Error 16 Program Segment packet timeout An exchange between the EZPanel Program Loader and the corresponding EZEthernet Card was not completed in the time out period specified in the EZEthernet Configuration Utility The user should retry the operation If this error occurs frequently the user should increase the time out setting Error 17 Could not write point A EZEthernet adapter was unable to process a tag write request The user should retry the operation If the problem persists the user should contact Technical Support e z D gt e e F Q y x pu ddy 4 z 26 ie D O 25 lt lt o NOGGLM Editor Programming Software User Manual Error 18 Tag scan off Cannot complete Operation Not used in
214. dialog box will appear Enter the parameters shown PLC Editor Revision B Baud Rate 9600 X Data Timeout Length o Parity Odd HMI MPI Baud Rate f187 5K x Select RS485 Panel MPI Address 7 Click on the OK button to save your selections You will return to the Project Information screen U J OQ U D r Ke 5 xipueddy Click on the OK button to begin creating your EZPanel Fonoi ATS Enhanced Project Require CTS Max MPI Address 63 x M MPI Adapter Default MPI Address Default Segment ID Default Rack Number Default Slot Number Lo cma Hee This space is intentionally left as blank Panes Editor Programming Software User Manual Entivity s Think amp Do WinPLC Communications Setup O a T c WY 2O l q A The following screens provide you with an example of how to set up a Think amp Do WinPLC Project with Modbus RTU Protocol To set up the PLC using Think amp Do configuration software program the PLC Communications Serial Port Setup screen as shown below WinPLC_R35232Port Modbus Slave COM1 9600 Even 8 1 None Betresh Gnd Attrib ute Value Serial Port sO Serial Port Settings Access Type _ Parity O OO Data Bits StopBits OZ OZ O O O OOOO OO Flow Control Receive Buffer Size Tronsmit Butter Size 2 4 Module Status Wapping 170 Mapping Data Types that EZPanel Enhanced Editor Programming Software can import from
215. dicates that there are more objects on the screen than the panel can display When a screen is displayed the panel copies the objects to a buffer If the buffer is filled then this message is displayed and any remaining objects are ignored The amount of memory used by an object is dependent on the type of object visibility the label and strings used by the object Some objects should be removed from the screen Problem What is Write Queue Overflow This message indicates that the panel was unable to write all of the tags to the PLC The panel can queue up to 40 tags to write to the PLC After the tag is written to the PLC it is removed from the queue If a write is attempted while the queue is full then this error message is displayed and the write is ignored PLC Driver Error Messages NOED Editor Programming Software User Manual ALLEN BRADLEY PLCs Driver Errors for Micrologix SLC 500 DH 485 AIC 0x0000 No error 0x0001 Incompatible Revision This error will be displayed when the driver and exec have incompatible revision 0x0002 Limit of elements per screen exceeded This occurs when there are too many registers on the display to monitor 0x0004 Incorrect Map Size This occurs when an incompatible map is loaded into the unit The driver will not attempt to communicate with the PLC when this error occurs 0x0008 Invalid Checksum Received This error occurs when a message with an invalid checksum is received by the unit
216. dit PLC Com Setup The Ethernet Attributes dialog box will appear Enter the parameters shown below Click on the Add Edit button to open the Add PLC Details box Use the drop arrow to select a PLC and enter the parameters shown below f Click on the Add PLC Details button to add the desired PLC SELECT ACTION Ect Program OFF LINE Mnile to Panel Latari PLE Revco Number A Tsui Tmel 255 fao tenta of a second Pell Time 0 259 j lenthe of a secari IP dress 0 O 404 OG Sore back 755 755 CO Gateray Addiecs PLC Datals hain number ot PEs Bd Number ot PLC rected 0 PLEId PLC Type Add J Edit Step TI D as easy as Era i Shep Propi Thira nn EZ Panel m EDITOR EzTouch Progamming Solas veraio 3221 FeAumomation Phora Der easy BAHA paLa pal iai net Selected Acton Eili OFF LINE Write Later ENTER PAQJECT INFORMATION Frapi Location SP iogrea F levied ae Tene oh rowel 3 Browsen Project Mame reve project eat x liner Hereu Stat E cbling Seii Humba 1 Hary New Sorsan aki Faral Pare Family Sa e E Fawel Enhanced C EZTouch C EZTeouchPLE le amp eF Cw Cr Select adel aLL 8 Coler ADABU a rec PEELE ENN E A Com Sohn Help FLE id i x PLC Tppe Modbus TEP IF Adeline a q 1 a onirele Slot Loata bies sage Time Dut pooo ierk ofa second eu He che FLE Id i PLO Tipe Modu TCP
217. doesn t work make new project with new map file Error 103_3 Screen Number must be in the 1 999 range Reason You have entered an invalid Screen number Solution Enter a valid Screen number Ge Error S01_1 The EZPanel Enhanced Editor has detected that one or more static objects line arc circle pie static bitmap and static text are on top of dynamic objects Static objects cannot be on top of dynamic objects These static objects will be placed below the dynamic objects Reason If you have any static and dynamic objects on the same screen you need to make sure the dynamic objects are always on top or away from the static objects Panel refreshes only the dynamic objects once all the objects are drawn If for any reason a static object gets on top of a dynamic or brought to front with the right click menu option with dynamic object on top this message will appear Solution 1 The Editor will take care of this automatically It will sequence the objects in such a way that static objects are drawn below the dynamic objects 2 Other option is you can select the objects right click on the mouse and select Bring Forward Send Backward to rearrange them manually Error S01_2 EZPanel Enhanced Editor detected that one or more objects on screen number x are outside the 320x240 resolution Please move objects on this and all other screens within 320x240 limits BEFORE changing the panel You may use Show 320x240 Rectangle ic
218. downloaded from panel Solution Give a valid project file name that is not open in any application If you still face the problem close all your applications and run only one instance of EZPanel and try again Error M05_1 Unable to unload Error M05_2 Unable to load Reason There is a dll file in the directory that doesn t belong The program loader will report this error Solution Remove the specified file and reinstall the software Error M06_1 Nota panel Solution Connect a panel to the computer and try to communicate with the panel Error M06_2 File corrupted number of bytes in the screen is zero Error M06_3 Unable to rename the selected screen Error M06_4 Problems in project checksum Error M06_5 Invalid screen checksum r e c z D gt e e E gt Q y x pu ddy 2 Se X EE D O 25 lt lt o ANGED Editor Programming Software User Manual Solution You need to recreate the project If this problem persists please report it to technical support Error M06_6 There are no PLC dlls available in this execution directory Reason If you have moved all the PLC dlls from the directory where EZPanelEnhanced exe resides you will receive this error message Solution Reinstall the software Error M06_7 PLC DII file being used by this project is not found Reason APLC dll file has been moved or deleted from the program directory Solution Reinstall the sof
219. ds Passwords restrict a user from using objects such as push Buttons Numerical Entry etc Passwords can also be used with Change Screen buttons to restrict access to other screens Select from the following Group headings or enter your own GROUP Managers e Shift1 Operator Engineers e Shift 2 Operator Supervisors Shift 3 Operator Maintenance General O Q Q Ga Q ag NOTE Leading Zeroes are ignored in passwords In other words if you enter a password of 000455 the password will be 455 Editor Programming Software User Manual All touch objects allow you to select the security or Protection level of those that have access to that screen A numerical keypad will pop up when the touch object is pressed prompting the user to enter a password Select Password or Tag under the Password Tag heading If you select Tag the password value will be stored in the PLC If you select Password you will enter the password here Passwords are entered by the operator with a popup keypad PASSWORD A 1 10 digit number is assigned here that the user must enter to perform protected functions for a particular Group level A password is an internal value stored in the panel TAG Tag names are assigned to PLC registers that hold the passwords This allows you to change the codes by writing new code values in the assigned PLC registers It also gives you the ability to design a screen that allows a
220. dshake Tag Name z Handshake Time out 000 in milliseconds where the tag will notify a location that a numeric entry value has been received In the Handshake Tag Name field enter or select a tag name where the tag will return a value to the panel that will close the keypad thereby letting the operator know that the value was received and entered Enter a Handshake Time out time in milliseconds Enter a number between 1 and 65535 Protection see Button Object Visibility Details See Button Object OK Cancel Help Buttons Click on OK button to save your selections and exit the dialog box Click on Cancel button to exit the dialog box without saving your selections Click on Help button to go to the Help Topic for that dialog box Place Object on the screen and size it This is an example of a SIGNED DECIMAL Popup Keypad as it will display on your panel Screen If you enter an invalid value press the Clear CLR button and reenter To size the Numeric Entry object grab a handle and drag To move the object select it click and hold left mouse button and drag to where you want it to appear on the screen Recipe Object s Editor Programming Software User Manual The Recipe object allows you to write preset values of up to 20 Tags to the PLC to change the process Thus this feature can be used to download recipes to the PLC To put a Label on the Recipe object button perform
221. e File Name and Size of the Bitmap will be displayed If the Bitmap is too large you will be asked if you want to resize the image to fit the screen see message to the left b You may also click on Symbol Factory to gain access to a library of over 4 000 symbols for industrial automa tion including pumps pipes valves tanks mixers motors ducts electrical symbols flow meters material handling sensors PLCs transmitters and ISA symbols Once in Symbol Factory navigate to the symbol you want to import click on Copy and the symbol is auto matically imported into the object c The third option is to click on Copy from Clipboard This will copy a bitmap you have saved to the clipboard onto the current screen You can copy a bitmap saved or created in another program onto the system clipboard and then import it into the current screen SEM Editor Programming Software User Manual Visibility Details See Button Object Simulate Press Press the Simulate Press button to see how the Dynamic Bit map object will be displayed on the screen when pressed OK Cancel Help Buttons e Click on OK button to save your selections exit the dialog box and place the object on the screen Symbol Factory 3 D red button not pressed File Edit View Options Help Preview Symbols ASHRAE Ducts ASHRAE Piping For more information about the sear Factory see page 160 in this manual or better yet click on S
222. e Tag Name by clicking on the down arrow to display the list of Tags or type in the Tag Name in the entry field If the Tag Name is new the ADD NEW TAG DETAILS dialog box will appear where you will enter tag details The Tag Name will appear in the first field Enter an Address String appropriate for your type PLC ASCII STRING is the only choice Click on the OK button Select the Dynamic Text Characteristics 1 Select the Character Size from the available choices 2 Select the Color of the Text and Background and whether or not they will Blink 3 Choose the Justification of the Text that is displayed within the frame Choose both Horizontal Left Center or Right and Vertical Top Center or Bottom justification for the Text within the frame Visibility Details See Button Object OK Cancel Help Buttons e Click on OK button to save your selections and exit the dialog box e Click on Cancel button to exit the dialog box without saving your selections e Click on Help button to go to the Help Topic for that dialog box Place object on the screen and size it e To size the object grab a handle and drag it to the size you want To move the object select it click and hold left mouse button and drag to where you want it to appear on the screen Editor Programming Software User Manual Text Entry The Text Entry object when pressed on the panel brings up a character entry alphanumeric keypad This allows the operat
223. e an incompatible revision 0x0002 Limit of elements per screen exceeded This occurs when there are too many registers on the display to monitor 0x0004 Invalid Checksum This error occurs when a message with an invalid checksum is received by the unit The unit is receiving invalid data 0x0008 Protocol Error The driver has received a serial communications protocol error from the PLC The driver is unable to communicate with the PLC when this error occurs 0x0040 PLC Error Incorrect Map Size An incompatible map has been loaded into the unit The driver will not attempt to communicate with the PLC when this error occurs 0x0080 Invalid write to panel register nnn A write was attempted to the panel s internal register nnnn when that register is mapped to a read only location in the PLC 0x0100 PLC Communications Timeout The panel is unable to communicate with the PLC 0x0200 Invalid attributes using defaults The driver received attributes it could not use The default values for all PLC attributes will be used DirectNet Protocol except DL330 340 Direct Logic PLC Models DL05 D2 240 D2 250 D2 240 250 DCM D3 350 D3 350 DCM D4 430 D4 440 D4 450 DL405 Series all with DCM 0x0000 No Error 0x0001 Incompatible Revision This error will be displayed when the driver and exec have an incompatible revision 0x0002 Limit of elements per screen exceeded This occurs when there are too many registers on the display to
224. e around the button to be visible click on the box to deselect the box will be empty Select Digit Format This allows you to program characteristics of the current contrast setting that will display on the button The current setting will appear on the button above the UP and DOWN arrows Use the arrows to increment or decrement the setting Select the Size and Color of the characters Text and whether or not they will Blink and set the color of the button Background and whether or not it will Blink Protection See Button Object Visibility Details See Button Object OK Cancel Help Buttons Click on OK button to save your selections and exit the dialog box Click on Cancel button to exit the dialog box without saving your selections Click on Help button to go to the Help Topic for that dialog box Place Adjust Contrast Button on the screen and size it To size the button select it grab a handle and drag to the size you want To move the button select it click and hold left mouse button and drag to where you want it to appear on the screen ANGERD Editor Programming Software User Manual Change language to N Select Language The Select Language object allows the operator to change the Language by pressing a button on the panel Text that has been programmed for that language will convert to the language that the operator selects If an object s text has not been programmed for the language select
225. e functions on the menu to the left are accessible when you have one or more objects selected on a screen and click the right mouse button Some items may be grayed out not available depending upon the objects you have selected From this menu you can Edit an object Cut Copy or Paste an object Select All objects on current screen Bring selected object s to the Front of the screen Send selected object s to the Back of the screen Make selected objects the Same Size Height or Width you must select more than one object All selected objects will be sized to the first object you select Provides information about Overlapping Objects on the current screen and allows you to make changes Simulate the Next or Previous State of an object Pick and Apply Attributes Display Tag Name or Address on an object 0 et o Oo o The functions on the menu to the left are accessible when you right click the mouse button while in the Project Screens Explorer View window Right click while cursor is in the Project Screens Explorer View window Add a New Screen to your project Open an existing Screen Rename a Screen from your project Delete a Screen New Screen Open Screen Rename Screen Delete Screen Ants Editor Programming Software User Manual Symbol Factory Symbol Factory is a product we have included in our software for your use in creating screen graphics The Symbol Factory is a libr
226. e max node address entered in the PLC attributes To correct this problem either set max node address higher in the PLC attributes or set the PLC address in the map to a lower PLC address 0x1000 PLC address equals Panel address This will occur if a PLC address in a map string is the same as the panel address entered in the PLC attributes To correct this problem enter a valid PLC address in the map entry or set the Panel address to a unique node address 0x2000 Panel not being solicited This error occurs if the panel is on the network but is not being solicited with a connect message To correct this problem check the maximum node address setting in the PLC or Panel with highest address This error will not appear on the screen until 10 seconds after the panel is on the network Time out Errors The time out time specifies the amount of time the panel will wait for a reply to a message before triggering an error Each message sent to the PLC must be acknowledged by the PLC The acknowledgment must be received within a certain amount of time If an acknowledgment is not received the driver will retry the message After the message has been sent twice with no response the driver will report a time out If the panel is constantly displaying time out errors or communication errors the time out time or poll time may have to be increased Only the Panel is allowed to communicate with the SLC500 20 20 or 40 series PLCs These PLCs can only handle
227. e screen and size it e To size the Indicator button select it grab a handle and drag e To move the button select it click and hold left mouse button and drag it to where you want it to appear on the screen Simulate Press To Simulate Press double click the object to bring up the object dialog box You may have to drag the dialog box to one side to see the object on the programming screen Click on the Simulate Press button to see how the button object will display on the screen when pressed Rad io Buttons Object NOTE To edit the Address String with your cursor in the Tag Name field click on the right mouse button The EDIT TAG DETAILS screen will appear Editor Programming Software User Manual The Radio Button object has a maximum of 8 buttons however only one can be on at any given time When a button is pressed it releases any button that may be ON and becomes the active button Each button controls a bit and is assigned an area of the touchscreen Radio buttons can have from 2 to 8 buttons Please note that no more than 6 vertical buttons can be used for the regular 6 inch panels slim bezels with 192 16 x 12 touch cells can have up to 8 buttons lio S ii To put a Label on a Radio Button perform the following steps 1 2 3 4 5 Click on the box in front of Label Text Use the UP DOWN arrows after the Language box to select a language number See section on Language
228. e window to the right will appear allowing you EZ 21x to name the file and navigate saen GPoict HAA E to the directory and folder where you want to save it To Excel Click on the To Excel menu item to write the alarm from your current open project File name Pes i j Save as type FZ Touch Alam CSV Files csv M Cancel to a Microsoft Excel file z The EZPanel Enhanced Programming Software will open Microsoft Excel and write the alarms to an Excel book as shown below Click on File gt Save As in the Excel program and enter a name for the file Click on the Save button to save the file under the name you have entered Close Excel to return to EZPanel Enhanced Editor Programming Software ALARM STATE LOW UMIT HIGH LIMIT DISPLAY LOG PRINT LANG ALARM TEXT MOTOR RUNNING ON YES YES NO 1 The Motor is Running MOTOR STOPPED OFF YES YES NO The motor has stopped a h i X wer Ler ie aiei A D h D gt D O D NOTE The Message Database is used by the Lookup Text Object For information on how to use the Message Database in a Lookup Text Object see Chapter 4 Lookup Text page 79 Reference nies Editor Programming Software User Manual Message Database Here you may create up to 999 messages limited by available memory Each message may be up to 200 characters and you can choose various message attributes such as Character Size Text Color Background Color Blink f
229. ecimal DEFAULT or 0 15 for 16 Bit Address 0 31 tab To set the panel COMI for 32 Bit Address Octal DEFAULT or 0 17 for 16 Bit Addresses or 0 37 for 32 Bit Address A DEFAULT Message can be programmed that will display if NO bit is ON in the register address If you choose not to program a DEFAULT message an error message will E K RILE fobs ceils Embedding a Data Value Editor Programming Software User Manual 3 display on the panel if NO bit is ON If you don t want er ror messages to display you must deselect the Display Error Message option under the General tab b Under Limits select the Text Color and the Back ground Color and whether or not they will Blink c Select the Character Size from the available choices d Click on the box in front of Print this Message if you want the message to print when triggered See note to the left e Select the Language Number 1 9 f Enter the Message Text up to 200 characters for the message you are creating or edit the text of the Mes sage Number selected above g Press the F7 function key on your keyboard to embed a data value within the message See Step 4 below for more information on embedding a data value Click on the Add Edit Message button If you have selected to Display Messages based on Message Embedding Data Value Numeric E es Unsigned Decimal eading Spaces Number under the General tab the dialo
230. ect ACK Timeout x20 ms 50 NAK Retries 3 END Retries B Click on the OK button to save your selections You _ _ N FA EZ P will return to the Project Ean N 44 Panel Information screen Click o EDITOR on the OK button to begin oe a lt creating your EZPanel Enhanced Project Selected Action Edit OFF LINE Write Later EZT ouch Programming Software Version 3 2 21 EZAutomation Phone 1 877 774 EASY www ezautomation net SELECT ACTION r ENTER PROJECT INFORMATION ject Location Edit Program AN EE AN Po P E Y E OFF LINE write UL Wrogram i fes EZI elEni anced Allen Bradley MicroLogix DF1 Full Duplex X new project ezt AiimWare Heyisiar m Start Editing Screen PLC Editor Revision B gall e NE Number fi Name New Screen a BaudRate 19200 Select Panel l Panel Family Size Parity E 7 f iii gem le EZPanel Enhanced EZTouch EZTouchPLC Ce ee Cw Cas Stop bits One 7 Select Model IALL 8 Color 640x480 z DM Port a re PLC Type and finn Ea A RE PRAT PE Checksum Type Te Pr t Alen diey OgIx Hr ull Uupiex v u v View Edit PLC Com Setup Timeout Time 1 255 30 Think Do ____ ae tenths of a second Map fil Decre Poll Time 0 255 0 tenths of a second Ok Help Language Clear Ext ont eee U QO U D r Ke 5 xipueddy S Z D Q Q lt o
231. ect 9 69 Format 70 Label 69 Number of Wheels 70 Tag Name 69 Tile 194 Time Date 165 Time and Date 86 Title Bar 136 Toggle 46 47 52 57 124 toggle between horizontal vertical lines 159 Toggle Switch 9 56 Toolbar 150 Tool Bars 3 Easy Steps 141 Draw 140 Objects 138 Basic 138 Bitmap 139 System 139 Text 139 Panel 140 Project Screens Explorer View 141 Standard 137 tool bars SEM Editor Programming Software User Manual moving 142 top slot A 6 Touch cells 158 164 touch objects 48 To Excel 171 177 180 transfer 36 Transfer to Panel 147 transmission format C 24 transmission speed C 24 Transparent 124 transparent object 76 Tri State Switch 60 Tri State Switch Object 60 Label 60 Style 60 Tag Names 60 Text 61 Triggered Text Object 77 Format 78 Label 77 Language 77 Tag Name 78 Text On and Off 77 Trigger Screen Saver 188 Trigger Tag 82 Troubleshooting A 5 Tutorial 17 Tutorial Configure PLC 18 Tutorial Create a Project 19 U UL File E209355 ix unauthorized users 48 Undo 149 undo 9 Unsigned 44 Update PLC Driver 165 Upgrade Firmware 192 user defined 44 user defined frame types 45 User Memory 164 User Memory Flash 164 User Program 164 user program backup 9 V Value 97 132 Value Range Errors Vxx_x A 62 Vector based graphics 40 vertical axis Y 97 Vertical Center 149 VGA display 3 view custom screen magnifications 158 View Edit Attributes 191 View Edit PLC Com Setup
232. ect ezt Fitmwate Reyision PLC Edkoi Version B Start Editing Soen Baud Fale Theod Tna ia p m fes Number 1 Name New Screen gt terths ol 5 secon l Parity fo dd Pall Time 0 255 r Select Panel sicp Bits ns tetheofa second Panel Family Size EZPanelEnhanced EZTouch EZTouchPLC Bo PSs iB ge Defaut SNP ID sring Select Model ALL 8 Color 640x480 SNPX ID Stinga 3 PeTo GE Series 90 30 SNPX Fe 7 _ View Edit PLC Com Setup Think ntia ie apt le Qk Help Language Clear Exit m ree m m o u QQ N A amp A O N a U Q O D er Ke 5 xipueddy O a fal O 0 m o p 2O l A ANGS Editor Programming Software User Manual Mitsubishi PLC Communications Setup Melsec FX The following screens provide you with an example of how to set up a MFX PLC Communications Driver To set up the MFX PLC using MEDOC configuration software program the Communication Setup screen as shown to the right Open EZPanel Enhanced Editor Programming Software and configure Project Information screen as shown in the figure below After selecting the PLC Type and Protocol click on the View Edit PLC Com Setup The PLC Attributes Step 1 Project Intormation dialog box will appear Enter the i N parameters shown Click on the OK Ae iS BZ Panel i
233. ed BCD If the Value corresponding to the Tag Name is 10 Image Number 10 will be displayed within the Multi state Bitmap General Images Visibility Details m T Label Text Language 14 Character Size 5 uf Label Text MULT STATE BMP Position Color Text 7 Background z W Display Frame Tag Name x m Images Display images based on Bits are represented in e Bit Number C Image Number Decimal System Octal System Selecting Bit Number would display the images based on whichever bit is ON in the specified PLC Address Background Non programmed bitmap action on panel Color z Display an error message Display a blank bitmap Transparent Display the last displayed bitmap Ignore the new value Simulate Press Cancel Help Multi state Bitmap image frame Keep in mind that the number of images that you can program are limited by available memory To put a Label on the Multi state Bitmap object perform the following steps 1 Click on the box in front of Label Text 2 Use the UP DOWN arrows after the Language box to select a language number See section on Language page 180 Select Character Size from the available choices Enter Label Text up to 40 characters Select the Position of the label whether you want it to appear at the Top or the Bottom of the object frame 6 Select the Text and Background Color Click on the down arrow to view the color p
234. ed it will default to Language 1 Select Language General Protection Visiblty Details mT Label Text Language EE Character Size 688 Label Text SELECT LANGUAGE Text 7 Background z eT op Position Color ee B ottom IV Display Frame r Select Language fi Language 1 Text Language Back Ground Blink m Text Color Language 4 Character Size 6x8 7 Ten l Blink Cancel To put a Label on the Select Language object perform the following steps 1 Click on the box in front of Label Text if you want a label for your object 2 Use the UP DOWN arrows after the Language box to select a language number See Language section page 180 Select Character Size from the available choices Enter Label Text up to 40 characters Select the Position of the label whether you want it to appear at the Top or the Bottom of the object frame 6 Select the Text and Background Color Click on the down arrow to view the color palette 7 Display Frame is selected by default If you do not want the frame around the button to be visible click on the box to deselect the box will be empty ol i Select Language that you want to switch to Languages are named under Setup gt Project Attributes gt Lan guage tab Enter Text for the button object Choose the Language Character Size Color of Text and Back ground and whether or not you want to enable the
235. ed EZPanel Enhanced and its existing program You can eliminate a step or two and save time by transferring these changes directly to the current opened screen Now you can see the effect of the screen design changes you have made immediately eliminating the traditional edit compile download cycle Simply click on Save Screen or Save Project and all changes on the current opened screen will immediately be saved in the EZPanel Enhanced Most users will employ both methods at one time or another but whether working off line or on line you will certainly appreciate the versatility and accessibility provided by EZPanel Enhanced and its easy to use programming software The next section takes you through the steps necessary to create a project and transfer it to EZPanel Enhanced EZPanel Enhanced Editor Programming Software simplifies this process by using Windows based architecture and lots of popup and pull down selections that guide you through the process to quickly build your screens and get you up and running in no time at all We recommend you go through the tutorial beginning on page 17 of this manual You ll see how easy it is to get up and running setup Your Project rojec Information 2 Design Your Screens 3 vite Your Program SELECT ACTION Edit Program OFF LINE Write to Panel Later Edit Program OFF LINE rite to Panel Later NOTE If you change your mind and click on an
236. ed Project Read Program Stat Ediing Scieen Select Parel Pard Fany gt See ir k EZParelEnhanced C EZTouch C EZTouchPLe Ce f 3 Cio CaF Select Model ALL S Col 640030 O S Elheme y COM Port jum Bort and apye CCLre eva v Viewed PLL Lem setup Think Do PAA Mitsubishi CCLink Attributes PLC Revision Number Number of Stations to use 4 Data Clear Hold Hold Cancel Help Zz Hep Language Clear Egil U m O U D Ke 5 x ipu ddy S 5 D Q Q lt oR v O l a EZ Panel Siemens S7_ 200 Protocol CNHANCGED Editor Programming Software User Manual The following screens provide you with an example of how to set up a Siemens S7_200 Protocol To set up the Siemens S7_200 PLC using Step 7 configuration software program the Channel Configuration screen Open EZPanel Enhanced Editor Programming Software Step 1 Project Information SSE and configure Project wea Po N YA ET TI Information as shown in the Step gt figure below After selecting the PLC Type and Protocol click on the View Edit PLC Com Setup The PLC Attributes dialog box will appear Enter the parameters shown Click on the OK button to save your selections You will return to the Project Information screen Click on the OK button to begin creating your J EZPanel Enhanced Project Ere P comi x
237. eens provide you with an example of how to set up a Computer Link Protocol To set up the Idec PLC Computer Link using Idec Window Loader configuration software program the Channel Configuration screen Open EZPanel Enhanced Editor Programming Software and configure Project Information as shown in the figure below After selecting the PLC Type and Protocol click on the View gt wi Ba EZ Panel Edit PLC Com Setup The PLC f Step J h c Attributes dialog box will appear f A g Le EDITOR Enter the parameters shown H s as easy as 1 2 3 A Click on the OK button to save eae automalon Phone 877 774ASY your selections You will return Selected Action Edit OFF LINE Write Later www ezautomation net i 2 SELECT ACTION MENTER PROJECT INFORMATION to the Project Information ae Project Location it Program AD Ete ee Dancifohonne ENTERT screen Click on the OK button OFF LE ws gt Browse i jojact Name to begin creating your EZPanel a m Enhanced Project Read Program Start Editing Screen from Panel and N Edit OFF LINE umber 1 z Name New Scieen z Select Panel Panel Family Size Ea nogan EZPanel Enhanced EZTouch C EZTouchPLC Ce er Car C1 IDEC Computer Link Attributes Select Madel ALL 8 Color640x480 0000 Se B yng and TOE Computer Link Hev v View Edk PLC Com Setup Jri mae Ma o Default Station Number o A Ok Help
238. elected Tag The Object Type Tag Type in Object and the Screen Name of where the Object appears is listed in the window To view specifics for each Tag go to the Tag Name field click on the DOWN arrow and select one from the drop down list Axi Editor Programming Software User Manual Tag Database Tag Cross Reference Read Evtags SS cor oe Import Tags gt ToExcel Alarm Database Export Alarms gt Message Database Export Messages gt Project Attributes Project Description Select PLC Upgrade Firmware A status window will appear letting you know the progress of the Exporting Tags process Leacing Excel Loaded Loading Excel Writing Tagle to excel 9 9 E Export Tags Click on the Export Tags menu item to write the tags from your current open project to an Excel file or a CSV file Comma delimited The CSV Comma delimited or Comma separated values file format saves only the text and values as they are displayed in cells of the Tag Database All rows and all characters in each cell are saved Columns of data are separated by commas and each row of data ends in a carriage return If a cell contains a comma the cell contents are enclosed in double quotation marks A D h D ae D O D Example of what a CSV file looks like opened in Notepad NUMERIC ENTRY BCD_INT_16 V02002 NUMERIC DISPLAY BCD_INT_16 V02003 BUTTON OBJECT DISCRETE C0000 INDICATOR
239. elimited file that resides in any Think n Do project The EZPanel Enhanced Editor is set up to pull tag names from your Think n Do project This frees the user from having to remember these tag names The map file will load into the projects Tag Database Tag Database Log View will open if there are problems You may correct any problems from within the Think N Do map file or the Tag Database If you are using an EZPanel Enhanced unit with an Option Card installed the Model Part Numbers for your unit have a C D E H M P T or U on the end to designate C for Mitsubishi CC Link D for Generic DeviceNet I O E for Generic Ethernet I P H for Allen Bradley Data Highway Plus Remote I O M for Modicon Modbus Plus P for Siemens Profibus T for Modicon Modbus TCP IP U for Universal Ethernet Ethernet IP DF1 over Ethernet Modbus TCP IP and GE SRTP These option card designation letters do not appear on all model types where an option card is available when you are selecting your Panel Type on the Project Information screen Just click on the model part number without the C D E H M P T or U on the end that matches your panel size In other words the program loader doesn t see any differences in panel type between an EZ S8C FH with A B DH option card installed and an EZ S8C F so you will select ALL 8 Color 640x480 Any differences between the units are configured when you
240. en How do switch screens g P from a PLC How to Switch Screens from a PLC r 1 Create a project or open an existing project that contains multiple screens 2 From the Main Menu Bar select Setup gt Project Attributes and click on the PLC to Panel tab 3 For the item labeled Switch to Screen Number enter a tag for this item Note Must be a word type tag and the data type for this tag should be unsigned decimal or BCD 4 Save the project and then write the project to your Panel 5 When communications between the PLC and the Panel are established the PLC can control the screen that will be displayed on the Panel a p r ASD Editor Programming Software User Manual V O Q Q C Q x a In the PLC write a value to the register that was assigned to the Switch to Screen Number tag The value should correspond to the screen number you wish to display Note this attribute is value oriented not bit oriented b If a value is written that does not correspond to a valid screen number the displayed screen will not change or give any indication that the value was invalid c Writing a value of zero to the Switch to Screen Number tag will change the screen displayed on the panel to the previously displayed screen d Writing the same value to the Switch to Screen Number tag will be ignored For Example Assume the PLC wrote a 5 to the Switch to Screen Number ta
241. en number 36 Screen Saver 108 Search 195 security 184 191 Seimens S7 C 30 Seimens Step 7 Programming Software C 30 Selector Switch 9 56 SELECT ACTION 33 Select All 149 Select Current Language 188 Select Language Object 111 Label 111 select the language 111 Text 111 Select Node 34 Select PLC 191 SELV Circuits ix separated by commas 171 177 serial port 3 Setup exe 12 Setup Menu 167 Set Limit 89 Set Off 46 47 52 57 124 Set On 46 47 52 57 124 Set Panel Time 165 Set Point 100 set points 63 Set Point SP 99 Show 320x240 Rectangle 158 Show Ticks 88 93 Show Touch Cells 158 Siemens 3964R Protocol C 30 Siemens S7 MPI Adaptor C 30 Signed 44 Signed Unsigned 44 Simulate Next State 153 Simulate Press 48 Simulate Previous State 153 size a Bitmap Static Bitmap 160 Sizing a Bitmap in Symbol Factory 162 sizing bitmaps Dynamic Bitmap 121 Static Bitmap 162 SLC 5 03 5 04 and 5 05 DF1 Full Duplex C 6 SLC 5 03 5 04 and 5 05 DF1 Half Duplex C 7 SLC 500 5 01 5 02 and 5 03 DH485 AIC C 8 Slide Switch 9 56 Snap to Grid 156 Software 3 Sort by Address Tag Database 170 Sort by Data Type Tag Database 170 Sort by Tag Name Tag Database 170 sort the Tag Database 169 Special characters 116 Standard Tool Bar 137 Start Editing Screen 33 36 state 44 Static Bitmap 160 162 Static Text Object 76 General tab 76 Language 76 Station Number 22 47 168 Status Bar 140 NGD Editor Programming Software User Manual Step 1 19 Step 1 P
242. ent The option card thinks that the length as entered in the attributes of the Program Loader of the INPUT is invalid Error 29 INCORR_IN_DPRAM_LENGTH Screen Message INCORRECT IN DPRAM LENGTH Condition The option card responded to a Generic Init mailbox message that the driver sent The option card thinks that the length of the INPUT DPRAM is invalid this length is calculated from the length of the INPUT as entered in the attributes of the Program Loader Error 30 INCORR_IN_TOTAL_LENGTH Screen Message INCORRECT IN TOTAL LENGTH e c z D gt e e E gt Q y x pu ddy 2 lt 3 X co O O Q 5 Q 5 lt o MNGEM Editor Programming Software User Manual Condition The option card responded to a Generic Init mailbox message that the driver sent The option card thinks that the length of the INPUT total length is invalid this length is calculated from the length of the INPUT as entered in the attributes of the Program Loader Error 31 INCORR_OUT_IO_LENGTH Screen Message INCORRECT OUT I O LENGTH Condition The option card responded to a Generic Init mailbox message that the driver sent The option card thinks that the length as entered in the attributes of the Program Loader of the OUTPUT is invalid Error 32 INCORR_OUT_DPRAM_LENGTH Screen Message INCORRECT OUT DPRAM LENGTH Condition The option card responded to a Generic Init mailbox message that the driver sen
243. eout Long Software VersaPro configuration Turnaround Deloy mSec in 10 mSec h 0 software program the Port 1 and Port 2 as shown to the right annie BWR File Edit Parameter View Tools Window Help olk Ese Sie Slee Ie ela FA ei Settings Scan Port 1 RS 232 Porte RS 485 Memory Power Consumption Parameters Values Fort Mode SNP Port Type Open EZPanel Enhanced Editor Programming Software and configure Project Information screen as shown Slave i Data Rate bos 19200 in the figure below manae pesi oad Stop Bits 1 Timeout Long After selecting the PLC Type and Turnaround Delay mSec in 10 mSecl 0 Protocol click on the View Edit PLC Saale l Converter Power Consumption Amps 0 Com Setup The PLC Attributes dialog box will appear Enter the parameters shown Click on Step 1 Project Information he OK b Oa the utton to save your y p N EZ Panel selections You will return Step l N x to the Project Information a EDITOR screen Click on the OK button to begin creating your EZPanel Enhanced Project E s as easy as 1 2 3 EZTouch Programming Software Version 3 2 21 EZAutomation Phone 1 877 774 EASY Selected Action Edit OFF LINE Write Later www ezautomation net E ACTION MENTER PROJECT INFORMATION Project Location C Program Files EZPaneE nhanced Project Project Name GE 902730 90 70 SNP X Browse p new proj
244. er If there are any errors a warning triangle will be present on the Generic EtherNet IP module in the I O Configu MainRoutine ration listing Double click the Unscheduled Progr ans Motion Groups module to view any error that is ne reported The warning triangle will a eh appear here QQ strings 33 strains dn as Jld 5 xipueddy Error will be shown here the configuration The configuration will now be downloaded to the PLC and if no errors are detected the window will look as follows 13 Return to EZPanel Enhanced EditorProgramming Software and begin creating your EZPanel Enhanced project S 2 D Q Q lt ok E a O l ou General Electric GE PLC Communications Setup GE 90 30 90 70 SNPX The following screens provide you with an example of how to set up a GE 90 30 PLC with SNPX Protocol To set up the PLC using Logic Master configuration software program the PLC Communications Serial Port Setup screen as shown to the right Open EZPanel Enhanced Editor Programming Software and configure Project Information screen as shown in the figure below After selecting the PLC Type and Protocol click on the View Edit PLC Com Setup The PLC Attributes dialog box will appear Enter the parameters shown Click on the OK button to save your selections You will return to the Project Information screen Click on the OK button to begin creating your EZPanel E
245. ers Select the Position of the label whether you want it to appear at the Top or the Bottom of the object frame Select the Text and Background Color Click on the down arrow to view the color palette Display Frame is selected by default If you do not want the frame around the object to be visible click on the box to deselect the box will be empty To Choose an Indicator Light Style perform the following steps P 2 Under Select Style click on the style you prefer for the indicator light object you are creating Your choice will appear under Selected Style Enter a Tag Name k 2 Enter a Tag Name or click on the down arrow and select the Tag Name that you want the Indicator Light to monitor If the Tag Name is new the Add New Tag Details dialog box will appear where you will enter tag details The Tag Name will appear in the first field Enter an Address String appropriate for your type PLC Click on the OK button a SD Editor Programming Software User Manual Enter On Off Text Here you will enter the Text that will appear within the object and control how that text will appear 1 Select the Language number 1 9 for the On Off Text 2 Type in what you want to appear within the Indicator Light object for the On Text and for the Off Text i e you might want to place the words STOPPED and RUNNING inside the Indicator light instead of Off and On Select Character Size from the available c
246. est acdress 63 then click on the Network Transmission rate 187 5 kbit s Settings tab Subnet not networked New Set the Transmission Rate to O o 187 5 kbit s O a x Oo 0 co 2O l q A Properties MPI X OK Genera Network Settings Highest MPI addiess 63 Transmission Rate 19 2 kbts a 7 5 kbit s Cancel Help NEM Editor Programming Software User Manual Open EZPanel Enhanced Editor Programming Software and configure Project Information as shown in the following figure After selecting the PLC Type and Protocol click on the View Edit PLC Com Setup The PLC d q EZ Panel it s as easy as 1 2 3 D EZT ouch Programming Software Version 3 2 21 EZAutomation Phone 1 877 774 EASY Selected Action Edit OFF LINE Write Later www ezautomation net SELECT ACTION ENTER PROJECT INFORMATION E Project Location OFFLINE Tike C Program Fides EZPanelE nhanced Project to Panel Later Project Name new project ezt Firmware Hevisior Read Program Start Editing Screen a rae Number fi 7 Name New Screen Select Panel r Panel Family Size dit ONLINE G EzPanelEnhanced EZTouch EZTouhPic Ce Ce Ci Cis Select Model ALL 8 Color 640x480 x j Ethemet COM Pot c PL pe a aE View ET Think n Do am Man file Bowe ok Help Language Clear Ex i i F Siemens 7 300 Attributes Attributes
247. eter click on box in front of Show Ticks to enable 2 Next select the Number of Major Divisions and the Number of Sub Minor Divisions to display maximum for each is 20 3 Click on the down arrow next to Color to view the color palette for the Tick marks Place the cursor over a color and click to select 4 lf you want to show numbers indicating the value of a particular Tick mark click on the box behind Show Tick Numbers 5 If you have selected a Floating Point Tag you may enable the Precision for Floating Point object This will allow X NOTE When entering Geneial Asm DigiaiDispisy Scag Visibiiy Detait limits the ranges cannot anri ae aip a es are overlap be entered in i format 0 NOTE These visual alarm settings are only for display on the meter and are not F High High time related to actual alarms in Breer ee the alarm database Clockwise you to display the value of a tick mark on the meter with up to 5 decimal points 6 Select the Minimum and Maximum Range of the values represented in the meter display Ranges should be en Editor Programming Software User Manual tered in decimal only 7 Select the Color of the Background and the Color of the Needle from the available choices Click on the Alarms Tab to set the Visual Alarm parameters The Visual Alarm Settings provide a color band on the arc rep resenting various limit parameters set by the programme
248. etup cc cccsscccccccssseseeeceanssseeeeeseaeeseeeeessauaseeesseaneseeessnaas C 3 MicroLogix DFT FUND esis cc irtateneccaavegitei di ta naga eee acco E E EA C 3 MicroLogix DFT Half DUDEK ssiri a EEEa C 4 MicroLogix a 2 sio G rassines tere eee eee ere een ere eee eee eee ae C 5 SLC 5 03 5 04 and 5 05 DF1 Full DUpIOX 0 ce ccceeseeeceeeeeceseceeeeeeeeeseceeeeenseeeeeneeeneeeesaneees C 6 SLC 5 03 5 04 and 5 05 DF1 Half Duplex cececsecccseseccnseecenececnseeceueeeceuseteuseeneueeeceuses C 7 SLC 300 5 01 5 02 and 5 03 D485 AlC a ercc ccs cscortcasaceccdanenedcacdunned lt nsciendeesunsdedennrttdandinicasadoresdexenedes C 8 PEC DF T E E E A eee C 9 Data NCI A FA eeepc atric etter ventana E E EE EARE C 10 PM cess esc cers A E E sede tcc onaetasesecee cea ncencconten C 12 Generic DeviceNet I O Communications Setup cccccccessseceeeesececeaeseceesaeeeeesaeseesseeeeessaaaeeess C 14 DirectLogic PLC Communications Setup scicerdicntsastecsresscexectanddaveamnearnad lt tbancedteaseamnnshetiecsaedinndaveabeints C 16 Generic EtherNet IP Communications Setup ccccceecceceseseeeeseeececeeeeeceeseeeeesaeeeeeseeeeeesaeeeess C 17 General Electric GE PLC Communications Setup cccccccssssseeeeseeessseeeessaneseeeeesanesseeeeessanes C 20 GE 903090 70 SNPX aasia aosan eiea A E A RN EES C 20 CGE VERSAN A ceea gees ocaceeesedartieudesdaad occu EE E C 21 Mitsubishi PLC Communications Setup Mitsubishi CC Lin
249. etup C 3 Allen Bradley C 3 Data Highway Plus C 10 MicroLogix DF1 Full Duplex C 3 C 35 C 36 C 37 C 38 C 39 C 40 C 41 C 42 C 43 MicroLogix DF1 Half Duplex C 4 MicroLogix DH485 AIC C 5 PLC5 DF1 C 9 Remote I O C 12 SLC 5 03 5 04 and 5 05 DF 1 Full Duplex C 6 SLC 5 03 5 04 and 5 05 DF1 Half Duplex C 7 SLC 500 5 01 5 02 and 5 03 DH485 AIC C 8 DirectLogic C 16 K Sequence DirectNet and Koyo Modbus C 16 General Electric GE C 20 GE 90 30 90 70 SNPX C 20 GE Versamax PLC C 21 Generic DeviceNet I O C 14 Generic Ethernet IP Network C 17 Generic Profibus DP C 26 Mitsubishi C 22 Melsec FX C 22 MODBUS C 23 Modbus RTU C 23 OMRON C200 and C500 C 24 OMRON Host Link C 24 Seimens S7 MPI Adaptor C 30 WinPLC Communications Setup C 32 PLC Communication TIMEOUT A 11 PLC Com Port settings 20 PLC Conversion Errors Pxx_x A 63 PLC Driver Error Messages A 15 PLC ERROR A 9 PLC Error A 8 PLC Error Discrete A 8 PLC error code value A 7 PLC ERROR CODE VALUEs A 13 PLC Error Messages log and display A 7 PLC to Panel 187 PLC Type and Protocol 20 plots 95 Point 1 64 75 Point 2 75 90 94 Popup Keypad 40 65 186 popup keypad 28 29 popup thumbwheel 69 Power Up Screen 181 Power Supply A 5 Precision for Floating 98 Precision for Floating Point entry 93 predefined programming objects 45 preprogrammed messages 79 Present Value 100 preset values 66 Preventative Maintenance ix Print 148 Printer 9 Project Attributes 182 sending ASCII commands to 118
250. f the screen window The menu shown to the left will appear Click on Snap to Grid 3 From the Main Menu Bar click on Screen gt Grid Size A dialog box will appear Click on the box in front of Snap to Grid You can also activate this feature from the Grid Size dialog box described on the previous page Acheck mark will appear to show you that itis enabled Click on it again to disable snap feature Description Screen Click on this menu item to view enter or edit a description of the current screen You may enter up to 400 characters When you print this screen the description you have entered here will appear on the printed page beneath the picture of the screen Screen Description Type in your screen description here Screen Background Color fee Nae eee pa ae This feature allows you to change the color of your Screen Background Click on the down arrow to view the color palette Move the pointer over the color swatches to view the color of the background on your current screen Click on the color you want to select Select Screen Background Coler w CE ono fe Een S808 TLL EEEE minin ai iE i minim SE i i imiia ai minini m DSESO8OC a a E mi El a E E BEEBE ESE ee E EERE ES BREE EE Seeeen OOUOUSS EENETI LEE A D h D e D O D o See Q Ga Q ag SELM Editor Programming Software User Manual Show Touch Cells Click on Show T
251. f this tutorial The following is a project tutorial You ve already configured your PLC to The mode switch of all DirectLogic PLCs must be in TERM position in order for the EZPanel Enhanced to communicate with the PLC Also if itis necessary for the Ladder Logic of the PLC to be protected by a Password a multi level password must used Please refer to your PLC user manual to see if your PLC supports this feature 31 Editor Programming Software User Manual Tutorial Create a Project Step 1 Click here to begin Enter project name here work with the EZPanel Enhanced project you will be creating in this section Now we ll take you through the process of creating a new project placing objects on the screen and transferring a project to EZPanel Enhanced This should help familiarize you with the EZPanel Enhanced Editor Programming Software environment Let s assume you have the programming software installed on your PC if you don t go back to page 12 and install now Connect EZPanel Enhanced to your PC using the P N EZP PGMCBL cable Connect EZPanel Enhanced to your PLC using the appropriate panel to PLC cable In Step 1 Project Information you will be setting up your project by entering project information 1 From the Project Information screen click on the Edit Program OFF LINE Write to Panel Later button c r e z 2 Under Project Name type in Demo Project 1 Press Enter The pri
252. for Message Database setup This is a local attribute for each Lookup Text object So the same message in one Lookup text object can be left justified within the frame while in another Lookup Text object it can be right justified 1 Select the Horizontal and Vertical Justification for the text as it will appear within the frame when displayed on the panel 2 To create a message click on the Message Database button Visibility Details See Button Object OK Cancel Help Buttons e Click on OK button to save your selections and exit the dialog box Click on Cancel button to exit the dialog box without saving your selections Click on Help button to go to the Help Topic for that dialog box Place Lookup Text object on the screen and size it e To size it grab a handle and drag To move the button select it click and hold left mouse button and drag Message Database The Message Database stores programmed messages that can be accessed by the Lookup Text object Create messages in the database dialog box to be used by the Lookup Text object Up to 999 messages limited by available memory may be stored in the database Each message may be up to 200 characters and you can choose various message attributes such as Character Size Text Color Background Color Blink and Language Use the scroll bar to view more messages To add a new message or edit an existing message click on Add Edit button then click in the Message Text f
253. g Software User Manual Upgrade Firmware A D h D am D O D 3 Select the appropriate COM port under Ethernet Com Port and click on the OK button to begin the upgrade A status bar will let you know when the upgrade is complete Upgrading Firmware Check File Revision number against Panel Revision number The dialog box will show the File Revision number of the firmware and the Panel Revision of the Firmware Check these revision numbers If they are the same no upgrade is needed you may click on the Cancel button to exit Click on the Continue button to upgrade the firmware If the file you have selected is not the right one click on the Select a different file button V O Q Q C Q x SELD Editor Programming Software User Manual Cascade Iie v 1 new project ezt 1 Panel Control Screen 2 new project ezt 2 Screen 2 Window Menu Cascade Click here to view open screen files in the window Screens will cascade down window overlapping each other but with their title bars in view This is helpful when you are making changes to two or more screens at the same time Click on the title bar of one of the screens to bring it to the front The title bar is grayed out in screens that are not currently active Tile Click here to view open screen files in the window Screens will be arranged within the window This is helpful if you want to copy or cut and paste objects o
254. g and the Panel is displaying screen 5 If the panel screen is changed using a Change Screen Object to change to screen 6 writing a 5 to the Switch to Screen Number tag a second time will be ignored The panel will not respond until it sees a new value in the Switch to Screen Number tag Beeper On Off Discrete This tag can by written to by the PLC to turn on the panel beeper This will allow the PLC to turn on the panel beeper at anytime Beeper is activated by PLC and not by a press to a touch cell Increase Clock by 1 hour Discrete This allows the PLC to increment the panel system clock by 1 hour Decrease Clock by 1 hour Discrete This allows the PLC to decrement the system clock by 1 hour Clear Alarm History Discrete This allows the PLC to clear the panel alarm history Clear Alarm Count Discrete This allows the PLC to clear the panel alarm count Trigger Screen Saver Discrete This allows the PLC to trigger the panel screen saver Select Current Language word This allows the PLC to select the current language 1 9 im SEM Editor Programming Software User Manual Under the Language tab you will assign the following attributes Project Attributes ys General Printer Passwords Clock Panel to PLC PLC to Panel Language Alarm Protection S Enter Language Name System D Lengo ge o Language 2 Languae2 Engish Language 3 flanguage3 Enish Language 4 4
255. g box shown to the left will appear a Entera Message Number consistent with the Data Type selected Signed Unsigned BCD b Under Limits select the Text Color and the Back ground Color and whether or not they will Blink c Select the Character Size from the available choices d Click on the box in front of Print this Message if you AING Editor Programming Software User Manual Message Tex Language f 4 Press F7 to embad a data vanable Embedded Data Ydue 1x 000 015 Embedded Data Vaue 3 lt STRING Embedded Data Value 4 lt PRINT gt Embedded data values are represented as shown above in the message where they are programmed They will be replaced with the actual value when displayed in the message on the panel Up to 4 embedded data values may be programmed in each message NOTE Consult your print er manual for appropri ate printer ASCH character commands want the message to print when triggered e Select the Language Number 1 9 f Enter the Message Text up to 200 characters for the message you are creating or edit the text of the Mes sage Number selected above g Press the F7 function key on your keyboard to embed a data value within the message See next step to embed a data value The following dialog box will appear when you press F7 to embed a data value within a message Special characters in the message determine where the embedded data from the register
256. g page All of the objects in this menu have user defined frame types line and fill colors and text To configure an object click on the object icon on the object tool bars or on the object name in the menu drop down list with your mouse Basic Objects Tool Bar Icon Text Objects Tool Bar Icon e O Buttons e J Indicator Buttons A AAE TE p Radio Buttons MJETE IEK E swi A Lookup Text m witches i 7 3 Dynamic Text e T Step Switch FRI Tri State Switch raf Text Entry Numeric Entry System Objects Tool Bar Icon s Recipe 5 Thumbwheel de Adjust Contrast e Increment Decrement Indicator Lights Hour Numeric Display Ej Activate Screen Saver Analog Clock H Select Language Digital Clock Meter Bitmap Objects Tool Bar Icon ae Bar Graph Dynamic Bitmap Line Graph E Bitmap Button PID Face Place E Multi state Bitmap Change Screen Alarm History Multi state Indicator Increment Decrement Value Report e El View File DR aag EAFA Aging ia ED Editor Programming Software User Manual O Pressing a Button object allows you to WRITE to a Tag It can be dis played in a variety of colors sizes and shapes and has a simulation op N tion allowing you to see how it will look when pressed You may select from 5 types of button states Momentary ON Momentary OFF Set ON Set OFF and TOGGLE General Protection Visibilty Details WY La
257. ge Number 1 9 for the Text that will appear within the button 4 Type in the Text that you wish to appear within the button SELD Editor Programming Software User Manual 5 Select Character Size from the available choices 6 Select the Color of the Text and the Background inside the button from the available choices 7 Click in the box under Blink if you want the Text or Back ground to blink Protection See Button Object Visibility Details See Button Object OK Cancel Help Buttons e Click on OK button to save your selections and exit the dialog box e Click on Cancel button to exit the dialog box without saving your selections e Click on Help button to go to the Help Topic for that dialog box 1 Editor Programming Software User Manual Alarm History Object 4 Alarm History Object Press to view Alarm History OTE The steps necessary to program your EZPanel En hanced to monitor the PLC for errors and trigger an alarm are provided in Appendix A Troubleshooting How do I Log and Display a PLC Error Message OTE An active alarm will be displayed across the bot tom of the panel screen To see a history use the Alarm History object The Alarm History Object allows you to configure a button that when pressed will provide the Alarm Count or Alarm History Alarm Details are accessed through the Alarm History object Alarms are set up in the Alarm Da
258. grid shown c Save the project d Open the project again selecting the new panel size on the Project Information box 5 Can luse the Power Up Screen selection under the Project Attributes gt General menu and also use the Switch to Screen Number under Project Attributes gt PLC to Panel Not exactly because before the panel can actually display the Power Up Screen it reads from the PLC and displays the Switch to Screen Number 6 Can place objects anywhere on the screen Yes with EZPanel Enhanced Editor Programming Software you can place Objects anywhere on the screen but with EZPanel Enhanced Editor Software Touch Objects like Push Buttons Switches Numeric Entry etc will always snap to touch cells 7 What is a touchcell A touchcell is the physical area on the panel that defines user selection by touching A Touch Object can contain more than one touchcell but cannot contain less than one touchcell On most panels the size of a touchcell is 40 x 40 pixels However since the screen size differs the physical size of 40 pixels does as well On the 6 inch panels 40 pixels 0 57 On the 8 inch panel 40 pixels 0 52 On the 10 inch panel 40 pixels 0 41 On the 15 inch panel 40 pixels 738 On panel Model P N s EZ S6M R or EZ S6M RS the size of a touchcell is 20 x 20 pixels 8 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 NOED Editor Programming Software User Manual Can l use the floati
259. he Project file has become corrupted Solution If you get this error you will have to recreate this project Error J11_12 Select Palette failed in Paint DOB Reason Resource not available in the system to draw the bitmap Solution Close other applications and try to insert the bitmap If it still does not work restart the system NOED Editor Programming Software User Manual Miscellaneous Error J12_1 This field cannot be empty Solution Your cursor will be located in the data entry field that requires data entry Enter an appropriate value mmunication Error XX_X Port Related Errors Error C01_1 Unable to open communication port Solution Select another COM port Error C01_2 Communications port not found Reason No valid communication port is found on the computer Solution At least one valid serial communication port should be available for communication between the panel and PC Error C01_3 Communications port is being used by some other application Access denied Solution Close the other application and try to communicate from panel or if you have an extra serial port connect the cable to that port and select that extra port for communication from panel Write to Panel Related Errors Error C02_1 Selected panel does not match connected panel Write to panel is aborted Reason When writing to the panel if the panel type selected on the screen Step 1 Project Information does not match the panel that
260. hell male connector to 9 pin D shell connector EZP OMRON CBL 10 RS232C shielded cable to connect any EZPanel Enhanced to Omron C200 or C500 with Hostlink protocol 15 pin D shell male connector to 25 pin D shell male connector EZP ARCOL CBL 10 RS232C shielded cable to connect any EZPanel Enhanced to Aromat PLC 15 pin D Shell male connector to 5 pin mini DIN male connector EZP CTRLUNI CBL 10 RS422 shielded cable to connect any EZPanel Enhanced to Control Techniques Unidrive 4 wire 15 pin D Shell male connector to 9 pin D shell female connector E 10 RS485 shielded cable to connect any EZPanel Enhanced to Control Techniques Bee OMe Unidrive 2 wire 15 pin D Shell male connector to 9 pin D shell female connector EZP CTCBI CBL 10 RS232 shielded cable to connect any EZPanel Enhanced to Control Technology Corportation CTC 15 pin D Shell male connector to RJ12 EZP IDECM CBL 10 RS485 shielded cable to connect any EZPanel Enhanced to IDEC Micro 3 PLC 15 pin D Shell male connector to 8 pin Mini DIN connector 10 RS485 shielded cable to connect any EZPanel Enhanced to Modicon Uni Telway EZP MODUNI CBL Telemecanique TSX 37 Micro PLC 15 pin D Shell male connector to 8 pin mini DIN connector 10 RS232C shielded cable to connect any EZPanel Enhanced to Modicon Modbus Ber MODRT GEL RTU 15 pin D Shell male connector to 9 pin D shell male connector 10 RS485 shielded cable to connect any EZPanel Enhanced to Siemens S7 200 PLC EZP S720
261. hoices Select the Color of the Text and the Color of the Background If you want the Text or the Background to Blink click on the box below Blink to place a check mark indicating that the option is enabled Org Visibility Details See Button Object OK Cancel Help Buttons e Click on OK button to save your selections and exit the dialog box Click on Cancel button to exit the dialog box without saving your selections Click on Help button to go to the Help Topic for that dialog box Place Indicator Light object on the screen and size it e To size it grab a handle and drag it to the size that you want To move the button select it click and hold left mouse button and drag to where you want it to appear on the screen Simulate Press To Simulate Press double click the object to bring up the object dialog box You may have to drag the dialog box to see the object on the programming screen Click on the Simulate Press button to see how the Indicator Light object will display on the screen when pressed 3 1 Editor Programming Software User Manual Numeric Display Object The Numeric Display object allows you to display a Tag value within a frame on the screen General Scaling Visibilty Details I Label Text Language fi Character Size BE z Label Text NUMDISP m Position Color Top Text z Bottom Background Tag Name 7 IV Display Frame Format Data
262. how Tag Address on Object Show Tag Name on Object aLC y ad Simulate Next State a Simulate Previous State COD fwaRMB Rvema OR rnme maalsrtea ARN AU ASEM h BOR Object Tool Bars The Object Tool bars consist of icons that provide a shortcut to the predefined programming objects These object shortcut icons are grouped into four tool bars Basic Objects Tool Bar Text Objects Tool Bar System Objects Tool Bar and Bitmap Objects Tool Bar The objects provide generic panel replacement functions Click on the icon to place the object on the screen and set the object parameters These objects are also found in and accessible from the Main Menu Bar gt Objects From left to right as placed on the tool bar the icons and the object they represent are shown below Basic Objects Tool Bar Push Button Indicator Button S T 2 E Radio Button c E T e I Switches EA oa Step Switch Tri State Switch j Numeric Entry Recipe Thumbwheel Bu E Indicator Light SD Editor Programming Software User Manual Numeric Display A E Analog Clock e Digital Clock Meter Bar Graph Line Graph PID Face Place Change Screen Alarm History Multi state Indicator Increment Decrement Value LE amar mt F 5 IE E Report View File Text Objects ToolBar A Static Text e i Triggered Text e RB Lookup Text e A Dynamic Text T Text Entry System Objects To
263. ical Support Error 6 Could not build transactions The EZEthernet card encountered a fatal internal error The user should reset the panel If the problem persists the user should contact Technical Support Error 7 No nodes defined The panel is attempting to obtain information for a program in which the EZEthernet Card is not configured to process This error would most likely be seen if the user placed a factory EZEthernet Card into a Panel that has an existing program The user should configure the EZEthernet card to eliminate this problem Error 8 No Items to process The EZEthernet Card attempted either a read or a write tag operation when there were no valid tags to process User should retry the operation If the problem persist the user should contact Technical Support Error 9 No gateway address Attempt was made to communicate with a node that is located behind a router but no gateway address was configured for the device The user should add the appropriate gateway IP address to the node in the EZEthernet Card Configuration Utility and download the new configuration to the panel Error 10 Tag references non existing node An error condition in which the panel is requesting service for a tag that does not have a corresponding node configured in the EZEthernet internal node configuration table The user should either delete the tag or configure a node for the tag Error 11 No valid address for no
264. ick OK 31 A cross hair cursor will appear on the programming screen Position the cross hair where you want the object to appear under the Numeric Display object and click once 32 Grab the object by a handle and drag to resize it until the label displays in its entirety as shown to the right 33 Click on File gt Save Project You ve just completed Step 2 Design Your Screens Now we will transfer Demo Project 1 to EZPanel Enhanced You are now ready for Step 3 Write Your Program to Panel Demo Project 1 should look similar to that shown below 1 Click on the 3 button Write Your Program to Panel as shown in the graphic below 2 Click on the Start button at the bottom of the Write Program to Panel dialog box to begin transferring the project to the panel 3 Your user program Demo Project 1 should now be written to the EZPanel Enhanced and the screen you have created should be displayed on the panel EZ Pan el f MEANG GD Editor Programming Software User Manual 4 Panel Information will be updated with information it receives from establishing a link with the panel and the PLC 5 Totestthe link press the Demo Numeric Entry button on your EZPanel Enhanced screen A popup keypad similar to the one shown below should display 6 Enter the Password 1234 on the keypad Press Enter Tren el leet BI A canara Fla Edi pee Die Brae Paral Saup ree Hab Om reo fy a PO OR pHEMT L O O B
265. id ranges for various tag data types are TAG DATA TYPE MINIMUM MAXIMUM Signed 16 bit 32768 32767 Signed 32 bit 2147483648 2147483647 Unsigned 16 bit 0 65535 Unsigned 32 bit 0 4294967295 BCD 16 bit 0 9999 BCD 32 bit 0 99999999 Floating point 9999999999 9999999999 PL nversion Errors Pxx_x Error P01_1 The selected panel type does not support the PLC chosen for the project Do you want to continue Reason Some panels support all of the available PLC drivers and some support only DirectLOGIC drivers Solution Select an appropriate panel Error P02_1 lt PLCFrom gt is not compatible with lt PLCTo gt If you continue the PLC address from each tag will be lost and all the tags will become internal tags Do you want to continue Error P02_2 Change in selected PLC would result in possible loss of tag data Do you want to continue Error P02_3 Unable to convert to lt PLCTo gt Error P02_4 Unable to convert PLC Address Reason This error occurs if after creating a project with addressed tags an attempt is made to change to a PLC with a different address format Solution When changing PLCs check the addressing in the PLC manuals to see if they are compatible If they are not compatible then the tag database is no longer valid and the addresses will have to be reentered Error P02_5 Unable to build PLC details structure while converting to lt gt Reason If you try to change PLCs in a previously created project and select
266. ield and type your message To delete a Message select the message text then click on the Delete button A screen will appear asking you to confirm the delete message Click on OK to delete message For more information on the Message Database see page 176 Editor Programming Software User Manual Dynamic Text The Dynamic Text object will allow you to display the characters from ASCII values stored in a Tag The tag will read a block of registers in the PLC Each 16 bit register in the PLC can contain 2 ASCII characters The maximum number of PLC registers in the block is 20 a maximum of 40 ASCII characters This object allows you to place text anywhere on the screen to provide information It is typically used for displaying part numbers VIN numbers or production numbers Dynamic Text is triggered by a bit Tag in the PLC You choose whether the Text is triggered by the bit when it is in the ON state or the OFF state The Dynamic Text object will then display a text string that is programmed in the PLC To put a Label on the Dynamic Text object perform the following Dynamic Text 1 Click on the box in front of Label Text Use the UP DOWN arrows after the Language box to select a language number See section on Language page 180 3 Select Character Size from the available choices 4 Enter Label Text up to 40 characters 5 Select the Position of the label whether you want it to appear at the Top or the Bo
267. ile Object The View File Object allows you to configure a button that when EA pressed will launch a Windows CE File Viewer to view a Windows file The File Viewer application launched is determined either automatically by the extension of the file name e g a doc file will launch Word Viewer a pdf file will launch PDF Viewer etc or manually by entering the path of where the exe file for the preferred application resides NOTE The View File Object E Protection Visbity Detat 3 f Label Text Select Stile is only available for CE units i e EZCE Touchpanel as it eee EL Character Size 68 z Selected allows an operator to launch ae a zi l Windows files from the HMI Top Tet B application Baier Bagenda ME Application F Auto F Display Frame Name Che See Cob ek ___ amp Test Blink Background Bink fear fe S fo i C wet ne To put a Label on the View File object perform the following steps 1 Click on the box in front of Label Text if you want a label for your object 2 Use the UP DOWN arrows after the Language box to select a language number See Language section page 180 Select Character Size from the available sizes Enter Label Text up to 40 characters Select the Position of the label whether you want it to appear at the Top or the Bottom of the object frame 6 Select the Text and Background Color Click on the do
268. ing Screen you were configuring Your object will be scaled to the size you have selected If the Scale a you have selected is too large A ae for the screen you will receive a RSS ered A Sa to import the bitmap If this POUR VV Tye me come mector 1K Factor of 3X will be replaced with this size symbol Sizing a Dynamic Bitmap object in Symbol Factory works the same way EZ Panel Panel Display Screen Information Reboot Clear Program Flash Update PLC Driver Time Date Diagnostics COM Configuration NOTE When going on line with any of the Panel Menu items ensure that the correct COM Port Ethernet is selected Click on COM Configuration to make your selection CNHANCED Editor Programming Software User Manual Panel Menu Display Screen This selection allows you to select a screen to display on the panel To Display Screen Number 3 Alarm Screen Screen List 1111 New Screen 3 Slam Screen Pump Operation Screen Monitor Pump Screen A D h D D O D display a screen enter the number or click on the name in the Screen List to highlight it and then click on the Display button Information Panel Information X Revisions PLE Driver Hardware A PLC Manufacturer DirectLogic Boot Software A PLC Model K Sequence Exec Software 0 PLC Driver Code Revision m Memory bytes ExecFlash 524288 User Memory Flash
269. ing problems you might encounter when installing or operating your EZPanel Enhanced Provides steps to take to isolate and correct problems Lists panel error messages programming software error messages and PLC Driver Error messages Appendix B Characters Provides a list of the ASCII Characters supported by the EZPanel Enhanced This information may be useful when creating a Text Entry or Dynamic Text object Appendix C PLC Communications Setup Provides instructions on how to set up most PLC Types to communicate with the EZPanel Enhanced Appendix D Setting COM1 to Printer Provides instructions on how to set COM1 on the EZPanel Enhanced to Printer 0 oo o e Let LIS Le e Bia Introduction EZPanel Enhanced Install the EZPanel Enhanced using the instructions in the Hardware Manual Program the EZPanel Enhanced using the instructions in this Software Manual SELM Editor Programming Software User Manual There are two manuals that you will need for installation this manual the EZPanel Enhanced Editor Programming Software User Manual and the EZPanel Enhanced Hardware User Manual P N EZP PANEL M shipped with your EZPanel Enhanced These manuals will take you through the steps necessary to get your EZPanel Enhanced up and running in the shortest possible time Although your familiarity with programmable graphic operator interface devices will determine how quickly you move thro
270. ing some operations Solution close other applications and try If you still get this error save the project and close the application Restart your computer and try again Error M02_2 Unable to open the Project file ezt Error M02_3 Unable to open message database file msd Error M02_4 Unable to open alarm database file alr Error M02_5 Unable to open PLC attributes file atr Error M02_6 Unable to open annotations file ano Error M02_7 Unable to open project options file opt Solution You have renamed your project accidentally while project was open in EZPanel Enhanced Close this project and open it again Error M03_1 Unable to create project file ezt Error M03_2 Unable to create PLC attributes file atr Error M03_3 Unable to create message database file msd Error M03_4 Unable to create alarm database file alr Error M03_5 Unable to create annotation file ano Error M03_6 Unable to create project options file opt Error M03_7 Unable to save PLC Attributes file atr Error M04_1 Unable to create temporary project file ezt Error M04_2 Unable to create temporary annotations file ano Error M04_3 Unable to create temporary PLC attributes file atr Reason You might receive these error messages if you are running two instances of the EZPanel Enhanced Editor Programming Software opened a project in one and then gave the same project name in another to be
271. is triggered to display when the bit is OFF Select the Alignment parameters for the bitmap If you want the bitmap to stretch when the object is sized on the screen make sure that the box in front of Allow Stretch ing is checked and then select Stretch to Fit or Maintain Aspect Ratio Select the Justification for the bitmap ANGERD Editor Programming Software User Manual within the object You have three choices for bringing a bitmap into the object they are a Click on the Import Bitmap button and a window will appear allowing you to navigate to the directory folder where the bitmap file resides Click on it to highlight and click on the Open button The Size of the Bitmap will be displayed If the Bitmap is too large you will be asked if you want to resize the image to fit the screen see message to the left b You may also click on Symbol Factory to gain ac cess to a library of over 4 000 symbols for industrial automation including pumps pipes valves tanks mixers motors ducts electrical symbols flow meters material handling sensors PLCs transmitters and ISAsymbols Once in Symbol Factory navigate to the symbol you want to import click on Copy and the symbol is automatically imported into the object c The third option is to click on Copy from Clipboard This will copy a bitmap you have saved to the clipboard onto the current screen You can copy a bitmap saved or created in another program onto the sys
272. it the dialog box Click on Cancel button to exit the dialog box without saving your selections Click on Help button to go to the Help Topic for that dialog box Place Radio Button on the screen and size it To size the button select it grab a handle and drag e To move the button select it click and hold left mouse button and drag to where you want it to appear on the screen Simulate Press To Simulate Press double click the object to bring up the object dialog box You may have to drag the dialog box to see the object on the programming screen Select the tab of the button you want to simulate Click on the Simulate Press button to see how the button object will dis play on the screen when pressed D Editor Programming Software User Manual There are several types of Switch objects that you may place on the m EZPanel Enhanced screen They simulate mechanical switches of the h same type e g Throw Switch Selector Switch Slide Switch Toggle Switch etc General Protection Visibity Details Language f 4 Character Size Es Label Tea SWITCH Position Color Top Text j Botton Background z Swatch Object Tag Name Actuator Type Toggle v Switch Background On Off Text Char Size E 1 On Text Off Text jOft me eres te To put a Label on a Switch perform the following steps 1 Click on the box in front of Label Text 2 Use the UP D
273. ital Letter O with Stroke 2147 Latin Capital Letter U with Grave Diaeresis is also called an Umlaut continued next page FENNAS Editor Programming Software User Manual Character Code Description U 218 Latin Capital Letter U with Acute U 219 Latin Capital Letter U with Circumflex U 220 Latin Capital Letter U with Diaeresis Y 221 Latin Capital Letter Y with Acute p 222 Latin Capital Thorn B 223 Latin Small Letter Sharp S 224 Latin Small Letter A with Grave 2295 Latin Small Letter A with Acute 226 Latin Small Letter A with Circumflex a 22 Latin Small Letter A with Tilde a 228 Latin Small Letter A with Diaeresis a 229 Latin Small Letter A with Ring Above ce 230 Latin Small Letter Ae 231 Latin Small Letter C with Cedilla 232 Latin Small Letter E with Grave 233 Latin Small Letter E with Acute N y 234 Latin Small Letter E with Circumflex x g 235 Latin Small Letter E with Diaeresis 29 236 Latin Small Letter with Grave o 8 237 Latin Small Letter with Acute a O i 238 Latin Small Letter with Circumflex 239 Latin Small Letter with Diaeresis 6 240 Latin Small Letter Eth 241 Latin Small Letter N with Tilde 242 Latin Small Letter O with Grave 243 Latin Small Letter O with Acute 244 Latin Small Letter O with Circumflex 245 Latin Small Letter O with Tilde 246 Latin Small Letter O with Diaeresis 247 Division Sign 248 Latin Small Letter O with Stroke 249 Latin Small Lette
274. itialized to OFF When I select a group of objects and try to move will all the objects do not move Yes if you select a group of Objects you can move this group anywhere on the screen Whereas with EZPanel Enhanced Software touch objects are always snapped to a touch cell therefore you would be able to move only display objects When I have objects at the boundary of the screen I am not able to move the objects freely vertically up down or Horizontally left right near the boundary What can I do to correct this You can use the PC s keyboard arrow keys to move objects up or down along the boundary line What is the maximum number of screens that a project can have The maximum possible is 999 However the panel s memory may limit the achievable maximum to a lower number of screens depending on the complexity of bitmaps and objects 2 lt 3 X co o 0 Q 5 Q 5 lt lt o xk eis Editor Programming Software User Manual 17 What is the maximum number of alarms that a project can have The maximum is 999 but there is no limit to how many times each alarm can be used in the panel 18 What is the maximum number of messages that a project can have You can define a maximum of 999 messages in a project 19 Can l insert a 640 x 480 bitmap on a screen The maximum size of a bitmap that can ever be placed on a screen is 640 x 480 on a 8 or 10 panel But the compressed size of bitmap is also a
275. iver code to your panel other project information is not sent Be aware that the existing driver will be removed from the panel Click on OK to start the update or Cancel to quit without updating Time Date Update Driver Name of the Driver Koyo_KSequence Updating driver will remove the existing driver from Panel Continue Here you may view and set the Panel Time and Date and then MEZZILES send it to the panel The current i Panel Time and Date Panel Time and Date will display a eres EE E in the window Under Set Panel ma o Time and Date your PC time will display To change the Time click E E ee on the hour minutes or seconds Tine Hr Mir Sec Date MM DD YY and type in the appropriate erm 1228 00 numbers or use the UP DOWN arrows to change the time SendtoPanet_ A D h D D O D O Q Q A Q ag NOED Editor Programming Software User Manual To change the Date click the DOWN arrow next to the date field A calendar shown below will appear Use the arrows to search for date The current PC date will be circled Click on the Send to Panel button to send your changes to the EZPanel Enhanced clock EE I gt Sun Mon Tue Wed Thu Fri Sat 5 2 7 28 29 30 24 2 2b 2f 2 2 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 2 22 23 24 25 26 28 2930 3 1 2 3 4 10 27 00 Diagnostics To run a diagnostic program on the panel
276. ject Errors JXX_X Communication Errors Cxx_x Miscellaneous Errors Mxx_x Value Range Errors Vxx_x Value Errors common to all objects Error V01_1 Minimum value is not within range Error V01_2 Maximum value is not within range Error V01_3 Minimum value is greater than maximum value Error V01_4 Maximum value is less than minimum value Value Errors related to Meter object Error V02_1 LowLow limit is not within range Error V02_2 Low limit is not within range Error V02_3 High limit is not within range Error V02_4 HighHigh limit is not within range Value Errors related to Numeric Entry Numeric Display Error V03_1 PLC Value 1 is not within range Error V03_2 PLC Value 2 is not within range Error V03_3 Display Value 1 is not within range Error V03_4 Display Value 2 is not within range Value Error related to Bar Graph Error V04_1 Mid value is not within range Value Errors related to PID Faceplate Error V05_1 Process value Minimum is not within range Error V05_2 Process value Maximum is not within range Error V05_3 Output value Minimum is not within range Error V05_ 4 Output value Maximum is not within range NOED Editor Programming Software User Manual Value Error related to Recipe object Error V06_1 Value is not within range Reason These errors occur when a value is not within selected tag s data range Solution Enter a value that is within the appropriate range Val
277. jects Free Sizing of Touch Objects Display of Tag Address on Objects and Pick and Apply Style Programming Software Compatibility The Original The Original Note Please note that the E Panel Enhanced Editor FREE to existing EZTouch customers will not support the new drivers as well as will not support the en hanced convenience features when programming the original EZ Touch panels 1211 Editor Programming Software User Manual Troubleshooting gt Problem Panel won t power up Action 1 Connect power to the panel 24 VDC 1 5A or larger 2 Apply power while observing the LED in the back of the panel a LED does not light means NO POWER to unit or power supply failed Check power supply or replace b LED turns RED and stays RED means Unit failure return for service c LED flashes RED and turns GREEN means normal operation 1 the display does not light after 10 seconds see Display Blank below 2 the display lights normal operation y x pu ddy e z D gt e e F Q Refer to the EZPanel Enhanced Editor Programming Software Help topic or the EZPanel Enhanced Hardware Manual chapter on Connections and Wiring for more information gt Problem Cannot communicate with Panel from Pro gramming Computer Action 1 Check cable ensure that it is the correct cable and that it is properly connected at both ends 2 Check panel for power 3 Check to e
278. jects Tool Bar AA System Objects Tool Bar Eom a aie E Hi Project Screens Text Objects Tool Bar Explorer View EAR SISSIES SAS ISESIaIe FRETS ageee CECCOCOLCOUCASARHEE REAPS ERE CREE Status For Help press F1 No of Selected Obiects 0 X 305 Y 5 OFFUNE MODE 7 Bar The Main Programming Screen is shown above Itis here that you will design your EZPanel Enhanced operator interface screens In this section we ll briefly identify and describe the main features of this screen and familiarize you with the EZPanel Enhanced Editor Programming Software work area F EZPanelEnhanced new project name here ezt 1 Scr 1 E2Panel Enhanced Family Title Bar The Title Bar tells you the name of the project and name and number of the screen that you currently have open Screen 5 S 4 pe e O A S ao EN File Edit Screen Objects Draw Panel Setup Window Help Main Menu Bar This is the Main Menu Bar EZPanel Enhanced Editor Programming Software menus are represented by the names listed across the top of the Main Programming Screen and directly under the Title Bar 1211 Editor Programming Software User Manual SOU Bo o BS o BlH 8 AT 1 eis eeqeseat te gt a Standard Tool Bar The Standard Tool Bar consists of icons for frequently used commands These commands are also found in and accessible from the Main Menu Bar From left to right as placed on the t
279. k ccc ceccceceeeeceeeeeeeeeseeeeeeeeaeeees C 22 Modicon PLC Communications SGU scicecnsintcesnnsencenossmadadesdanesresenuestendesandddesescertadeuidadesatenemesdicenaess C 23 Omron C200 and C500 PLC Communications Setup ccccccsssceccssseeeeceeseeeseuseeeeseaseeessaseeeess C 24 Generic Profibus DP PLC Communications Setup cccccsscccccsseeeecesseeeessseeessanseeesauseeessaueees C 26 Siemens S7 MPI Adaptor PLC Communications Setup ccccccccccceeceeeceeeeeeceeeeesseeeeeseeeeeees C 30 Entivity s Think amp Do WinPLC Communications Setup ccccccsseccceceesssseeeeseeneseeeeeeseeeseeeeeeseas C 32 AOI aeaee Ee A E E O E EEE EAEE OEE E E cou e E C 35 OOM ON OG NS Sse ateect tisseetec oesnenae eens edaranneotenencseetundeeseenecdeaeanatsasnsee bin cdes Ea REEERE C 36 Control Technology Corporation CTC rncuscntdnscnecdnsserwnnddnidnduanec tous tedsdicnbnndde Gentlademecebatod santniacadans C 37 EO esate bees ecard E gee EEE EE E E AEO C 38 USE AS EII ess aes eeeuece0 sudeandadoe eee cast caceadensuesdeceencuh seh senceeeunsateonseendan C 39 PIVOTS OOOO a cee senscecernerceeecentiederennsusevede se etudan sia anedeeseananee anda R AEE EER eiei C 40 Ce eateries ue eancae sedate E E E O C 41 Toras iN STUNENTE sareen aE EE EAA E E ESEE EOE EEA C 41 I VOT er E E E E EE E E C 43 Universal Ethernet Ethernet I P DF1 over Ethernet Modbus TCP IP GE SRTP eeeee C 44 Appendix
280. lick on OK button to save your selections and exit the dialog box Click on Cancel button to exit the dialog box without saving your selections Click on Help button to go to the Help Topic for that dialog box Place Switch on the screen and size it To size a switch click on it to select grab a handle with the mouse and drag to the size you want To move the switch select it click and hold left mouse button and drag to where you want it to appear on the screen SWITCH OBJECT Editor Programming Software User Manual The Step Switch object simulates a Mechanical Step Switch on the panel It allows you to simultaneously monitor and control two three or four different bits and display ON and OFF text for each bit Each time the Step Switch is pressed each bit will be cycled one at a time from OFF to ON with only one bit ON at a time To put a Label on a Switch perform the following steps 1 Click on the box in front of Label Text 2 Use the UP DOWN arrows after the Language box to select a language number See section on Language page 180 3 Select Character Size from the available choices 4 Enter Label Text up to 40 characters 5 Select the Position of the label whether you want it to appear at the Top or the Bottom of the object frame 6 Select the Text and Background Color Click on the down arrow to view the color palette 7 Display Frame is selected by default If you do not want the
281. limited N To Excel Export Alarms Message Database Export Messages Project Attributes Project Description Select PLC Upgrade Firmware st Editor Programming Software User Manual 8 Select the Language number and type in the Alarm Text message you want to display on the panel when the alarm is triggered The message can be up to 34 characters in up to 9 different languages 9 Click on Add New Alarm or Apply Changes Alarm button to save and exit the dialog box Export Alarms Click on the Export Alarms menu item to write the alarms from your current Open project to an Excel file or a CSV file Comma delimited The CSV Comma delimited or Comma separated values file format saves only the text and values as they are displayed in cells of the Alarm Database All rows and all characters in each cell are saved Columns of data are separated by commas and each row of data ends in a carriage return If a cell contains a comma the cell contents are enclosed in double quotation marks Example of what a CSV file looks like opened in Notepad ALARM TAG NAME ALARM STATE LOW LIMIT HIGH LIMIT DISPLAY LOG PRINT LANG ALARM TEXT 1 MOTOR RUNNING ON YES YES NO 1 The Motor is Running 2 MOTOR STOPPED OFF YES YES NO 1 The motor has stopped 3 OVER TEMP 0 100 YES YES NO 1 Oven Temperature is over maximum Click on Comma delimited if you want to save the alarm database as a CSV file Th
282. ll be displayed within the Lookup Text Frame To put a Label on the Lookup Text object perform the following steps 1 2 3 4 5 Click on the box in front of Label Text Use the UP DOWN arrows after the Language box to select a language number See section on Language page 180 Select Character Size from the available choices Enter Label Text up to 40 characters Select the Position of the label whether you want it to appear at the Top or the Bottom of the object frame Select the Text and Background Color Click on the down arrow to view the color palette Display Frame is selected by default If you do not want the frame around the text to be visible click on the box to deselect the box will be empty myn els Editor Programming Software User Manual NOTE The value corresponding to the Tag Name tells which message number from the message database is to be displayed Enter a Tag Name 1 Enter a Tag Name or click on the down arrow and select the Tag Name from the available choices 2 If the Tag Name is new the Add New Tag Details dialog box will appear where you will enter tag details The Tag Name will appear in the first field Enter an Address String appropriate for your type PLC and select the Data Type from available choices Click on the OK button Select Message Text Justification Messages created in the Lookup Text object are saved in the Message Database See page 176
283. lti state Bitmap object are saved in the object s own Image database To program images perform the following steps 1 Click on the Images tab the following dialog box will open 2 To add an image click on the Add Image button The following dialog box will open 3 Click on the box in front of Allow Stretching if you want the bitmap to stretch with the object when sized Choose how you want the image to stretch from the options Stretch to Fit or Maintain Aspect Ratio 4 Select an Image Number You may program up to 17 0 15 and the DEFAULT image images for an object The DEFAULT image is displayed when no bits are on Editor Programming Software User Manual Multi state Bitmap General Images Visibilty Details fay Bit Number DEFAULT ew Bit Number 1 Bit Number 2 Bit Number 3 a Bit Number 4 gt EE To edit an image Image Number 5 7 Symbol Select Copy from Factory Image Clipboard J7 Allow Stretching I Stretch to Fit l Maintain Aspect Ratio To remove an image Remove Image 5 Select from the 3 available options Browse From Clipboard or Symbol Factory a If you click on the Browse button a window will appear allowing you to navigate to the directory folder where the bitmap file resides Click on it to highlight and click on the Open button b Click on From Clipboard This will copy a bitmap you have saved to the clipboard onto the
284. m available choices Click on the OK button ASD Editor Programming Software User Manual f NOTE If a Decimal Point tag is selected the Fractional Digits will not be used The number of fractional digits will come from the value of the tag Enter the Format of the Numeric Display Format Data Type Signed Decimal Justification Leading Zeros Size 6 8 Color Digits Text B 7 Bink Total Digits 5 4 Background I Bink Fractional Digits 1 The Data Type is dependent upon the Tag type In turn the Tag data type is dependent upon the type of PLC you are using Therefore your selections next to Data Type in this object will be limited by your Tag and PLC data type EZPanel Enhanced Editor Programming Software will automatically limit your selections based on the PLC and Tag address format The Data Types and their respective ranges that may be available are as follows Signed 16 Decimal 32768 to 32767 Signed 32 Decimal 2147483648 to 2147483647 Unsigned 16 Decimal 0 to 65535 Unsigned 32 Decimal 0 to 4294967295 Octal 16 O to 177777 Octal 32 O to 377777717117 Hex 16 0 to FFFF Hex 32 0 to FFFFFFFF BCD 16 0 to 9999 BCD 32 0 to 99999999 Click on Data Type and select from the available choices Click on Justification and select from the following Left Justify Right Justify or Leading Zeroes 3 Click on Size and select from the available character sizes Click on down arro
285. mary EZPanel Enhanced Program file has a ezt suffix 3 Under Start Editing Screen leave the screen number as 1 Click in the field next to Name Replace New Screen by typing in Numeric Entry Screen EZ Panel wre EDITOR a A tte E2 Touch Programming Soltware Version 3 4 EZAutomation Phone 1 877 774EASY A eiam abor net Selected Action Edit OFF LINE Write Later ENTER PROJECT INFORMATION Proact Location C Frogean Files ES Autonution WES Panal Enhanced Propet Browse Stat Eding Soen Nt t Name Sedect Panel r Pane Fanmi Eii mmmn EZPanel Enhanced EZTouch E2TouchPLC C cePen e Cer cw cas Select Model EZF S6CF 6 Color 320240 All drivers r Ethenel COM Port om z BL Tape and Talen Biadey SLC 500 DFT Ful Duplex Rev G _ViewEdt PLC Com Setup pine J o oHe imge Cow o i 9 T e oe j MNGED Editor Programming Software User Manual 4 Click on the DOWN arrow to the right of the Panel Type field to view choices Select the Panel Type you are using m E Type in Numeric Entry Select Panel Screen here a EZPanel Enhanced C EZTouch C EZTouchPLC C CEPanel e ce cw eis Select Model TET ot Click on DOWN arrow to d view Panel Types and select Map fie the Part Number Model Type you are using 5 Click on the DOWN arrow to the right of PLC Type and Protocol to view
286. may have other information in the file that you cannot import into the Tag Database The Tag Database only allows the four types of information shown in the dialog box below Select the heading of the Excel column that corresponds to the column headings in the Tag Database V O Q Q C Q x 3 Ifthe first row in the Excel file to be imported contains header information click on the box in front of First row contains the header information selected by default If you want the software to copy over existing tags with the same Name and Data Type as in the Excel file that is being copied click on the box in front of Only import addresses for tags that have the same Name and Data Type 4 Click on the Import button to import tags The tags will be written to your project Tags that already exist will not be overwritten A message shown directly below will appear letting you know if the Excel file was successfully imported into the Tag Database The Tag Database Log View will appear to let you know if there were problems in the import process or if the tags already exist in the project Open the Tag Database to make changes This is a sample of an Excel file that is selected to import into the Tag DataBase AN Successfully imported 9 tags from file C Program Files EZT ouch Projects Demo Project 1 Tags xls Booki B C E alr NAME TAG DATATYPE TAG ADDRESS 0OF CHARACTERS Teg Database Import fom Excel 2 NUMERIC E
287. me Process Variable Set Point Tag Names BarColor Background Process Variable x i E sarn gt I IZ Minimum 0 Maximum 65535 Total pa Fract pa Output Mode Bit Tag Tag Name Minimum jo Total ge Bar Color Alarm Bit Tag Maximum 65535 Fract pa Background M Cancel Help To put a Label on the PID Faceplate object perform the following steps 1 Click on the box in front of Label Text if you want a label for your object 2 Use the UP DOWN arrows after the Language box to select a language number See Language section page 180 myn els Editor Programming Software User Manual NOTE To edit the Address String with your cursor in the Tag Name field click on the right mouse button The EDIT TAG DETAILS screen will appear o e w Select Character Size from the available choices Enter Label Text up to 40 characters Select the Position of the label whether you want it to appear at the Top or the Bottom of the object frame Select the Text and Background Color Click on the down arrow to view the color palette Display Frame is selected by default If you do not want the frame around the PID Faceplate to be visible click on the box to deselect the box will be empty Process Variable Set Point Tag Names BarColor Background Process Variable i Set Point j H Minimum 0 Maximum 165535 Total 5 Fract lo Under Proces
288. me Octal Dec Hex Description SP 040 32 20 Space 041 33 21 Exclamation point 042 34 22 Double quote H 043 35 23 Pound sign 044 36 24 Dollar sign 045 37 25 Percent sign amp 046 38 26 Ampersand 047 39 27 Apostrophe single quote 050 40 28 Left parenthesis 051 41 29 Right parenthesis 052 42 2A Asterisk 053 43 2B Plus 054 44 2C Comma 055 45 2D Hyphen minus 056 46 2E Period decimal point dot An 057 47 2F Slant slash 0 060 48 30 Zero 1 061 49 31 One 2 062 50 32 Two 3 063 gl 33 Three 4 064 92 34 Four 5 065 93 39 Five 6 066 54 36 Six T 067 59 37 Seven 8 070 56 38 Eight 9 071 or 39 Nine 072 58 3A Colon 073 59 3B Semicolon lt 074 60 3C Less than Left angle bracket 075 61 3D Equals sign gt 076 62 3E Greater than Right angle bracket 077 63 3F Question mark 0100 64 40 At sign A 0101 65 41 Uppercase A B 0102 66 42 Uppercase B C 0103 67 43 Uppercase C yn SL Editor Programming Software User Manual Name Octal Dec Hex Description 0104 68 44 Uppercase D 0105 69 45 Uppercase E 0106 70 46 Uppercase F 0107 71 47 Uppercase G 0110 72 48 Uppercase H 0111 73 49 Uppercase 0112 74 4A Uppercase J 0113 75 4B Uppercase K 0114 76 4C Uppercase L 0115 77 4D Uppercase M 0116 78 4E Uppercase N 0117 79 4F Uppercase O 0120 80 50 Uppercase P 0121 81 51 Uppercase Q 0122 82 52 Uppercase R 0123 83 53 Uppercase S 0124 84 54 Uppercase T 0125 85 55 Uppercase U 0126 86 56
289. mming Software User Manual e prar S xe e i c This page intentionally left blank Tutorial In this chapter Configure a PLC Create a Project GEM Editor Programming Software User Manual Tutorial Configure PLC For the purposes of this Tutorial we will be using a DirectLogic 05 Series Programmable Logic Controller PLC with K Sequence Protocol To configure the PLC we are using DirectSOFT Programming Software The purpose of this part of the tutorial is to show you how to configure your PLC to communicate with an EZPanel Enhanced Connect the programming PC to the DLO5 PLC With DirectSOFT Programming Software running on your PC perform the following steps 1 Enter the Ladder Logic as shown in the example below These PLC locations will be used by Tags that you will create in the EZPanel Enhanced Editor Programming Software H Ladder View lel art LD z 1 v2002 jour YW2003 Co C1 lel our o pe e iad j END 2 Save this program and transfer it to the PLC Place the PLC in Run Mode 3 Exit DirectSOFT For this tutorial we will be connecting the panel to PLC Port 1 of a DLO5 K Sequence 9600 Baud Odd Parity These are the settings that will be used when setting up the panel communications You have now configured the PLC to communicate with an EZPanel Enhanced Project that you will create in the next section o
290. monitor 0x0004 Invalid Checksum This error occurs when a message with an invalid checksum is received by the unit The unit is receiving invalid data NOED Editor Programming Software User Manual 0x0008 Protocol Error The driver has received a serial communications protocol error from the PLC The driver is unable to communicate with the PLC when this error occurs 0x0040 PLC Error Incorrect Map Size An incompatible map has been loaded into the unit The driver will not attempt to communicate with the PLC when this error occurs 0x0080 Invalid write to panel register nnn A write was attempted to the panel s internal register nnnn when that register is mapped to a read only location in the PLC 0x0100 PLC Communications Timeout The panel is unable to communicate with the PLC 0x0200 Invalid attributes using defaults The driver received attributes it could not use The default values for all PLC attributes will be used ModBus Koyo Addressing RTU Protocol Direct Logic PLC Models DLO5 D2 250 D3 350 D4 450 0x0000 No error 0x0001 Incompatible Revision This error will be displayed when the driver and exec have an incompatible revision 0x0002 Limit of elements per screen exceeded This occurs when there are too many registers on the display to monitor 0x0004 Reply received from invalid slave nnn If the driver received a message from a PLC with address nnn when one was not expected 0x0008 Invalid Checksum Received
291. mreastben aeotciawnsneedietsncnatict 126 DVRS VAD ceases eter netic ceadet a ates E coal inate cot eva aneiony ion eniies E 128 Increment Decrement Value Object ccccceeeeecccccceeeseeeececeeeseceeseaeeaseeecesaeauseeeeessauaeeeeessansseeeessags 131 AY etl al ou e Gane eet ee ae ene EE nee eee nee E ee eer Te ee E EAT eee ae eee ee 133 Chapter 5 Main Programming Screen aa nnnnnaeaannneetrreerrssttttreettttttttas tt tttrtn tr rEEEASEEEEEEEA EEEE EES EAEE EEEn ernn rErn terre eeee 136 TO amp 2 e e E E ETE E TEE E E eee eee 136 Main Menu 2 2 Rane en meee ge oe meee nee Nee e A TENA ee er ee ee 136 Standard Tool BAN cassettes nag eter staan sd od darned loditasd ete delete Seals ered taeda slab ete tea donald wea Meneaeetecnetenes 137 o e al 6 6 Ml e eee ne anette ene ered rend rane een ean eee ee ee A 138 Basic Objects Tool Bar emneenennenea tree eemeene terrier RARE ernest et ee nee ee ar ee rert neeee 138 Text Objects Tool Bar ee eeneetnn meneetcere tanec mame etree tne ne Roeder rer are eee eee ee eee 139 System Objects Tool Bar ncivnioncucenaagencnctietbanisddnadd seciulordundapbnrdiiensaaalatharclexecebteteadd eliixdareuedlunsdaseas nd ote 139 Bitmap Objects Tool ll Si Ceeeeeeneeaetrne anne en ntcnre tt ner Sone rneY Mier ene an ee near tener MON renee eee eee 139 Draw TOO Baies tree Mae teeter ete rear hear ee nnn a ee ene ene a nee ere ee er ene eee 140 Panel Tool Ba sereinement 140 SaS a sep m r E EA E TERE EATE
292. n Click on the OK button to a ts e aala aa begin creating your EZPanel Enhanced Message Anplication Timesut 30 secors Project Step l Project minr incl hot Fa Ba EZ Panel my Step fi r F i j T i fi i i i er es d i i i j a i ail i Jie ar easy ag 1969 00 Fe Touch Progiainining othyere Vero 3 2 27 ESAulomation Phora a7 ee AS Y Stleced Acion Edit OFF LINE Write Later HAN erata res Mev ha SELECT ACTION EXTER PAQIECT INFORMATION Pigjact Logai Fi Pigan Ci Pregam enes meene Peh Bioeth Allen Bradley PLCS DFI red Project Marne F rew project ezt Bria neria PLE Editor Revision 4 7 Ta Stail Edling eee AAA i Ai AAA ai ai _aiai i i i Baud Rete Foam 4 p FU Mumia fi Hama Hem Screan lt NE m Salag Paral Fani Y Hone Panel Farrily Sraa Stop bite Dre le EzPane Enhanced EZTouh EZTouchPLC oer mar iF Tranamit pg 237 E a Selec hadd JALL 8 Col E4400 ve ite alEO Pot ecksum EE we facc z m o RCTS a ii i Com Ea Timeo Time 1 2 ap i tenths of a second ik j firai l Pol time 0 255 la tenths of a sence Ok Help Lergusge Clear Eak Cancel Hen 5 Xx ipu ddy U OQ O D r Ke Data Highway Plus The following screens provide you with an example of how to set up a PLC5 with Data Highway Plus Protocol To set up the PLCS with DH using PLC 5 Programming Softwa
293. n Tag Tag 7 Do Operation ADD Data Format Unsigned Decimal Yalue fo tte to Taa e Tag A NOTE To edit the Address Cancel Hep String with your cursor in the Tag Name field click on the right mouse button The EDIT TAG DETAILS screen will appear To program the increment decrement operation 1 Click on the Increment Decrement Value tab 2 Enter a Read from Tag or click on the down arrow and select the Tag Name that you want the button to corre spond to 3 Ifthe Tag Name is new the Add New Tag Details dialog box will appear where you will map the tag The Tag Name will appear in the first field Enter an Address String appropriate for your type PLC Click on the OK button 4 Under Do click on the down arrow next to the Operation field and select ADD or SUBTRACT Select ADD if you want to increment a register value or select SUBTRACT if you want to decrement a value 5 Select your Data Format type from the available choices Signed Decimal Unsigned Decimal Octal Hex BCD or Floating Point 6 Enter the Value This value will be either added to or subtracted from depending on which operation you have chosen the destination tag each time you press the INC DEC Value object button 7 Select or enter the Write to Tag The Write to Tag may be the same as the Read from Tag GWD Editor Programming Software User Manual View F
294. n feature to keep operators from using the CLEAR ALL or CLEAR buttons on the Alarm History and or Alarm Count screens that display on the panel screens shown below You can limit access to these buttons so that an opera tor must enter a password on the popup keypad to be able to use them For information on how to do this see Setup gt Project Attributes gt Alarm Protection page 188 password protected EHI Cee A These buttons can be down arrow to view the color palette 7 Display Frame is selected by default If you do not want the frame around the object to be visible click on the box to deselect the box will be empty Under Display Screen you will choose which alarm screen you want to display when the Alarm History button object is pressed Alarm History or Alarm Count It should be noted that you can switch from one to the other from either screen Under Text choose the Language Character Size Color of Text and Background and whether or not you want to enable the Blink feature for the text that will appear within the Alarm History button Enter the Text that you want to appear Protection See Button Object Visibility Details See Button Object OK Cancel Help Buttons e Click on OK button to save your selections and exit the dialog box e Click on Cancel button to exit the dialog box without saving your selections e Click on Help button to go to the Help Topic for that dialog b
295. n to the right Open EZPanel Enhanced Editor a Programming Software and configure z i A S A Project Information screen as shown in the figure below ji j i EEEN ARE E After selecting the PLC Type and Protocol click on the View Edit PLC Com Setup The PLC Attributes dialog box will appear Enter the parameters shown Click on Step 1 Project Information EZ Panel EDITOR It s as easy as 1 2 3 gt P lt the OK button to save your EZTouch Programming Software Version 3 2 21 z EZAutomation Phone 1 877 774 EASY selections You will return Selected Action Edit OFF LINE Write Later www ezautomation net z SELECT ACTION ENTER PROJECT INFORMATION to the Project Information Project Location y gt screen Click on the OK E Program Fies EZPenelrhanced Projech Browse mi to Panel Later Picjuck Nason OD button to begin creating your Favre Revise 7 ee EZPanel Enhanced Project ae Stat Edie Sees o Q nig Beg ds Number fi x Name New Screen 7 gt x lt SS 20 Select Panel Panel Family Size al G EzPanelEnhanced C EZTouch C EZTowhPLC Ce Cge Ci Cr Wadbur ATU Athibulst Egi Model ALL 8 Color 6402480 v tthe MEE osaansa fr Proisa Pu Flegsters pet Mierna ea Pity Even x Cok pe Meisaga fee Stop Baa ore Select RSS uo Treou tne 1255 ComslATS io nam a j Tra Regea CTS no a pa B NOTE on TAGs for this type PLC If communicating t
296. nade agiaiudd ccbulancondiae aiindnendcnbudadeeeiicirdemaie nanne neren 167 TOAD ic lt a eee ne eet Re ee ree er ee ne eee ert Tene nT Tet Tone mn eer terre ern 167 Tag Cross TR SUTIN Scena eens texted aces eetecs aw edn balan acts wna dlemncadlnate see ecw bee andedoes eee 170 EDON TS ise hesitant ane tesla stl end igen antidote E eile aie inane ove 171 PO E I E atta ote EE T sal deny iianta aaenee dy ataet Baten 172 Alarm W108 Fe Fe 072 c seen ee ea ee ene en ee ee eee Ree ne eee ee ae 175 EXODO ALS ee one ene ee ee ee ee eae ee eee ee 177 DSS Sa aati iyena sa steed erhedna weet Eaa ESERE 178 Export Message ects caer tem encteseine orae R EOE EEREN EENET EAn Oa EATE r aKT ARENE 180 Proje AIMIDU OS oiio EE EROR E EERE NE NEEE ERTE SEEK EERE 181 EE e E E EE 181 aif 11 EE 6 ET ee eee eee eee ee a ee AO NEE E E AN E E ee T 182 FAS SN OFS FA iit carrattrco E A EET TE names 183 Glock TaD ene eet en ere mn ere neers er ee oe ern ene ce ny en ee EE 184 Panel to PLC tab Nae a a are en no ee Oe en kEi 185 PLC to Panel A esos nce cencec deere alee iia ae erea riai iaei Oei N aereoa iai 187 How do I switch screens from a PLO ic accanscderasctieesaneeantndareavelde ted dannnis tdweonaneadicdarastbanciees 187 PAN AS CAD ican EE E AAA E EE E ARE ET ET E EE 189 Alarm Protection TAD icnesacttediahcorstnanttnnasd enti iaastiamidweotonadiunnidantinemeddeobvanenieedakielixebivorniwiinamtes 190 Project SCO seais nsee EEE RE R hana EAEE Na EERE ESEESE DRE 1
297. name of your first screen If you haven t decided on a name just leave it as is you can change it later U n 2 D O n U D a z oH had Q v pra S 2 2 ou SD Editor Programming Software User Manual EZP SEM F 6 Mono 320x240 EZP SEM FS 6 SLIM nae 320x240 EZP SEM ES 6 Mono 320x240 EZPLC only EZP S6C ES 6 STN EZP T6C ES TFT Color 320x240 EZPLC only EZP S6C K 6 Color 320x240 DirectLogic Only EZP S6C KS 6 SLIM Color 320x240 DirectLogic Only EZP S6C 6 Color 320x240 All drivers EZP S6C FS 6 STN EZP T6C S TFT Color 320x240 All D EZP SEM FS 6 SLIM Mono 320x240 EZP S6M ES 6 Mono 320x240 EZPLC only EZP S6C ES 6 STN EZP TEC ES TFT Color 320x240 EZPLC only driver EZP S6C FS BYSTN EZP T6C FS TFT Color 320x240 All Drivers Click on the DOWN arrow to the right of the Panel Type field to view choices Select the Panel Type you are using Click on the DOWN arrow to the right of PLC Type and Protocol to view the list Select the PLC Type and Protocol you are using Click on the View Edit PLC COM Setup to edit the PLC Attributes A dialog box will appear that is particular to the type of PLC you have selected in the previous step Set the attributes to match your PLC Click OK PLC Revision Number F Baud Rate Panty Od 7 Select RS485 No Control RTS No he Require CTS No 7 Data Timeout 0 40 sec jo 8080 Note If the DirectLogic PLC yo
298. nd then click on the Apply Changes Message button The changes will be saved to the Message Database Q O Q Q Ga Q ag Tag Database Tag Cross Reference Read EzTagS Export Tags Import Tags b Alarm Database Export Alarms gt Message Database Export Messages To Excel Project Attributes Project Description Select PLC Upgrade Firmware Comma delimited D Editor Programming Software User Manual Export Messages Click on the Export Messages menu item to write the messages from your current open project to an Excel file or a CSV file Comma delimited The CSV Comma delimited or Comma separated values file format saves only the text and values as they are displayed in cells of the Message Database All rows and all characters in each cell are saved Columns of data are separated by commas and each row of data ends in a carriage return If a cell contains a comma the cell contents are enclosed in double quotation marks Example of what a CSV file looks like opened in Notepad 1 YES 6x8 144 NO 3195072 NO 1 This is message number 1 2 NO 6x8 49152 NO 15765504 NO 1 This is message number 2 3 NO 8x16 0 NO 12632256 NO 1 This is message number 3 4 NO 6x8 15728640 YES 12632304 YES 1 This is message number 4 Click on Comma delimited if you want to save the Message Database as a CSV file The following window will appear allowing you to name the file
299. nection should correspond to the size that we have configured the Generic module for In this case we are using 32 bytes of input data so that is the size we will enter in both input and output 2M Editor Programming Software User Manual 9 The Generic Module does not support a configuration assembly but RSLogix requires that a value be entered here An instance value of 0 is not a valid instance ID but any non zero value will work We have selected 1 The data size of the configuration instance is then set to O 10 As a final step we enter the IP Address that we have configured for the module Sev edFstetimevairy 1002 m 20 2000 johta Module Press the Next button The dialog box to Bos l A z F Maex Fai On Corirobe i Connection Faki While in Run Mode the right will open vena 11 Enter a value for the time between each scan of the module For this example we will leave it at the default of 10 msec Click on the Finish button 12 The Generic Module has been added to the configuration in RSLogix Select Go Online in the Communications Menu and download RSLogix 5000 My Controller 1756 L55 Ble Edit View Search Logic Communications Tools Window Help e s G 6 sme fp ill ie le nun O re mel a ER A No Forces me E Cortrole OK N Son See 4 Hleba ole o Redundancy B IM gt ravortes KEE Ama ante AE Ka 3 Controller My_Controller JA Controller Tags Controller Fault Handler Power Up Handl
300. nel by pressing and holding the ALT button and then typing in 0 and the 3 digit code for the character on the numeric keypad on your computer keyboard EXAMPLE To enter the character 1 Press and hold the ALT key on your computer keyboard 2 Enter 0191 on the Numeric Keyboard on your computer keyboard 3 The character will appear as a text character Character Code Description i 191 Inverted Question Mark 192 Latin Capital Letter A with Grave 193 Latin Capital Letter A with Acute 194 Latin Capital Letter A with Circumflex A 195 Latin Capital Letter A with Tilde A 196 Latin Capital Letter A with Diaeresis oD A 197 Latin Capital Letter A with Ring Above 198 Latin Capital Letter Ae a 2 199 Latin Capital Letter C with Cedilla E 200 Latin Capital Letter E with Grave Oo E 201 Latin Capital Letter E with Acute 202 Latin Capital Letter E with Circumflex 203 Latin Capital Letter E with Diaeresis 204 Latin Capital Letter with Grave 205 Latin Capital Letter with Acute I 206 Latin Capital Letter with Circumflex I 207 Latin Capital Letter with Diaeresis 208 Latin Capital Letter Eth 209 Latin Capital Letter N with Tilde 210 Latin Capital Letter O with Grave 211 Latin Capital Letter O with Acute 212 Latin Capital Letter O with Circumflex 213 Latin Capital Letter O with Tilde 214 Latin Capital Letter O with Diaeresis x 215 Multiplication Sign 216 Latin Cap
301. net ONLY EZPLC All plus EZ Ethernet NEMA 4 4X NEMA 1 FDA NEMA 4 4X NEMA 1 FDA NEMA 4 4X NEMA 1 FDA EZP T15C FSD 15 TFT Color with Slim Bezel 1MB Yes to 1 or 2 MB All plus DeviceNet I O NEMA 1 FDA EZP T15C FSE 15 TFT Color with Slim Bezel 1MB Yes to 1 or 2 MB All plus Ethernet IP All plus AB DH and Remote I O All plus Modbus Plus NEMA 1 FDA EZP 1T15C FSH 15 TFT Color with Slim Bezel 1MB Yes to 1 or 2 MB NEMA 1 FDA EZP T15C FSM 15 TFT Color with Slim Bezel 1MB Yes to 1 or 2 MB NEMA 1 FDA EZP T15C FSP 15 TFT Color with Slim Bezel 1MB Yes to 1 or 2 MB All plus Profibus NEMA 1 FDA EZP T15C FST 15 TFT Color with Slim Bezel 1MB Yes to 1 or 2 MB All plus Modbus TCP IP NEMA 1 FDA EZP T15C FSC 15 TFT Color with Slim Bezel 1MB Yes to 1 or 2 MB All plus CC Link NEMA 1 FDA EZP T15C FSU 15 TFT Color with Slim Bezel 1MB Yes to 1 or 2 MB ONLY Universal Ethernet NEMA 1 FDA SD Editor Programming Software User Manual Features e Pre built panel components for easy screen design i Screen Objects such as Toggle Switch Slide Switch a Selector Switch Throw Switch Thumbwheel Object Meters O PID Face plates and Analog Digital Clock 5 aa m Flash memory based design for easy firmware upgrade O lt Field expandable user RAM not all models r Y Nonvolatile flash card option for user program backup F not all models B e Color models su
302. ng Temperature 6 White on Blue amp Mono non expandablle cccseeeeee ees O to 45 C O COO gamer nae er te en ener ete nnn eee nena eee ne er eee 0 to 50 C O COO caer seie ss eee ss es 0 to 55 C ON ce ac we we PEE vee E EN A E 0 to 50 C o CoO ih Bgl ie eee ne en eer eee eee 0 to 55 C OO C OIO aah sees pee oo E nce dese ean cen ae teyacsevene toes aes 0 to 55 C 13 CONOR toe ests es eee ee 0 to 55 C Storage Temperature 6 White on Blue amp Mono non expandable 008 20 to 60 C O 6 9 san te ne rete mre et ree Re tr eee eee eee eee eee 25 to 60 C 0O 0 si U2 eee ee eee nn err Serene eter Se eee ene ons 25 to 65 C o C6 5 E ene eee en ene ee ene eee ee 25 to 60 C o Color TF ere meena eee een re et ee 25 to 65 C TO ak Gc 0 peer en E ee ee ee ees 25 to 65 C 1 OL OE aa oho 25 to 65 C Operating Humidity c cee 10 95 R H gt noncondensing Air COMPOSITION cece cceeeeeeeeeeeeeeees No corrosive gases permitted No preventative maintenance is required The EZPanel Enhanced touchscreen should be cleaned as needed with warm soapy water See the EZPanel Enhanced Hardware Manual P N EZP PANEL M for a list of compatible incompatible chemicals and compounds Ix ANGERD Editor Programming Software User Manual EZPanel Enhanced Editor The EZPanel Enhanced product has been modified to offer new features in e Softw
303. ng point data type with all objects No only Numeric Entry Numeric Display Meter Bar Graph PID Faceplate Line Graph and Recipe objects support floating point tags All other objects do not support floating point tags Why do not see all the discrete tags in a pushbutton object on the Tag Name pulldown You may have defined tags as discrete but if the PLC addresses assigned to these tags are read only addresses then you will not see these tags The reason is because a pushbutton writes discrete data to the PLC address and if a tag is mapped to a Read Only PLC address the pushbutton is not allowed to write the data Can I use a label on a vertical Radio button No a label is not available for either vertical style Radio button or vertical style Tri State Switch y x pu ddy How does a Radio button work A Radio button is assigned to a word 16 bit register in the PLC Each bit in the word of this associated tag corresponds to an individual button of the Radio button object Only one button can be ON at a time So turning one button ON automatically turns all other buttons OFF e c z D gt e e E gt Q What is the initial state of objects when the project is written to the panel If the object reads from the PLC it will show the current PLC value If it writes to the PLC it will default to zero for OFF What will be the state of objects if they are mapped to internal tags Internal tags are in
304. nge the order of the overlapping objects by bringing them forward Move Up or sending them back Move Down Click on the object in the list that you want to move to highlight it and then click on the Move Up or Move Down button You can also click on an object in the list and click on the Edit button to edit the object details or click on Remove to remove the object from the screen Overlapping Objects Details This dialog shows overlapping Dynamic Objects only It does not show Static Objects such as Static Bitmap and a rectangle or circle 2 Change Screen CHANGE SCR A D h D e D O D O ab See Ga Q ag WINGED Editor Programming Software User Manual NOTE The Apply Attributes function will only work on like objects and it doesn t work on ALL objects Select Objects Pick Attributes The Pick Attributes function can be accessed through the Edit Menu or by right clicking onto an object It basically acts as a copy and paste function only pertaining to the visual characteristics of an object Once an object is selected the Pick Attributes function copies the shape and color of the text and background and will apply those attributes by using the Apply Attributes function To Pick Attributes perform the following steps I Select the object which has the attributes you would like to pick by clicking the object 2 Click the Edit Menu and select Pi
305. nger than the specified BTR Error 10 NONACTIVE_QUARTER_32_ERROR Screen Message WRITE TO NONACTIVE INPUT QTR T aabg ww bb tag map string Condition When writing a 32 bit or string value to an Input the value was either mapped to a nonactive quarter or out of the range for the rack specified amp by the map string ANGERD Editor Programming Software User Manual Error 11 NONACTIVE_QUARTER_R32_ERROR Screen Message NONACTIVE_QUARTER_R32_ERROR Condition When reading a 32 Bit or string value from an Input or Output the value was out of the range for the rack specified by the map string Error 12 GENERAL_ERROR Screen Message ERROR CODE xxx Condition Never should occur Error 13 INVALID_DRIVER_STATE Screen Message INVALID DRIVER STATE Condition Driver reached an invalid state during a write Driver reached an invalid state during a read Error 14 LAST_ERROR Screen Message N A Condition Never would occur AROMAT PLC WITH MEWTOCOL COM PROTOCOL Error 0 NO_ERROR Screen Message Condition N A NEVER WILL OCCUR Error 1 INVALID_ATTRIBUTES Screen Message Condition Error 2 MSG_ERR Screen Message Condition Error 3 PLC_TIMEOUT Screen Message Condition Error 4 BCC_ERR Screen Message Condition Error 5 FMT_ERR Screen Message Condition Error 6 NOT_ERR Screen Message INVALID PLC ATTRIBUTES USING DEFAULTS If attributes do not exist or there are less than the original
306. nhanced Project GF a040 ans SNP X gt _C Edig verios B L490 70 PARIH Step 1 Project Information SELECT ACTION Edit Program OFF LINE Write to Panel Later Read Program from Panel and Edit OFF LINE e le ES fs Al 7 E pean Tre I Pare dot E A w A i 4 Lz iia Da EZ Panel a pym p EDITOR It s as easy as LAS Step EZT ouch Programming Software Version 3 2 21 EZAutomation Phone 1 877 774 EASY Selected Action Edit OFF LINE Write Later www ezautomation net ENTER PROJECT INFORMATION Project Location Duar senate Browse Project Name Start Editing Screen Number 1 Name New Screen oa m Select Panel r Panel Family Size EZPanel Enhanced EZTouch EZTouchPLC 1s oe Cae CAS ect Model ALL 8 Color 6404480 BaalFels ERIMI Troos iner 285 lt be thn u sesi Fo E Pel Tive 10 255 Stop Ul r n lt i obe ttn eseun Uslauk JIS L tng SKAN ID SU rs ane een Editor Programming Software User Manual GE VERSAMAX BHR File Edt Parameter View Tools Window Help The following screens provide you with an example of how to set up a GE Versamax PLC with SNP Settings Scan Port PS 232 Porte 3 485 Memory Power Consumption Parameters Values Fa Mode SNP Protocol oe Slave Data Rate bps 19200 Parity Odd To set up the PLC using GE Fanuc _ StopBits 1 A Tim
307. ni Passwords Clock Panelto PLC PEC to Panel Language Alam Protecion Cation parameters for your printer using EZPanel Enhanced Editor Programming Software The communication parameters must be set in the Project Attributes windows of your EZPanel Enhanced Project From the Main Menu go to Setup gt Project Attributes and click on the Printer tab The window shown to the left will ap pear You must match the communication settings in EZPanel Enhanced to that of the printer that you are using Those settings can usually be found in the printer s hardware user manual The objects that can be printed from the panel are Messages from the Message Database Lookup Text Object Alarms and Messages from the Multi state Indicator Q S e g 1 Es Y ad xipu ddy Editor Programming Software User Manual This page intentionally left blank San g Oc x o gt cc Oo 0 aT gt lt O SEMN Editor Programming Software User Manual Symbols ADD 132 omp 120 EMF 160 emf 120 ezt 19 WMF 160 wmf 120 SUBTRACT 132 16 bit 44 16 bit register 81 24 Volt Power Supply 3 32 bit 44 3 Easy Steps Tool Bar 141 A About EZPanel Enhanced 195 accumulator data 62 Activate 82 Activate Screen Saver Label 108 Text 108 ACTUAL VALUE A 13 Actuator Type 124 Actuator Types 47 Add 131 133 Add Edit Button Tag Database 168 Add Edit
308. nk click on the box below Blink to place a check mark indicating that the option is enabled Choose the Horizontal and Vertical Justification for the On Text For Horizontal justification click in front of one of the following Left Center or Right For Vertical Justification click in front of Top Center or Bottom Under Off Text Format repeat the steps above Visibility Details See Button Object OK Cancel Help Buttons Click on OK button to save your selections and exit the dialog box Click on Cancel button to exit the dialog box without saving your selections Click on Help button to go to the Help Topic for that dialog box NOTE To edit the Address String with your cursor in the Tag Name field click on the right mouse button The EDIT TAG DETAILS screen will appear Editor Programming Software User Manual Lookup Text Lookup Text is an object that is created to display pre programmed messages within a frame on the panel screen These pre programmed messages are stored in the Message Database It displays one message ata time Click on the Message Database button at the bottom of the dialog box to program messages in the database A Value corresponding to the Tag Name is the Message Number that will be displayed inside the frame of the Lookup Text Each message designed in the Message Database is numbered from 1 to 999 So if the Value corresponding to the Tag Name is 10 Message Number 10 wi
309. ns provide you with an example of how to set up a PLC5 with Remote I O Protocol To set up the PLC5 with Remote I O using PLC 5 Programming Software Series A 6200 program the Channel Configuration screens as shown below Channel Overview This screen is the Channel overview Highlight the Channel Channel O SYSTEM POINT TO POINT setting in this case Channel 1B EOSTO DH is set for Scanner Mode Once inn nee setting is highlighted press F5 Riana itia key to access next screen Forces None 5 20 Addr 30 PGIRIO CU wore Scanner Mode NOTES Channel 1B Configuration 1 Panel baud rate must match PLC baud rate eee aaa A I ATAR I O DISABLED 2 Rack assignment of the PLC ie aie must include rack assignments Popre ma designated in the panel Size 0 1 2 010 0137 Forces None 5 20 Addr 30 PGIRIO F6 F F F RANCS Editor Programming Software User Manual Open EZPanel Enhanced Editor Programming Software and configure Project Information as shown in the figure below After selecting the PLC Wanntuz x 5 A Type and Protocol click Ag a i onthe View Edit PLC Com Step l N A Setup The PLC Attributes EDITOR dialog box will appear Bs aseasyas 1 2 3 lt EZT ouch Programming Software Version 3 2 21 EZAutomation Phone 1 877 774 EASY Click on Rack N mber 01 Selected Action Edit OFF LINE Write Later secs abion rik f u M
310. nsure the correct PC COM port is selected in the EZPanel Enhanced Editor Programming Software and that it is available in the PC 4 Check the COM1 setting in Setup Mode on the panel Refer to the EZPanel Enhanced Editor Programming Software Help topic or the EZPanel Enhanced Hardware Manual chapter on Connections and Wiring for more information gt Problem Panel does not communicate with PLC Action 1 Check communications cable a Is it the right cable b Is it connected c Is the cable terminated properly 2 Check PLC settings a Is PLC system powered b Is PLC COM Port properly configured c If there is a RUN switch on PLC is it in the term remote mode 2 lt 3 X co o 0 Q 5 Q 5 lt o S Editor Programming Software User Manual Refer to the EZPanel Enhanced Editor Programming Software Help topic or the EZPanel Enhanced Hardware Manual chapter on Connections and Wiring for more information Problem Memory unavailable Action 1 Make sure that the Flash Card is in top slot and the RAM Card is in the bottom slot Refer to the EZPanel Enhanced Editor Programming Software Help topic or the EZPanel Enhanced Hardware Manual chapter on Connections and Wiring for more information Problem Display is Blank Action 1 Display indicates NO USER PROGRAM after power up There is no user program installed into the panel 2 Display is blank Push extreme u
311. ntain Aspect Ratio r Justification z r dustification Import Bitmap Horizontal y Vertical ___Impot Bitmap slab Horizontal p Vertical C Left C Top C Left C Top Symbol Factory Center Center Symbol Factory Center Center C Right C Bottom C Right Bottom Copy From Clipboard Copy From Clipboard SSS SSS sssssssir Simulate Press Cancel Help To put a Label on the Bitmap Button perform the following steps 1 Click on the box in front of Label Text if you want a label for your object 2 Use the UP DOWN arrows after the Language box to select a language number See Language section page 180 Select Character Size from the available choices Enter Label Text up to 40 characters Select the Position of the label whether you want it to appear at the Top or the Bottom of the object frame 6 Select the Text and Background Color Click on the NOTE To edit the Address down arrow to view the color palette String with your cursor in the Tag Name field click Enter a Tag Names ae on the right mouse button 1 Enter a Tag Name or click on the down arrow and select The EDIT TAG DETAILS the Tag Name that you want the Button tag and the screen will appear Indicator tag to correspond to ANGED Editor Programming Software User Manual NOTE If you select Momentary ON or Momentary OFF the PLC must set bit to proper state on powerup This must
312. nto your panel Free Memory This is the RAM memory that you have left to use in the panel User Memory This is the total RAM Memory available for use in the panel rd clock Contrast adjustment and testing of the Touch cells and 2 Display Q San Memory bytes aa PLC Driver PLC Manufacturer PLC Model PLC Driver Code Revision This provides information about the type of PLC you are using Panel Name A description of the panel model is provided Option Board Option Board Type This tells you if you have an option board installed and the type Reboot Click here to reboot the EZPanel Clear Program Click here to Clear the current user program from the panel ANGERD Editor Programming Software User Manual PLC DRIVER CODE only Flash Click on RAM to Flash to copy RAM memory to Flash card This will REG 24M to Fash Flash to RAM transfer the user program loaded on your panel to the Flash Card The Flash card may then be removed and installed into another panel to transfer to the RAM You may also backup your user program to save it before shutting off power to the panel You may then reinstall the program later Click on Flash to RAM to copy the contents of the Flash card to the panel RAM memory This is used to copy the user program from one panel to another or to reinstall a program to the panel Update PLC Driver Click on this to update your PLC Driver This will send the current PLC Dr
313. o be different than the PLC Value The Data Types and their respective ranges that may be available are as follows Signed 16 Decimal 32768 to 32767 Signed 32 Decimal 2147483648 to 2147483647 Unsigned 16 Decimal 0 to 65535 Unsigned 32 Decimal 0 to 4294967295 Octal 16 O to 177777 Octal 32 O to 37777777777 Hex 16 0 to FFFF Hex 32 0 to FFFFFFFF BCD 16 0 to 9999 BCD 32 0 to 99999999 1 Click on Data Type and select from the available choices 2 Click on Justification and select from the following Leading Zeroes Leading Spaces or Trailing Spaces 3 Click on Size and select from the available character sizes Click on down arrow to view list of sizes 4 Under Color click on down arrow to view the color palette for Text Click on any color to select 5 Click on the box in front of Blink if you want your text characters to blink 6 Select color for Background and whether or not you want it to Blink T Click on Total Digits under Digits The panel will display the minimum value and the maximum number inside the keypad Here you will select how many digits from 1 to 10 depending on the data type and tag value type chosen that you want to display 8 If you want Fractional Digits enter 1 through 10 here select 0 for none For example if your maximum value is 999 you would enter 3 under total digits If your maximum value is 99 9 enter 3 under Total Digits and 1 under Fractional Digits 9 If
314. o convert Reason If you specify a discrete address to an object requiring a word address or vice versa you will receive this error message Solution Specify a valid PLC address Error T03_1 Unable to get the data type Reason The Tag Database has become corrupted Solution Try the following 1 Goto Tag Database Setup gt Tag Database and select a tag not associated with any objects 2 Delete the tag by pressing Delete button or by using delete key on keyboard 3 Save the project 4 Close and then restart EZPanel Enhanced Editor Programming Software 5 Open the project and check for the error again Error T03_2 Tag index not found Creating internal tags Solution Try the following 1 Accept defaults 2 Open Tag Database and check to see if all tags are there 3 Some Tags will be UNKNOWN modify to your requirements Error T03_3 Unable to open tag database file map Reason This error occurs if the project map file gets deleted or is missing when an attempt to load the program is made Solution Recovering or finding original map file will recover project if this cannot be done creating a new project with a new map file is the only solution Error T03_4 Tag index limit reached unable to create a new tag Reason You ve reached the tag maximum Maximum number of tags that can be entered is 32 000 Error T03_5 Incorrect number of PLC tags and Internal tags Reason Tag database is corrupted S
315. o deselect the box will be empty To choose how the Digital Clock will appear perform the fol lowing steps 1 2 3 Under Options choose to display just the Date just the Time or both Time and Date Select whether or not you want the Time to be displayed in 24 Hour Mode and whether or not to Show Seconds Choose the Date Format from the available choices and the Character Size Under Color click on the down arrow next to Text and Background to view the color palette Click on a color swatch to select Click on the box under Blink if you want the Background or Text to Blink Visibility Details See Button Object OK Cancel Help Buttons BEW Editor Programming Software User Manual Meter Object AN A Meter object is used to display an analog gauge such as a speed i ometer The meter consists of a data tag a data type data value range location of the meter on the screen the sweep direction for the needle the needle color and the number of ticks to display In simulating an analog gauge the Meter object displays a needle that sweeps through an arc as the tag value changes Tick marks General Alarms Digital Display Scaling Visibiliy Details Label Text o OSO Language H Character Size EE Label Text METER Position Color E lop Bottom Number of Major Divisions f Number of Sub Divisions E Coor Show Tick Numbers IV Precision for Floating Point 7 i are displayed
316. o other than the default PLC the address string must Byte Dider Woo 2 i tc nr PN E Handan be preceded by the PLC address of the Owain Odeng unit you want to communicate with For Charl Cha2 Oelma F Cha 2 Cha example 3 40001 is PLC address 3 ines Editor Programming Software User Manual OMRON C200 and C500 PLC Communications Setup The following provides you with an example of how to set up an OMRON PLC OMRON PLC s Host Link setup configuration is done by setting a series of switches on the Host Link unit Set the switches in accordance with the figure and tables provided below Setting Switches swt Before setting switches be sure to turn off the power to the PC Using a standard Unit No screwdriver set each switch so that the desired set value appears on the window sw2 below the switch SW1 to SW4 are set to 0 as a factory set condition oo e Rate FRONT PANEL SWITCH SETTINGS Command level parity SW1 and SW2 transmission Set the Unit No of the Host Link Unit by using SW1 and SW2 A Unit No from lle 00 to 31 can be set Do not set the same Unit No in duplicate SW3 SW4 Sets the transmission speed Sets the command level parity and Match the transmission speed transmission format of the Host Link Unit to the host Command l Trans mission aW bava Party Torme computer o fom a feo e pom a fo fa asooes fs ssootes e rems e eas e fo O mees E ees o pe
317. o to the Help Topic for that dialog box MINGGI Editor Programming Software User Manual The Clock object allows you to display a real time clock showing the current date time or both analog clock displays time only It can display as either an Analog or Digital Clock Funallog Lock I abel Tae NOTE See page 163 to set Eo CE Cherie Seefe up the Clock Attributes Label Text Clock with Frame and Label steps 1 2 3 4 Clock with Label NO 5 Frame 6 f Fation oan Analog Clock Gereral Visibility Dett oon ea l e To put a Label on the Clock object perform the following Click on the box in front of Label Text if you want a label for your object Use the UP DOWN arrows after the Language box to select a language number See Language section page 180 Select Character Size from the available choices Enter Label Text up to 40 characters Select the Position of the label whether you want it to appear at the Top or the Bottom of the object frame Select the Text and Background Color Click on the down arrow to view the color palette Display Frame is selected by default If you do not want the frame around the clock to be visible click on the box to deselect the box will be empty To Choose how the Analog Clock will appear perform the ock with NO Frame following steps NO Label 1 2 Under Color choose the color of the Background
318. of how to set up a SLC 500 Series mesai chemi sprem Chan O Spem char o usr PLC with DF1 Half Duplex Protocol Diver Noea Nodeedcs i decimal faud icon To set up the SLC 500 PLC DF 1 Half Duplex pay RN using RSLogix configuration software program the Channel Configuration screen as shown to the right Open EZPanel Enhanced Editor Programming Se ae Software and configure Project Information as Control Line MoHadehaking PalTimecut pomaj shown in the figure below Eror Detection CAC g EDT Suppression After selecting the PLC Type and Protocol a Eire Messo Fetes E click on the View Edit PLC Com Setup The PLC Attributes dialog box will appear Enter the parameters shown Click on the OK button to EE Project Information save your selections You B n will return to the Project P gt D EZ Pane amp Information screen Click fo EDITOR on the OK button to begin iio ee ae Eras eday ads J 2 5 creating your EZPanel EZT oueh Fragianiring Sofia verdon 5221 Enhanced Project EZAuternahon Phone 1077 774EASY Selected Action Edit OFF LINE Write Later AA BEQUnornation ret SELECT ACTION MENTER PAOJECT INFORMATION Pioge Location NOTE If attached to a 1747KE Edi Prog communication module the PLC OFF LINE Wile ENP ogri Fip ESPantEnhanoodi Propa address is the address of the to Panal Later Pingel Nare meaw oject ez eie e Set ory processor that
319. ol 0x0000 No error 0x0001 Incompatible Revision This error will be displayed when the driver and exec have an incompatible revision 0x0002 PLC error incorrect map size This error occurs when an incompatible map is loaded into the unit The driver will not attempt to communicate with the PLC when this occurs 0x0004 Limit of elements per screen exceeded This occurs when there are too many registers on the display to be monitored The number of registers on the display must be reduced 0x0008 PLC MSG Time out CMD X This occurs when the unit does not receive a reply to its command The unit will retry a command and wait for the specified time out period before reporting this command The command ID causing the error is reported e z D gt e e F Q y x pu ddy 2 Se X EE D O 25 lt o inet Editor Programming Software User Manual 0x0010 Invalid PLC attributes using defaults This error is reported when the PLC driver receives an invalid set of PLC attributes The default attributes will be used when this error occurs 0x0020 PLC Bad checksum CMD X This error occurs when a reply with an invalid checksum is received by the unit The command ID of the command that incurred the error is reported as part of the message 0x0040 PLC Error STS xx EXTSTS yy CMD zz This error is reported if a controller responds to a command with an error The error code is shown and can be l
320. ol Bar X Adjust Contrast lt gt ae Increment Decrement Hour de Ej Activate ScreenSaver H Select Language TES hy v U 0 r 9 3 3 Q Bitmap Objects Tool Bar ELi Dynamic Bitmap i cS Bitmap Button IF Multi state Bitmap od S 4 tg 5 O A S i Screen For Help press F1 BGD Editor Programming Software User Manual Draw Tool Bar Any of the following draw functions can be accessed by choosing the selection from the Draw Menu or by clicking on the specific Draw Tool Bar icons shown below k Pointer E Line lt O Rectangle O Circle E Static Bitmap Draw Frame T Panel Tool Bar The Panel Tool bar consists of icons for frequently used commands These commands are also found in and accessible from the Main Menu Bar From left to right they are as follows s Ea Trasfer to Panel s Panel Information Display Screen Reboot Panel D e il Panel Time and Date Diagnostics 7o COM Port Configuration No of Selected Objects 0 305 Y 5 OFFLINEMODE Z Status Bar The Status Bar is located at the bottom of the Programming Screen and shows the status of the current screen It provides information about a tool bar or menu item on the main programming screen that the pointer passes over the number of selected objects the XY location coordinates of the cursor and the current programming mode O
321. ollowing screens provide you with an example of how to set up a Mewtocol Protocol To set up the Aromat PLC Mewtocol Protocol using FP Win GR configuration software program the Channel Configuration screen as shown to the right Open EZPanel Enhanced Editor Programming Software and configure Project Information as shown in the figure below PLC Configuration Mewtocol_COM fp After selecting the PLC Type and No 410 UnitNo Hold Non hold1 Hold Non hold2 Action onEnor Time Link High Speed Counter Interrupt Input Tool Port COM1 Port COM2 Port Protocol click on the View Edit PLC No 412 Modem Enabled Com Setup The PLC Attributes dialog p No413 Communication Format No 415 Baudrate box will appear Enter the parameters Char Bit 8 Bits gt 19200 bps shown Click on the OK button to save Parity Odd z your selections You will return to the StopBit 1 gt Project Information screen Clickon the OK button to begin creating your EZPanel Enhanced Project Step 1 Project Information _ gt EZ Panel me EDITOR It s as easy as 1 2 3 EZT ouch Programming Soltware Version 32 21 EZAuAcmation Phone 1 877774 EASY Selected Action Edit OFF LINE Write Later wenn ZaULCENabCN rt SELECT ACTION ENTER PROJECT INFORMATION Project Location Aromat Mewtocol Attributes x Cancel Head PLE Initialize Help to Panel Later sea
322. olor palette To select a Color click on the down arrow to see the palette and then simply click on the color swatch you want MINGGI Editor Programming Software User Manual NOTE To edit the Address String with your cursor in the Tag Name field click on the right mouse button The EDIT TAG DETAILS screen will appear NOTE The minimum number of readings is two Display Frame is selected by default If you do not want the frame around the Line Graph to be visible click on the box to deselect the box will be empty The Sample Rate for the Line Graph can be timed or triggered by an event Timed how often in Seconds Minutes or Hours the line graph will update Enter this parameter next to Sample Rate and select per Hour Minutes or Seconds Triggered triggered by a bit that will be monitored to up date the line graph The trigger state conveys whether the line graph will be updated when the monitor bit is on or off Select an existing or enter a new Tag Name for the monitor bit Select On State or Off State Line Graph General Pen xY Asis Visibiity Details Pen Tag Name Color Line Type Language Legend E _E OE Be gf I ES E EE TE Sh Ena IV Display Legend Note IF unsigned data type is selected for range then the pen tags must also have unsigned data types assigned to them Signed and Unsigned data types CANNOT be mixed on the same line graph Cancel
323. olution Rebuild the project Error T03_6 Tag expected but not found Creating it as an internal tag Solution Try the following 1 Accept defaults 2 Open Tag Database and check to see if all tags are there 3 Some Tags will be UNKNOWN modify to your requirements Error T04_1 Cannot delete lt Tag gt Tag associated with an object Reason The selected tag is associated with an object alarm project attribute Solution Use Setup gt Tag Cross Reference to see what objects alarms project attributes are linked to the tag Error T04_2 No map data found in tag database file named Reason Tag database is corrupted Solution Rebuild the project r e c z D gt e e E gt Q y x pu ddy 2 See X EE D O 25 lt o Error 101_1 Attributes file associated with this project not found creating one with default attributes Reason There are six different files that make up the project If the saved attributes file atr is moved deleted or is altered outside of panel the file may not load or will not be found Solution The program loader will reset the attributes to default Go to Setup gt Select PLC and redefine the communication parameters required Error 102_1 Invalid file name or path Reason You have specified an invalid file name Solution You have to specify a valid file name Do not include any special characters lt gt etc while naming yo
324. om Display a blank message Display the last displayed message Horizontal s Ignore the new value C Left Center Right Cancel Help To put a Label on the Multi state Indicator object perform the following steps 1 Click on the box in front of Label Text 2 Use the UP DOWN arrows after the Language box to select a language number See section on Language page 180 Select Character Size from the available choices Enter Label Text up to 40 characters Select the Position of the label whether you want it to appear at the Top or the Bottom of the object frame C1 ANGERD Editor Programming Software User Manual NOTE To edit the Address String with your cursor in the Tag Name field click on the right mouse button The EDIT TAG DETAILS OTE Selecting Bit Num ber will display the messages based on whichever bit is ON in the tag Selecting Mes sage Number will display 6 Select the Text and Background Color Click on the down arrow to view the color palette Display Frame is selected by default If you do not want the frame around the object to be visible click on the box to deselect the box will be empty Enter a Tag Name 1 Enter a Tag Name or click on the down arrow and select the Tag Name from the available choices 2 Ifthe Tag Name is new the Add New Tag Details dialog box will appear where you will enter tag details The Tag Name will appear in the first field Enter
325. on card responded to a mailbox message that the driver sent The quantity of data in the reply is more than what was specified by the tag Error 19 CONFIG_IP_ERROR Screen Message NO IP ADDRESS Condition The attributes were configured with an IP address 0 0 0 0 or a subnet mask 255 255 255 255 Error 20 EXP_MSG_TIMEOUT NOT IMPLEMENTED Screen Message UCMM TIMEOUT NN E CCCCC IIII AAA MMMMM Condition The Ethernet IP option card failed to respond to an explicit message Error 21 INVALID_ MESSAGE _ID Screen Message INVALID MESSAGE ID Condition The option card responded to a mailbox message that the driver sent The option card thinks that the message had an invalid message ID Error 22 INVALID_MESSAGE_TYPE Screen Message Invalid message type Condition The option card responded to a mailbox message that the driver sent The option card thinks that the message had an invalid message type Error 23 INVALID_ COMMAND Screen Message Invalid command Condition The option card responded to a mailbox message that the driver sent The option card thinks that the message had an invalid command AYn eleh Editor Programming Software User Manual Error 24 INVALID_DATA_SIZE Screen Message Invalid data size Condition The option card responded to a mailbox message that the driver sent The option card thinks that the message had an invalid data size in the data that the driver sent in its message Error 25 INVA
326. on to show a 320x240 rectangle Please ensure on all screens that the objects are within this rectangle before trying to change to a lower resolution panel Solution Move the objects to within the 320x240 rectangle on all screens Error S01_3 Unable to save this screen Screen size exceeds the maximum 128K Please delete a few objects and try to save again Solution Either delete a few of the objects or move the objects to a different screen Error S02_1 Unable to save the project to the panel Reason When working ONLINE the panel loses power or the communication link between the panel and PC is interrupted or disconnected When you select Save Screen or Save Project you will receive this error message Solution Check to see if power is getting to the panel then check the COM line between the panel and PC for a good connection j Errors Jxx_x Radio Buttons Error J01_1 Object cannot be accommodated in the new position Reason The radio buttons object cannot have any buttons over hanging on the screen The vertical and horizontal radio buttons will only allow enough buttons to go from one end of the screen to the other end Any more buttons will generate this message Solution One of two courses of action may be taken The first is to reduce the size of the object itself The second option is to reduce the number of buttons in the object Error J01_2 Cannot add another button To do so would exceed the panel size Reason The
327. one or two messages at a time and if more than one Panel is trying to communicate errors will occur A panel and a program loader can be connected to this series of PLCs without errors occurring The amount of information being requested from the Panel and the amount of activity on the DH485 network can affect the response time of a message Driver Errors for Micrologix SLC 500 with DF1 Half Duplex Protocol 0x0000 No error 0x0001 Incompatible Revision This error will be displayed when the driver and exec have incompatible revision 0x0002 PLC error incorrect map size This error occurs when an incompatible map is loaded into the unit The driver will not attempt to communicate with the PLC when this occurs 0x0004 Limit of elements per screen exceeded This occurs when there are too many register on the display that can be monitored 0x0008 PLC MSG time out CMD X This error occurs when the unit does not receive a reply to its command The unit will retry a command and wait for the specific time out period before reporting this command The command ID causing this error is reported CMD 0xAA READ CMD 0XA2 WRITE 0x0010 Invalid PLC attributes using defaults This will occur if the PLC driver receives an invalid set of attributes The default attributes will be used when this occurs inet Editor Programming Software User Manual 0x0020 PLC bad checksum CMD X This occurs when a reply with an invalid checksum is received by the unit
328. onitor specific Tags in the panel and display the value of these data tags as they change over time This allows the panel to display the graph as soon as the screen containing the graph is selected Up to 6 tags can be monitored per line graph and up to 100 line graphs can be programmed Line Graph General Pen xv Axis Visibilty Details T Label Text Language 4 Character Size 6 8 7 Label Text LINE GRAPH Color Text 7j Background a Color Background Axis Tick mm IV Display Frame r Sample Rate Timed Sample Rate 60 C Hour Minutes Seconds Triggered Tag Name 7 On State Off State Total of Samples 100 Sample Per Chat 104 Number of readings to average per sample 4 Cancel Help Line graphs are unique in that most of the work is done for you The line graph plots the tag values on a line as they change over a period of time To put a Label on the Line Graph object perform the follow ing steps Click on the box in front of Label Text if you want a label for your object 2 Use the UP DOWN arrows after the Language box to select a language number See Language section page 180 Select Character Size from the available choices Enter Label Text up to 40 characters Select the Text and Background Color Click on the down arrow to view the color palette a Select the Background Color and the Axis Tick Color from those offered on the c
329. ooked up in the Allen Bradley documentation The command ID of the command causing the error is reported 0x0080 PLC Nack Error This error is reported if a controller responds to a command with a negative acknowledgment error 0x0100 PLC Element Read Only This error is reported if an attempt is made to write to an element with a read only map entry Read only map entries are INPUT file OUTPUT file and the control word of TIMERS COUNTERS and CONTROL structures 0x0200 PLC Transmit Buffer Full The error is reported if the transmit buffer becomes full in the PLC driver 0x8000 Error Code XX This error is reported when the PLC driver encounters an unknown error This should never occur Time outs This specifies the amount of time the panel will wait for a reply to a message before triggering an error Each message sent to the PLC must be acknowledged by the PLC The acknowledgment must be received within the time out period After the message has been sent twice with no response the time out message will be displayed Driver Errors for Micrologix SLC 500 with DF1 Full Duplex Protocol 0x0000 No error 0x0001 Incompatible Revision This error will be displayed when the driver and exec have incompatible revision 0x0002 PLC error incorrect map size This error occurs when an incompatible map is loaded into the unit The driver will not attempt to communicate with the PLC when this occurs 0x0004 Limit of elements per screen exceeded
330. ool bar the icons and their functions are shown below Open Poject Open screen Save screen Cut the selection and put it on the clipboard Copy the selection and put it on the cliboard Paste clipboard contents Hpo M Undo the last action or Redo the previously undone action Display project screens Explorer view Print the active document Display program information version number and copyright Display help for clicked on buttons menus and windows Zoom to a predefined screen magnification Displays Grid on the screen Snaps to Grid Show or Hide TouchCells Show 320 x 240 Rectangle size of 6 inch panel screen Aligns left sides of all the selected objects to that of left most object Aligns all the selected objects to the vertical center of screen Aligns right sides of all the selected objects to that of right most object Aligns top sides of all the selected objects to that of top most object TES hy Aligns all the selected objects to the horizontal center of screen a as O 9 3 3 Yo Aligns bottom sides of all the selected objects to that of bottom most object ae 41 Lt THtt ev zens Make all selected objects the same size 31 Editor Programming Software User Manual i Make all selected objects the same eight Make all selected objects the samewidth Arrange windows so they ovrlap gt Arrange windows as non overlappingtiles iae Shows Tag Database oO S
331. option card was unable to process the command O e c z D gt e e E gt Q y x pu ddy 2 lt 3 X co O O Q 5 Q 5 lt o AWN Editor Programming Software User Manual Error 46 NO_FREE_SOCKET Screen Message No free socket Condition The option card responded to a mailbox message that the driver sent card was unable to process the command Error 47 INVALID_SOCKET Screen Message Invalid socket Condition The option card responded to a mailbox message that the driver sent card was unable to process the command Error 48 NOT_CONNECTED Screen Message Not connected Condition The option card responded to a mailbox message that the driver sent card was unable to process the command Error 49 COMMAND_FAILED Screen Message Command failed Condition The option card responded to a mailbox message that the driver sent card was unable to process the command Error 50 ETHERNET_INVALID_DATA_SIZE Screen Message Invalid data size Condition The option card responded to a mailbox message that the driver sent card was unable to process the command Error 51 INVALID_FRAGMENT_TYPE Screen Message Invalid fragment type Condition The option card responded to a mailbox message that the driver sent card was unable to process the command Error 52 FRAGMENT_ERROR Screen Message Fragment error Condition The option card responded to
332. or to enter text up to 40 characters to send to a Tag assigned to an address ina PLC It has many uses some of which may be to send part numbers or production numbers to a PLC or to senda message to a PLC that will in turn route it to one or more plant i floor message display s To put a Label on the Text Entry object perform the following steps 1 Click on the box in front of Label Text if you want a label for your object 2 Use the UP DOWN arrows after the Language box to select a language number See section on Language page 180 Select Character Size from the available choices Enter Label Text up to 40 characters Select the Position of the label whether you want it to appear at the Top or the Bottom of the object frame 6 Select the Text and Background Color Click on the down arrow to view the color palette 7 Display Frame is selected by default If you do not want the frame around the text to be visible click on the box to deselect the box will be empty a a SSD Editor Programming Software User Manual NOTE To edit the Address String with your cursor in the Tag Name field click on the right mouse button The EDIT TAG DETAILS screen will appear NOTE I For a list of ASCII Characters that EZPanel Enhanced Supports see Appendix B 2 Each ASCH character uses I byte of data There are 2 characters per regis ter 40 character maximum uses 20 consecutive regi
333. or text and or background and Language The Message Database is used by the Lookup Text object to display a message on the panel The value for the message is assigned in the Tag associated with a Lookup Text object Message Database Total Number of Messages 1 Current Editing Language 1 Msat Print Char Size Text Color Blink Bkg Color Blink Lang Msg Text YES 6x8 YES MM ves 1 Perform schedule maintenance To create a new message Add New Message Details Dialog Box Colors you have selected for the message text and background display right in the message database window Message Database Total NumberofMessages 4 Msat Pirk Char Size 1 YES 6x16 2 NO Exe 3 NO Exe 1 4 YES GG 2 3 Add Hew Message H H essage Humber a Text Color a e Bink tha coe ex E gt Background Color T_ Bink Prine thie Message Message Text Press FY to embed a data variable Language z Press CTAL EN TER to go to naxt line of this message Help Add Hew Mezsage Lloze Click on the Add button The following Add New Message dialog box will appear Select the Message Number using the UP DOWN arrows Select the Text Color by clicking on the DOWN arrow to view the color palette Click on the box in front of Blink if you want the text in the message to blink on and off Ax Editor Programming Software User Manual 4 Select the Background Color and whether or not you want the
334. or the Bottom of the object frame 6 Select the Text and Background Color Click on the down arrow to view the color palette 7 Display Frame is selected by default If you do not want the frame around the object to be visible click on the box to deselect the box will be empty NOTE ONLY TWO TAG TYPES are available for the Thumbwheel object UNSIGNED _INT_ 16 can be UNSIGNED Decimal or HEX Data type and BCD_ INT 16 Enter a Tag Name 1 Enter a Tag Name or click on the down arrow and select the Tag Name that you want the object to correspond to 2 Ifthe Tag Name is new the Add New Tag Details dialog box will appear where you will enter tag details The Tag Name will appear in the first field Enter an Address String appropriate for your type PLC and select the Data Type from available choices Click on the OK button SLD Editor Programming Software User Manual Number of wheels 44 Character Size 8x16 X Data Type Unsigned Decimal x Select Thumbwheel Format 1 Select the Number of Wheels from 1 to 5 for the object You will only be able to use 4 digits wheels when using BCD or Hex data types 2 Choose the size of the numbers Character Size that will appear within the thumbwheels 3 Select the Data Type of the numbers from the available selections Protection see Button Object Visibility Details See Button Object OK Cancel Help Buttons e Click on OK button to save your selections
335. ose Print Alarm Database Print Tag Database select Sort by Tag Name or Sort by Tag Address or Print Message Database If you want to Print Screens select All Screens to print all of the screens from the project or Selected Screens to print selected screens from the list Click on the box in front of With Object Details if you want the details of the selected screens to print also Click on a screen in the list to highlight it Press and hold the Ctrl key and click to select more than one Click on OK when you have made your selections Print Setup Choose or change your print settings here Exit Click on Exit to quit the program Undo Redo Cul Copy Paste Select All Align Delete Edit Toolbar Current Editing Language Simulate Mext State Simulate Prey Stake Pick Attributes Appl Attributes Disolay Taa Name on Object NOED Editor Programming Software User Manual Edit Menu Undo The Undo command is used to reverse the previous action This function must be performed next in order for the action to be undone The undo command goes back sixteen levels of undo Redo will redo the previously undone action Cut This allows you to Cut remove a selected item s to the clipboard Copy This allows you to Copy without removing a selected item s to the clipboard Paste This allows you to Paste a selected item from the clipboard onto the displayed screen Select All Click on Sele
336. other SELECT ACTION button a confirm action message will appear just to make sure that this is what you intended to do Click on Yes or No 2 eolie wie Lae Bec Z Read From Panel Edit Offine mode __ Bsaseasy as 1 2 3 oA Selected Action None EATER PRIVEE T IRR SELECT ACTION _ Edit Progra OFF LINE winte to Panel Later Read al hom Panal and Edt OFF LINE Edit Progesen ON LINE Ethemel COM Post comi Under SELECT ACTION click on one of the three working mode buttons If you want to work off line not connected to an EZPanel Enhanced click on the button labeled Edit Program OFF LINE Write to Panel Later You will use this mode when creating a new project EZ Panel tyes EDITOR EZTouch Programming Software Version 3 4 EZAuiomabort Phone 1877 774 EASY wan azaubomahon rel 1 From Project Information screen click on the Edit Program OFF LINE Write to Panel Later button 2 Click on the Browse button if you want to navigate to another Directory or Folder where you will store your project If you want to accept the default folder where EZPanel Enhanced Editor Programming Software resides just enter the name of your new project in the empty field under Project Name 3 Under Start Editing Screen leave the screen number as 1 Click in the field next to Name to highlight New Screen Replace this by typing in the
337. otification word is incorrect Error 36 INCORR_WDOG_CNTR_DIFF_VAL Screen Message INCORRECT WATCHDOG CNTR DIFFERENCE VAL Condition The option card responded to a Generic Init mailbox message that the driver sent The option card thinks that there is an incorrect Watchdog Counter difference value y e c z D gt e e F Q y x pu ddy 2 lt 3 X co O O Q 5 Q 5 lt o pa ANGED Editor Programming Software User Manual GENERIC ETHERNET IP ERROR CODE DESCRIPTIONS Error 0 NO_ERROR Screen Message N A Condition NEVER WILL OCCUR Error 1 NO_OPTION_BD Screen Message NO OPTION CARD Condition If the Ethernet IP option card is not present Please Note user should not see this message instead they should see Error 11 CARD_INIT ERROR CARD INITIALIZATION PROCESS FAILED Error 2 INVALID_ATTRIBUTES Screen Message INVALID ATRIBUTES FROM PROGRAM LOADER Condition The driver did not get the expected list of attributes from the Program Loader Error 3 NOT_INITIALIZED Screen Message CARD INDICATES IT S NOT INITIALIZED Condition The Ethernet IP option card went through its initialization process however it indicated that it is not initialized Please Note user should not see this message instead they should see Error 11 CARD_INIT_ERROR CARD INITIALIZATION PROCESS FAILED Error 4 DPRAM_FAILURE Screen Message OPTION CARD DUAL PORT RAM FAILED Condition
338. ou want to import to highlight it and then click on the Open button The file will be written to the Tag Database A Tag Database Log View will display letting you know if there were any problems importing the file into your current project A D D D O D lag DataBase LogView 3 Click on Setup gt Tag Database to view the database and make any corrections or changes Excel Format Click on the Import Tags gt Excel Format menu item to select the Microsoft Excel file where the tag database resides Navigate to the file you want click on it to highlight it and then click on the Open button The Tag Database Import from Excel window will appear shown on Read Tag Excel File 21x Sre A ei E Demo Project T ags xls Gren EZTouch Tag Excel Files xls the next page EZPanel Enhanced Editor Programming Software will read the Excel Database Fields and allow you to choose the field name that correlates with the EZPanel Enhanced Tag Database field in your project 1 Click on the down arrow to view the Excel Database Fields and select the Excel field that corresponds to the EZPanel Enhanced Tag Database field Tag Name Data Type Address No of characters See Tag Database Import from Excel dialog next page Editor Programming Software User Manual 2 Each column heading in the Excel file you have imported will display when you click on the down arrow next to each field You
339. ouch Cells and a grid will appear on the screen representing the touch cells on your size screen This makes it easier to place your objects directly over touch cells Click on this menu item again to disable with Show Touch Cells selected Show 320x240 Rectangle Click on this men item or the icon to show a 320 x 240 area on your 8 inch or 10 inch programming screen The 320 x 240 area depicts the size of the 6 inch panel screen This is useful when designing screens for more than one panel size Be sure to select Screen gt Show Touch Cells when using this feature in order to actually see the rectangle Zoom D Click on Zoom to view your screens at preset magnifications Select from the available magnifications Use the scroll bars to the right and bottom of the screen to view another area of the screen Ben Cutertt zoom 100 x Project Screens mae Pune E Explorer View ee ie oae E You may also use the Project Screens Explorer View to navigate between screens while programming in EZPanel Enhanced Programming Software Double click on an existing screen listed in the Explorer window that you want to edit The Main Programming Screen will EEM ecic tess Be E open to the selected screen You a a Dee Dem pere Sehe can easily switch between screens z a mE T you are working on to copy paste Jo omi A a make changes etc 1 1 Aumere Eni Sener 2 me and Daws
340. our panel to monitor listed in the Appendix A PLC Error Messages and in the programming the PLC for errors and trigger software help under the PLC Help topic Driver Errors an alarm are provided in the Troubleshooting Appendix A eee Hovde Lae and Display PLC Error Discrete Tag for internal location where the panel sets a bit to indicate that a PLC PLC Error Messages error has occurred Leave the Address String Field EMPTY when Ente TagDetails lor ihe Tag prog ramming PLC Error Enter TacDietaile fer the Tag ERROR CODE VALUE PLC ERROR Tags PlcTyp DirectLogic K Sequence Acdress String j Espected lOType RAW Data Type DISCRETE PicType DirectLogic K Sequence Address String SY Expected O Type RAW DataType ESRIEN Sem a No of Chars fo No of Chars fi Cancel Help Cancel Help Editor Programming Software User Manual Under the PLC to Panel tab you will enter the following attributes Project Attribute A D h D e D O D Language Alam Protection A ee a a A A a Under this Project Attributes tab you will enter a tag to an internal panel location These locations can be written to by the PLC Switch to Screen Number word This tag can be written to by the PLC to display a screen on the panel This will allow the PLC to change screens at anytime A zero 0 placed in the tag will return the customer to the previous scre
341. our selections Click on Help button to go to the Help Topic for that dialog box Place Recipe object button on the screen and size it To size the object grab a handle and drag To move the object select it click and hold left mouse button while dragging the object to where you want it placed on the screen The function of this object is similar to Numeric Entry Button The Thumbwheel object allows you to display a Thumbwheel keypad on the panel This button can be 1 to 5 digits Using the popup thumbwheel the operator can change each digit separately The operator presses the UP or DOWN arrow to increment or decrement the value of each digit Press the enter button to write that value to the defined tag This allows the operator to assign a value to a specific PLC register General Pinteciion Winbilly Details Language E ir lon Tet 2 ra Background Tag Hane Humber of subesels EEJ E Disp Frems Chataclal Size ae T Date Type Lirsegnad Decimal Cancal Help To put a Label on the Thumbwheel object button perform the following steps 1 Click on the box in front of Label Text 2 Use the UP DOWN arrows after the Language box to select a language number See section on Language page 180 3 Select Character Size from the available choices 4 Enter Label Text up to 40 characters 5 Select the Position of the label whether you want it to appear at the Top
342. ox ALARM DISCRETE 1888 ALARM DISCHETE 1881 ALARM HEG ISTEA 1682 ALARN REGISTER 100316 EBY M HL ALOH BECTSTER IAMAI IERARH AETIA Lab TEA CLEARED fC WE See DGS ial Li LIMIT B HICH LIMIT LEH zar ome er 1 Editor Programming Software User Manual System Objects E Increment Decrement Hou The System Objects allow the operator control over certain panel Activate Screen 5 aver Bitmap Objects r Adjust Contrast fi unctions and S etting S Math Logic Select Lanugage Increment Decrement Hour The Increment Decrement Hour object allows you to place a button on the screen that allows you to adjust the hour up or down of the internal Real Time clock xine Increment Decrement Hour General Protection Visibilty Details Label Text Language n Character Size Ex xB Label Text INCREMENT_DECREMENT_HOUR INCREMENT_DECREMENT_HOUR _DECREMENT_HOUR Position Color Top Tef z Bottom Background gt IV Display Frame Increment Decrement Increment Decrement Text Color Language EE Character Size 6x8 Tant Blink Text fine Hour Back Ground I Blink To Create Label Text perform the following steps NOTE This object ts to 1 Click on the box in front of Label Text if you want a label be used with the Internal for your object ae only a MOT SE 2 Use the UP DOWN arrows after the Language box to j sae ement
343. ox message that the driver sent The option card thinks that the message had an invalid command Error 21 INVALID_DATA_SIZE Screen Message INVALID DATA SIZE Condition The option card responded to a mailbox message that the driver sent The option card thinks that the message had an invalid data size in the data that the driver sent in its message Error 22 INVALID_FRAME_COUNT Screen Message INVALID FRAME COUNT Condition The option card responded to a mailbox message that the driver sent The option card thinks that the message had an invalid frame count e c z D gt e e E gt Q y x pu ddy 2 lt 3 X co O O Q 5 Q 5 lt o MNGEM Editor Programming Software User Manual Error 23 INVALID_FRAME_NUMBER Screen Message INVALID FRAME NUMBER Condition The option card responded to a mailbox message that the driver sent The option card thinks that the message had an invalid frame number Error 24 INVALID_OFFSET Screen Message INVALID OFFSET Condition The option card responded to a mailbox message that the driver sent The option card thinks that the message had an invalid offset Error 25 INVALID_ADDRESS Screen Message INVALID ADDRESS Condition The option card responded to a mailbox message that the driver sent The option card thinks that the message had an invalid address Error 26 INVALID_RESPONSE Screen Message INVALID RESPONSE Condition The
344. perators Maintenance l General Edit Passwords Simulate Press Cancel Help The Password Protect Object feature allows you to prevent unauthor ized users from accessing certain objects and their functions This feature is useful when several people will be using EZPanel Enhanced to perform different tasks such as changing initial values or monitoring system status To enable password protection for the object click in the box in front of the groups you wish to allow access Edit Passwords There are eight groups that you may assign Passwords to Passwords allow you to implement restrictions on who can use the password pro tected objects e g to make system or internal panel adjustments enter text or values or control a machine function in your application Click on the Edit Passwords button to setup or change the passwords GROUP F NOTE Ifyou enter a password with leading zeroes e g 00003 or 00533 the leading zeroes will be ignored A keypad similar to the one shown below will appear on the panel when a protected objected is pressed prompting the operator to enter the password ENTER SECURITY CODE st Editor Programming Software User Manual You may change the Group names to suit your application Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Managers Engineers Supervisors Maintenance Shift 1 Operator Shift 2 Operator Shift 3 Operator General Password Tag GROUP Password Tag PASSWO
345. pper left and extreme lower left touch cells on front of panel top and bottom of column 1 on panel At this point one of the following will occur a There is no change and the display remains blank This indicates UNIT FAILURE return for service b Unit SETUP screen appears screen is hard to read Adjust screen contrast control for 6 or 8 inch units 10 inch units have no contrast adjustment c Unit SETUP screen appears normal Unit has no user program transfer user program to panel Refer to the EZPanel Enhanced Editor Programming Software Help topic or the EZPanel Enhanced Hardware Manual chapter on Connections and Wiring for more information Problem Display hangs when unit is powered up Initializing message remains on screen unit has invalid RAM memory Action 1 Remove power While pressing extreme upper and lower left touch cells on the panel reapply power 2 You will now be in setup mode 3 Run EZPanel Enhanced Editor Programming Software Select Panel gt Clear Memory from main menu bar or transfer a new user program to the panel 4 Press exit to enter run mode Screen will be blank Editor Programming Software User Manual gt Problem How do I log and display PLC Error Mes sages Action Following is a description of how to set up the panel to monitor communications between the PLC and panel This will allow the panel to detect a PLC error and log the PLC ERROR CODE
346. pport 128 color palette for components and bitmaps e 16 shades of gray on monochrome models Multiple languages up to 9 e Two communications ports Computer RS 232C and RS 232C RS 422A or RS 485A Up to 999 screens Built in clock and calendar or reference the PLC clock e Built in soft keypad for numeric and alphanumeric entry e Password Protection for every touch object Passwords for up to 8 user groups 16 level undo and redo Import bitmaps Serial Printer support FA 40 character tag names allow you to use meaningful names aga 3 for PLC memory locations instead of cryptic PLC addresses m h leery iv e New features including overlapping of objects free sizing of touch objects Pick and Apply Attributes display address BD Editor Programming Software User Manual PLCs Supported by EZPanels Allen Bradley Mewtocol COM Control Techniques Unidrive 2 wire 4 wire ntrol Technol Seas 984 CPU Quantum 113 CPU AEG Modicon Micro Series Modbus RTU Modicon 110 CPU 311 xx 411 xx 512 xx 612 xx 984 Series Qunatum Series Modicon Plus Option Card C200 C500 CQM1 CPM1 CPM2 Profibus DP Generic Profibus DP Option Card K Sequence DirectNet sia Modbus Koyo Addressing DL105 D2 240 K Sequence DirectNet K Sequence DirectNet Beene eee ModBus Koyo addressing DL305 D3 350 K Sequence DirectNet ModBus Koyo addressing D4 430 K Sequence DirectNet D4
347. pted to Read or Write from the card however it found the card was not connected Error 16 INVALID_TAG_ERR Screen Message TAG NOT DEFINED IN MEMORY Trrr BB Condition Occurs if the driver encounters a tag during a Read or Write that does not exist in the user defined IN or OUT area of the DeviceNet I O option card Error 17 TAG_READONLY_ERR Screen Message TAG IS READ ONLY Trrr BB Condition Occurs when the driver encounters an OUTPUT tag during a Write and OUTPUT data can t be written to Error 18 INVALID_ MESSAGE _ID Screen Message INVALID MESSAGE ID Condition The option card responded to a mailbox message that the driver sent The option card thinks that the message had an invalid message ID Error 19 INVALID _MESSAGE_TYPE Screen Message INVALID MESSAGE TYPE Condition The option card responded to a mailbox message that the driver sent The option card thinks that the message had an invalid message type Error 20 INVALID_ COMMAND Screen Message INVALID COMMAND Condition The option card responded to a mailbox message that the driver sent The option card thinks that the message had an invalid command Error 21 INVALID_DATA_SIZE Screen Message INVALID DATA SIZE Condition The option card responded to a mailbox message that the driver sent The option card thinks that the message had an invalid data size in the data that the driver sent in its message Error 22 INVALID_FRAME_COUNT Screen Message INV
348. r EZP S6C FSU Slim Bezel 512KB gt MB EZP T6C FSU 6 TFT Color with Slim 512KB Yes to 1 or Bezel 2 MB A 6 STN Color with Yes to 1 or EZP T6C ES 6 TFT Color with Slim 512KB Yes to 1 or yi Bezel 2 MB Indicates NEW EZPanel Enhanced Models NOTE Suppots Automation Direct Direct Logic serial drivers including H2 WPLC XX All plus CC Link MENU i NEMA 1 ONLY Universal Ethernet FDA ONLY Universal Ethernet ee NEMA 1 ONLY EZPLC FDA ONLY EZPLC PEU Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes es TI T TI TI TI O w O w O 3 1 Editor Programming Software User Manual 8 inch Color EZPanel Enhanced Models In the table below are the 8 inch EZPanel Enhanced models If using an option board connector you cannot use the PLC port at the same time to connect to another type PLC The panel supports only one PLC driver at a time r O Q T a O Yes to 1 or 2 MB Yes All plus EZ Ethernet NEMA 4 4X EZP S8C F 8 STN Color with Slim Bezel 512KB EZP T8C F 8 TFT Color with Slim Bezel 512KB EZP S8C FH 8 STN Color with Slim Bezel 512KB EZP T8C FH 8 TFT Color with Slim Bezel 512KB EZP S8C FS 8 STN Color with Slim Bezel 512KB EZP S8C FSD 8 STN Color with Slim Bezel 512KB EZP S8C FD 8 STN Color with Slim Bezel 512KB Yes to 1 or 2 MB Yes All plus DeviceNet EZP T8C FD 8 TFT Color with Slim Bezel 512KB Yes to 1 or 2 MB Yes to 1 or 2 MB Yes All plus EZ
349. r They provide the operator with a visual indication of current readings as needle sweeps over area that may or may not exceed fall below important values for the process or function the meter is monitoring 1 Click on the box in front of Low Low Limit Low Limit High Limit and or High High Limit to display a visual alarm for that parameter 2 Click on the down arrow under Color to view the color palette Move your cursor over the color you want and click to select 3 Enter the Set Limit for each of the parameters They must fall within the Range Minimum and Maximum set under the General tab 4 Choose the Needle Direction Clockwise or Counter clockwise VGN ele Editor Programming Software User Manual Click on the Scaling tab if you want the Meter s Dis play Value to be different General Alarms Digital Display Visibility Dietails Scaling than the PLC Value PLC Value Display Value Pont 2 Eoo Paint 2 E5535 E5535 Example Scaling i only for display purpose on this object The value you enter Would be interpolated using these two points for display Example Point 1 PLE Value 1 Display Value 10 Pont PLC Value 5 Display Value 50 Tour value will be scaled by a factor of 10 for display on this object IF PLO value is 23 it wall be displayed as 230 Click on the Digital Display Tab to Format the numbers and how they will be displayed on the Meter a Click on the box in f
350. r 2 and GUTEN TAG German equivalent in Language Number 3 do the following 1 Click on the Button Object and then click on the General tab if necessary 2 Inthe Language Number box type in 1 or click on arrows to scroll up or down then type HELLO in the text box Go back to Language Number box and type in 2 then type HOLA in the text box and repeat for 3 and GUTEN TAG 3 Click on OK O Hello 4 S Hola Guten Tag 5 ab Cen X Under the Project Attribut pa gi I yj There are Editor Programming Software User Manual The next time you type in Language Number 1 2 or 3 the corresponding text string will come up in the text box To view the different languages for the Button object text click on Edit on the Main Menu Bar and select Current Editing Language and then enter the Working language number that you want to view in EZPanel Enhanced Editor Programming Software The text in your Button Object will change accordingly Keep in mind that this is for viewing only while working in the EZPanel Enhanced Editor Programming Software To set the language preference that will be displayed on the panel you must select the preferred Language Number as the Default Language while programming your Project Attributes Alarm Protection tab you can make the following selections es anager E Sati Gperators lian be Shite Operators UR
351. r Message and Attributes 114 Justification 114 Label 79 112 126 Language 115 116 Message Database 79 112 126 magnifications screen 158 Maintain Aspect Ratio 121 124 128 Maintain aspect ratio 160 Main Menu Bar 136 Main Programming Screen 136 Major Divisions 88 93 Manual Mode 99 mapped 44 mapping 44 map file 38 mechanical switches 56 Melsec FX C 22 Memory 41 Memory bytes 164 Memory Card A 6 Menu commands 144 Message print out from PLC 179 sending to printer 118 Messages 112 114 Print D 3 messages 79 112 Message Database 79 80 112 178 Message Number 114 Message Text 80 Meter 87 Meters 9 Meter Object 87 Alarms Tab 89 Digital Display Tab 90 Format 88 numbers 90 Fractional Digits 90 Justification 90 Label 87 Style 87 Tag Name 88 Micrologix 1500 C 5 MicroLogix DF1 Full Duplex C 3 C 35 C 36 C 37 C 38 C 39 C 40 C 41 C 42 C 43 MicroLogix DF1 Half Duplex C 4 MicroLogix DH485 AIC C 5 Midpoint value 93 Miscellaneous Errors Mxx_x A 73 Mitsubishi PLC Communications Setup C 22 Modbus RTU C 23 mode 33 37 models 5 Model Part Numbers 38 Mode Bit 99 Modicon PLC Communications Setup C 23 Momentary Off 46 47 52 57 124 Momentary On 46 47 52 57 124 Momentary ON or Momentary OFF setting powerup state 47 52 57 124 monitor and display a tag 92 monitor a bit 81 monitor specific Tags 95 mouse 3 mouse cursor 4 Multi Language Support Feature 189 Multi state Bitmap 126 Multi state Bitmap Object 126 Images Add Image 128 how they
352. r Size Color Blink Language 1 12 6x8 7 Text mm E Text Alarm History Background z a Cancel Type in View in the Text field Click on OK Across hair cursor will appear on the programming screen Position the cross hair where you want the object to appear center at the bottom of the screen and click once Grab the object by a handle and drag to resize it until the label displays in its entirety as shown below Click on File gt Save Project Transfer the saved Project to the panel NOED Editor Programming Software User Manual So cone 8 To test the Alarms perform the following steps a Disconnect the PLC and then reconnect it as soon as you can after the first error message flashes on the panel screen While disconnected the PLC COMMUNICATION TIMEOUT error message will flash across the top of the panel screen and the 01 02 ERROR CODE VALUE error message will flash across the bottom of the screen Press the ALARM HISTORY button on the panel screen The Alarm History screen will appear It will look similar to the one shown below Each time the error message flashes on the panel screen it is counted as an entry Press the ALARM COUNT button The following screen will appear showing you the number of times the messages was sent cm e a Ems O ea r e z D gt e e gt Q y x pu ddy NGEM Editor Programming Software User Manual
353. r U with Grave 250 Latin Small Letter U with Acute 251 Latin Small Letter U with Circumflex U 252 Latin Small Letter U with Diaeresis y 203 Latin Small Letter Y with Acute b 254 Latin Small Letter Thorn Vy 255 Latin Small Letter Y with Diaeresis PLC Communications Setup In this Appendix Allen Bradley PLC Communications Setup MicroLogix DF1 Full Duplex MicroLogix DF1 Half Duplex MicroLogix DH485 AIC SLC 5 03 5 04 and 5 05 DF1 Full Duplex SLC 5 03 5 04 and 5 05 DF1 Half Duplex SLC 500 5 01 5 02 and 5 03 D485 AIC PLC 5 DF1 Data Highway Plus Remote O Aromat Control Techniques Control Technology Corporation CTC Generic DeviceNet I O Communications Setup DirectLogic PLC Communications Setup Generic EtherNet IP Communications Setup General Electric GE PLC Communications Setup GE 90 30 90 70 SNPX GE VERSAMAX Idec Mitsubishi PLC Communications Setup Mitsubishi CC Link Modicon PLC Communications Setup Omron PLC Communications Setup Generic Profibus DP Communications Setup Siemens S7 MPI Adapter Communications Setup Siemens S 7_ 200 Entivity s Think amp Do WinPLC Communications Setup Texas Instruments Uni Telway Universal Ethernet Ethernet I P DF1 over Ethernet Modbus TCP IP GE SRTP J a Editor Programming Software User Manual IMPORTANT NOTE This section provides examples of the communications setup for sever
354. r drawings between screens The title bar is grayed out in screens that are not currently active 1 new project ezt 1 Panel Control Screen 2 new project ezt 2 Screen 2 This is a list of the project screens that are currently open Click on a screen in this list to bring it into view A check mark will appear in front of the active screen in this list Help Topics About E PanelEnhanced EZ Touch Panel Programming Software Help Topics CNHANCED Editor Programming Software User Manual Help Menu Help Topics Click on Help Topics to view the help topics for EZPanel Enhanced Editor Programming Software The help window is in Windows 2000 format Use the Contents tab to view help topics by category Click on the Index tab to view an alphabetical list of all help topics Click on the Search tab and enter a word or words to search the help topics for A D h D gt D O D File Edit Bookmark Options Help UI Contents Q Index gh Search ORCRONORORCACEU 2 2 FHA 3 gt Introduction AutomationDirect com is proud to present EZTouch Panel Programming Software for Windows Ne Hardware Installation 95 98 NT4 0 20008 This is a comprehensive graphics and interface program for use with VVindows Software Installation allowing you to program your EZTouch Panel operator interface Getting Started With its high level programming getting started is now easier than ever even if you are
355. r sent The option card thinks that the length of the OUTPUT DPRAM is invalid this length is calculated from the length of the OUTPUT as entered in the attributes of the Program Loader Error 36 INCORR_OUT_TOTAL_LENGTH Screen Message Incorrect OUT total length Condition The option card responded to an initialization mailbox message that the driver sent The option card thinks that the length of the OUTPUT total length is invalid this length is calculated from the length of the OUTPUT as entered in the attributes of the Program Loader Error 37 INCORR_CFG_MOD_STATUS_WD Screen Message Incorrect config module status word Condition The option card responded to an initialization mailbox message that the driver sent The option card thinks that the configuration of the bits in the module status word is incorrect HAYS Editor Programming Software User Manual Error 38 INCORR_CFG_INT_NOTIFY_WD Screen Message Incorrect config int notification word Condition The option card responded to an initialization mailbox message that the driver sent The option card thinks that the configuration of the bits in the Interrupt Notification word is incorrect Error 39 INCORR_WDOG_CNTR_DIFF_VAL Screen Message Incorrect watchdog cntr difference val Condition The option card responded to an initialization mailbox message that the driver sent The option card thinks that there is an incorrect Watchdog Counter difference value Error 4
356. rag To move the switch select it click and hold left mouse button and drag Simulate Press To Simulate Press double click the object to bring up the object dialog box You may have to drag the dialog box to see the object on the pro gramming screen Select the tab of the Step you want to simulate if on General tab will simulate Step 1 only Click on the Simulate Press but ton to see how the switch object will display on the screen when pressed NOTE The Tri State switch object is always snapped to a touch cell to ensure that it operates properly on the panel screen If you select the vertical style you will notice that a label is not available grayed out NOTE To edit the Address String with your cursor in the Tag Name field click on the right mouse button The EDIT TAG DETAILS screen will appear Editor Programming Software User Manual The Tri State Switch object controls two bits at a time from two different tags It consists of three buttons If the first button is pressed both the bits are OFF If the second button is pressed the first bit is ON and second bit is OFF If third button is pressed the first bit is OFF and second bit is ON To put a Label on a Switch perform the following steps FIRST TEXT SECOND TEXT Click on the box in front of Label Text Use the UP DOWN arrows after the Language box to select a language number See section on Language page 180 Select Charac
357. re Series A6200 program the Channel Configuration screens as shown below nee Ey A Channel Overview Select DH to highlight and then Channel O0 SYSTEM POINT TO POINT press F5 to access the Channel i a Channel A Configuration screen Channel e SCANNER MODE Channel 3A UNUSED 5 20 Addr 30 PGIRIO Select Option F10 Configure as shown in the screen H Data Highway Plus to the right Channel 14 Configuration NOTES Diagnostics file Baud rate 1 Panel baud rate must match Global status flags file PLC baud rate Node address Link ID 2 Default PLC Station Number must match PLC Node address Forces None 5 20 Addr 30 PGIRIO Chan 1a Status F9 ints Editor Programming Software User Manual Open EZPanel Enhanced Editor Programming Software and configure Project Information as shown in the figure below After selecting the PLC Type and Protocol click on the View Edit PLC Com Setup The PLC Attributes dialog box will appear Enter the parameters shown Click on the OK button to EeTAcTien i Edit Pr save your selections aime to Panel Later You will return to the Project Information screen Click on the OK button to begin creating your EZPanel Enhanced Project Read Proaram from Panel and Edit OFF LINE Edit Progam ON LINE LUM Allen Bradley Data Highway Plus PLC Revision Number Baud Rate 57 6K Panel Sta
358. reads 25 tags request on writes The user should spread some of the tags across a second screen Error 34 PLC not in TERM Tag write inhibited The user attempted to write a tag when the target PLC s switch was not set to Terminal The user should place the switch in Terminal mode so writes can be processed The inhibited write must be re issued after the PLC is placed in Terminal mode Error 35 Node using an invalid protocol Attempt to use protocol other than IPX IP HOST MODICON PLS WITH UNI TELWAY PROTOCOL Error 0 NO_ERROR Screen Message N A Condition NEVER WILL OCCUR Error 1 INVALID_ATTRIBUTES Screen Message INVALID PLC ATTRIBUTES Condition You will receive this message if attributes do not exist or there are less than the original number of attributes Error 2 PLC_TIMEOUT_NP Screen Message PLC TIMEOUT NP Condition The Driver did not get polled to send a message in the allowed time see Timeout in attributes Error 3 PLC_TIMEOUT_NM Screen Message PLC TIMEOUT NO MSG Condition The Driver did not receive a reply to a message in the allowed time see Timeout in attributes Error 4 BAD_MODULE Screen Message INCORRECT MODULE REPLIED DA TTrrrrr BB Condition The Driver received a reply to a message from the incorrect module Error 5 BAD_CHANEL Screen Message INCORRECT CHANNEL REPLIED DA TTrrrrr BB Condition The Driver received a reply to a message from the incorrect channel
359. reen F Monitor Pump Screen cen nob A D h D D O D O Q A Q ag F Mi yAtn elel Editor Programming Software User Manual NOTE EZPanel Enhanced Model Part Numbers EZP S6W RS EZP S6W RSU EZP S6M F EZP S6M FH EZP S6M R EZP S6M ES EZP S6M RS EZP S6C F EZP S6C FH and EZP S6C K have 20 pixel by 20 pixel touch cells The minimum Grid or size for any touch object on these panel models is 20 x 20 Click here to Display Grid Cut Objects Copy Objects Paste Objects Select All New Screen Open Screen Rename Screen ap to arid Grid Size v Show Touch Cells Screen Description Background Color Grid Size Grid Settings Grid Sige VV Show Grid I Snap to Grid Horizontal Grid Size 40 Setto TouchPad Vertical Grid Size 40 Size Cancel When you click on Grid Size on the Screen Menu the dialog box shown above will appear allowing you to adjust the spacing between the grid points You may want to adjust to a character size touch cell size or specific values The size range is 3 to 100 you will not be allowed to enter a value outside these parameters From here you may enable the Show Grid and the Snap to Grid features To adjust the grid size 1 Type in a value in the box after Horizontal and Vertical Grid Size or click on the Set to TouchPad Size to set the grid to 40 by 40 or 20 x 20 see note to the
360. reen gt in the Name field Replace this the model part number to indicate with whatever name you wish or wait until later and rename this The program loader doesn t list these under Panel Type so 4 The field Panel Type allows you to select or change your panel just select the model part number type without the C D E H M P T or U that is closest to your If you are connected to the panel editing project on line the panel part number See step 8 Firmware Revision of the panel s internal software will be next page Q E Q N ojensi S 2 5 A lease NOTE PLC compatibility is always being updated If you don t see your type PLC and protocol visit our website at www EZAutomation net to see if your PLC driver is now available to download NOED Editor Programming Software User Manual displayed PLC Type and Protocol allows you to further define your project by selecting the PLC used in your application and the protocol it uses Click on the down arrow for a list of the available PLC types Click on the View Edit PLC COM Setup button to display the PLC Attributes The attributes screen particular to the PLC and Protocol type you have selected will appear You may change attributes from this screen If you are using a Think n Do Map File for Automation Direct click on the Browse button to go to the directory or folder where the map file resides The map file is simply a text d
361. rfiguration Diagrogoe 4 r 6 Click on the Scanner Module icon 11 12 Is BAW Editor Programming Software User Manual The Scanner Module window will open Garter Seoul Our 108 Su Click on the Scanlist tab 4 1 M SON Scares Mile Look in field under Available Devices and find the DeviceNet I O HMI this represents the panel Click on it to highlight and then click on the button to add to the Scanlist 9 Click on the Edit I O Parameters button 10 Match the Input Size and Output Size to the attributes that you set up in the EZPanel Enhanced Editor Programming Software project Click on OK button the Inputs and Outputs will be mapped to the scanner module Cocal Resto Sies dnjas Jld 5 x ipu ddy The following two bitmaps show examples of the Output and Input Mapping to the scanner module This example uses discrete I O MAPPING It is possible to map this to the MO M1 files j Return to EZPanel Enhanced Editor Programming Software and begin creating your EZPanel Enhanced project ines Editor Programming Software User Manual DirectLogic PLC Communications Setup K Sequence DirectNet and Koyo Modbus The following screens provide you with an e mamn example of how to set up a DirectLogic PLC Port Pot2 z with K Sequence Protocol using DirectSoft Protocol X K Sequence configuration software E eA l Non Sequence To set up the D
362. rite to a register r when r is mapped to a read only PLC element 0x000A Path busy msg 11 22 33 44 55 This occurs when the first five bytes of a message 11 22 33 44 55 are attempted to be sent out a busy Modbus Plus path 0x000B PLC message timed out This occurs when a no reply or error is seen within the time out time in the Panel PLC attributes If the Panel is displaying time out errors the time out may need to be increased r e c z D gt e e E gt Q y x pu ddy 4 PE 26 i oo 25 lt lt o NOED Editor Programming Software User Manual 0x000C No communication with any other node This occurs when the Modbus Plus software reports it never gets the token or it is the sole station 0x000D Duplicate Node seen This will occur when the Modbus Plus software reports a duplicate station 0x000E Invalid PLC attributes 0x000F PLC Error Incorrect Map Size 0x0010 PUT GLB DATA This will occur when the Global register used is greater than the number of global registers declared 0x0011 General Error OMRON HOST LINK PLCs 0x0000 No error 0x0001 Incompatible Revision This error will be displayed when the driver and exec have an incompatible revision 0x0002 Limit of elements per screen exceeded This occurs when there are too many registers on the display to monitor 0x0004 Incorrect Unit Response This will occur when there are too many registers on the display to be monitored The num
363. rojec i tum View Edit PLL Lom Setup Umron Hostlink PLC Revision Number D uit Host link Baud Rate ER Transmission Meyar te Paity Even Link Selector Singe Select RS485 no Si aeee eS ap Control RTS aa Poll Time 0 285 0 z tenths of a second Require CTS No fasci 7 data bits 2 stop bits NOTE on TAGs for this type PLC If communicating to other than the default Host Link Unit the address string must be preceded by the Host Link Number of the unit you want to communicate with For example 2 HR05 is Host Link Unit 2 Lima Help 5 x ipu ddy U OQ U D er Ke O a xe Oo 0 co 2O l q lt A Attn cele Editor Programming Software User Manual Generic Profibus DP PLC Communications Setup The following screens provide you with an example of how to set up a Generic Profibus DP Network project using Simatic Step 7 configuration software To set up Profibus DP communications open EZPanel Enhanced Editor Programming Software and configure Project Information screen as shown in the figure to the Step 1 Project Information fe EZPanel p N EDITOR It s as easy as 1 2 3 n EZT ouch Programming Software Version 3 2 21 EZAutomation Phone 1 877 774 EASY VAA ion net wyw ezautomation Selected Action Edit OFF
364. roject 2 Click on the project that contains the screens you want to copy into your current open project O Q A Q ag NASAD Editor Programming Software User Manual If the Source ID is the same as the Destination ID a dialog box will appear asking you if you want to Overwrite the Destination ID screen Click Yes if you want to overwrite the screen Click No if you do not want to overwrite the screen s Overwrite Screen x Do you want to overrrite follaying destination screen s amp Numeric Entry The Copy Screen window will list the programmed screens Click on the screen s that you want to copy to highlight them and then Selec Saurce Project ENProgem Filss ProjectiNew Browse 1 Man Scieen 2 Pum Contre 3 Pure Maintenance 2 Mertz nt Bad Onrt gt x Read Pump Frecce Uetine Screcn IUe tor Copied berccons Select Screens click on OK The Define Screen IDs for Copied Screens window will open listing the Source ID Sre ID for each screen you have selected to copy The Source ID is the number of the screen in the Source Project Under the column Destination ID Dest ID enter the screen number you want for the copied screen in your current project Click OK when finished Next the Copying Tags Screen will appear Here you may change the name and or address of the Source Tag before it is copied in the Destination Tag database This preven
365. roject 144 Open Screen 154 Operation 132 Option Board 164 Type 164 Option Card installed 38 outputs 44 Output Variable 99 Overlapping Objects 151 Overlapping Objects Information 151 P P N EZ TOUCH M 3 P N EZ TOUCHEDIT 3 P N EZTOUCH PGMCBL 3 19 palette 9 Panel Error Messages A 61 B 2 B 5 Panel Information 28 Panel Menu 163 Panel Name 164 panel tags 44 Panel Time and Date 165 Panel Tool Bar 140 Panel to PLC 185 Panel to PLC Link 29 41 Panel Type 20 34 36 PASSWORD 49 GROUP 48 Password 28 48 Password Tag 49 Passwords 48 183 190 Password PLC 49 Password Protect Object 48 Paste 149 PC 3 PC Com Port Connects to Panel 34 PC requirements 3 31 Editor Programming Software User Manual Pen 97 Pick Attributes 152 PID Faceplates 9 PID Faceplate Object 99 Alarm Bit 101 Label 99 Legend tab 101 Mode Bit 101 Output 100 Bar color 101 Barranges 100 Tag Name 100 Process Variable Setpoint Tag Name 100 PID loop tune face plates 40 Place Button 47 PLC 44 addresses 9 49 Attributes 38 data type 74 Driver 164 Driver Code Revision 164 Driver memory 164 Error 186 HELP 4 location 62 Manufacturer 164 memory locations 9 Model 164 register 62 69 82 registers 81 Type 36 Type and Protocol 34 38 PLC 5 Programming Software Series A6200 C 10 C 12 PLC based control 44 PLC5 DF1 C 9 PLCs Supported 10 PLC Attributes 20 PLC Communications Serial Port Setup C 20 C 21 C 23 C 32 PLC Communications S
366. roject Information 19 33 Step 2 Design Your Screens 21 39 Step 3 Write Your Program to Panel 27 41 Step Switch 58 Step Switch Object 58 Label 58 Number of Steps 58 Simulate Press 59 Step 1 Tab 59 Style 58 Stretch to Fit 124 128 String Tag 82 Subtract 131 Sub Divisions 93 switches C 24 switch between screens 158 Switch Object 56 Actuator Types 57 Background Color 57 Label 56 On Off Text 57 Style 56 Tag Name 56 Switch Screens froma PLC 187 Switch to Screen Number 187 188 Symbol Factory 120 121 125 129 162 Symbol Factory 161 197 sizing a bitmap 162 Symbol Options 162 system clock 188 System Memory 164 System Objects 106 System Objects Tool Bar 139 T Tag 44 49 tag 9 Tags Internal tag database 167 tags internal tag database 167 Tag Database 47 167 170 Data Type 168 Number of Characters 168 PLC Address 168 Sort list 169 Tag Name 168 Tag No 167 Tag Data Type set default 150 Tag Name 47 132 Tag Related Errors Txx_x A 63 tation Number 168 Technical Support ix 4 test A 11 testing 164 Test Flash 166 Test RAM 166 Text 111 Text Entry 83 Text Entry Object Label 83 String Characteristics 84 String Tag Name 84 Text Object 76 Text Objects Tool Bar 139 text strings 77 theoretical perfect value 99 Think n Do Map File 38 Think N Do Live C 32 Think N Do Map File Import C 33 Think N Do Software data types import C 32 Think N Do Studio C 32 Throw Switch 9 56 thumbnail view 130 Thumbwheel 69 Thumbwheel Obj
367. roject Setup 32 Proportional Integral Derivative PID 99 Protect 48 Protection 23 48 184 191 Protection Tab 48 Protocol 34 Q quotation marks 171 177 R Radio Buttons 53 Radio Button Object Label 53 On Off Text 54 Style 53 Tag Name 53 RAM 9 41 RAM Memory 164 RAM to Flash 165 Range 63 88 read write 44 Readings 97 Read from Tag 132 Read Program from Panel and Edit OFF LINE 35 Reboot 164 Recipe 66 Recipe Object 66 67 Label 66 Recipe Tab 67 Register Values 67 Text 66 Rectangle 159 redo 9 149 Reference 144 register value increment or decrement 132 Remote I O C 12 Remove Image 130 Rename Screen 154 Requirements 3 MNGED Editor Programming Software User Manual resize asymbol 162 RESIZING AN OBJECT 23 REVIEW 37 Revisions 163 Right click 40 Right click menu Project Screens Explorer View 196 Right Click Menus 196 RS 232C or RS 422A 485A PLC Interface Cable 3 RS 232C Programming Cable 3 RS 485 183 RSLogix configuration software C 3 S Safety Extra Low Voltage SELV ix Sample Rate 96 Triggered State 96 Save Project 36 144 Save Project As Protected 145 Save Screen 36 144 Saving Errors Sxx_x A 67 Scaling 64 75 90 94 Screens 194 changing from a PLC 187 Explorer View 40 navigate Explorer View 158 switch between or open 158 screens 9 Screen Background Color 157 Screen Buffer Overflow 186 screen contrast 109 screen description 76 screen design features 40 Screen List 39 Screen Menu 154 Scre
368. rolled by tag 64 74 Display Tag Name or Address 196 Decimal point Tag Name 64 74 Display the last displayed bitmap ignore the new 127 Decrease Clock by 1 hour 188 Display the last displayed message ignore the new decrement 113 value 131 Divisions 93 DEFAULT image 128 Draw Default Language 182 189 Frame 161 DEFAULT Message 114 Draw Horizontal Vertical 159 Default Tag Data Type 150 Draw Menu 159 Delete 150 Draw Tool Bar 140 Delete Screen 155 Driver Errors Demo Button 26 29 ALLEN BRADLEY PLCs A 15 Demo Indicator Light 27 29 Data Highway Plus A 19 Demo Numeric Display 24 29 Micrologix SLC 500 DF1 Full Duplex A 18 Demo Numeric Entry 22 28 Micrologix SLC 500 DF1 Half Duplex A 16 Demo Project 30 Micrologix SLC 500 DH 485 AIC A 15 Demo Project 1 19 27 PLC5 with DF1 Protocol A 17 Description Screen 157 Remote I O A 21 description of process or condition 77 DirectLogic PLCs A 23 A 25 design 32 DirectNet Protocol except DL330 340 A 26 design changes 32 DirectNet Protocol DL330 DL340 A 28 design screens 136 K Sequence Protocol A 25 Design Your Screens 39 ModBus Koyo Addressing RTU Protocol A 27 Details 50 General Electric PLCs A 29 DETAILS button A 12 GENERIC DEVICENET I O A 39 A 54 detect a PLC error A 7 MITSUBISHI PLCs A 30 Diagnostics 166 Modicon PLC MODBUS RTU Protocol A 31 S Editor Programming Software User Manual OMRON HOST LINK PLCs A 32 Driver Memory 164 Dynamic Bitmap Object 120 Copy from Clipboard 121 125 129 Label
369. ront of Digital Display if you want the current register values to display on the meter 2 Click on Justification and select from the following Lead ing Zeroes Leading Spaces or Trailing Spaces 3 Click on Total under Digits Here you will select how many digits from 1 to 10 depending on the Data Type of the Tag that you want to display 4 If you want Fractional Digits enter 1 through 10 here select 0 for none For example if your maximum value is 999 you would enter 3 under total digits If your maxi mum value is 99 9 enter 3 under Total Digits and 1 under Fractional Digits Scaling Tab Under the Meter object Scaling tab you can scale the value in the PLC to another value on the Meter Enter Point 1 and Point 2 PLC Values and Point 1 and Point 2 Display Values Label Text Character Size exe Label Text METER Position Color G Ton C Boton umber of Major Divisions fs Number of Sub Divisions i Minimum and Maximum Ranges Precision for Floating Point enabled 3 decimal places are displayed Major Divisions 5 tick marks Show Tick Numbers IV Precision for Floating Point 7 Illustration of how meter image on the panel corresponds to attributes programmed using the dialog box Bar Graph Object E Pump Pressure ogag NOTE To edit the Address String with your cursor in the Tag Name field click on the right mouse button The EDIT T
370. s ters The Address String is the first register of the consecutive register block This is the Popup alphanumeric Keypad that displays on the EZPanel Enhanced touchscreen when the Text Entry object is pressed Choose the String Tag Name The String Tag represents the PLC locations where the values are sent The string may be up to 40 characters long 1 Choose the Tag Name by clicking on the down arrow to display the list of Tags or type in the Tag Name in the entry field If the Tag Name is new the Add New Tag Details dialog box will appear where you will enter tag details The Tag Name will appear in the first field Enter an Address String appropriate for your type PLC ASCII STRING is only choice available Select the Number of Characters Click on the OK button Select the String Characteristics 1 2 2 Select the Character Size from the available choices Select the Color of the Text and Background and whether or not they will Blink Choose the Justification of the Text that is displayed within the frame Choose both Horizontal Left Center or Right and Vertical Top Center or Bottom justification for the Text within the frame Protection See Button Object Visibility Details See Button Object OK Cancel Help Buttons Click on OK button to save your selections and exit the dialog box Click on Cancel button to exit the dialog box without saving your selections Click on Help button to g
371. s Q Ga Q ag ar ST Au 1 Ww a a hi Right click while cursor is on programming screen Cut Objects Copy Objects Paste Objects Select All New Screen Open Screen Rename Screen Display Grid Snap to Grid Grid Size Show Touch Cells Screen Description Background Color Right click while cursor is on an object Edit Cut Copy Paste Select All Bring To Front Send To Back Same Size Same Height Same Width Overlapping Objects Information Simulate Next State Simulate Previous State Pick Attributes Apply Attributes Display Tag Name on Object gt Right Click Menus Some functions are accessible with a click on the right mouse button With your cursor anywhere on the programming window click the right mouse button The menu to your left will appear Some items may be grayed out not available depending upon the objects you have selected From this menu you can Cut Copy or Paste selected Objects you must select more than one object Select All objects on screen Create New Open an existing or Rename a Screen Change the screen magnification with the Zoom control Display Grid activate Snap to Grid or change Grid Size Show Touch Cell grid Enter or Change the current Screen Description Change Background Color of the screen Provides information about Overlapping Objects on the current screen and allows you to make changes eet ee Oo Oo O Th
372. s X D e D O 25 lt lt o NGG Editor Programming Software User Manual Frequently Asked Questions FAQs 1 How do l format an address string when connecting to multiple PLCs Simply add the PLC Station Number to the beginning of the address string For example if the PLC Station number is 3 and the address is V2003 enter 3 V2003 for the address string 2 Can I change the Data Type ofa Tag Name s assigned Address String PLC Address Yes but only if the Tag is used on no more than one object If it is currently used by more than one object you must a assign the other objects to a new or different tag s or delete those objects b change the data type of the PLC Address under Setup gt Tag Database c reassign the other objects to the original tag as necessary 3 Can the Tag Database be exported to DirectSOFT32 or other applications The Tag Database Alarm Database and the Message Database can be exported to an Excel file or a CSV file comma delimited An Excel or CSV file can also be imported into the Tag Database 4 How do l convert a project from one panel size to another Converting a project created on a 6 panel to an 8 or 10 panel requires nothing more than opening the project with the new size selected Converting from 8 or 10 to 6 size is best done by the following procedure a Select Screen gt Show 320x240 Rectangle b Move all the objects onto the new small 6
373. s Variable Set Point you will make the following selections i 2 Select the Tag Name for Process Variable that will moni tor the process Select the Bar Color and Background Color for the Process Variable as displayed on the PID Faceplate object Select the Tag Name for the Set Point Select the Bar Color and the Background Color for the Set Point as displayed on the PID Faceplate object Enter the Minimum and Maximum Range for the bar graph Select the Total number of digits you want to display and how many if any of those digits should be Fractional Output Mode Bit Tag Tag Name Minimum 0 Total 5 Bar Color Alarm Bit Tag Maximum 65535 Fract lo Background E Under Output you will make the selections for the output as displayed on the PID Faceplate object 1 2 D Click on the down arrow to reveal Tag Names or enter a new tag name and make your selection Enter the Minimum and Maximum ranges for the Output bar graph display Select the Total number of digits you want to display and how many if any of those digits should be Fractional 4 FAREED Editor Programming Software User Manual Choose the Color for the Bar and Background PID FacePlate General Le Legends You can define the multi language legends for Alarm Output Mode Auto Mode Manual r Output Language Legends Output BE 5 ouTPUT gends Visibilty Details Alarm Color Text Color H
374. s condition should never occur 2 lt 3 X co O O Q 5 Q 5 lt o Sen ANGED Editor Programming Software User Manual Error 6 ACCESS_UNATTAINABLE Screen Message DRIVER CAN T ACCESS OPTION CARD DPRAM Condition Driver failed to get the lock on an area in DPRAM while trying to do a read or write Error 7 RELEASE_FAILURE Screen Message DRIVER CAN T RELEASE OPTION CARD DPRAM Condition Driver failed to release the lock on an area in DPRAM while trying to do a read or write Error 8 MSG_TIMEOUT Screen Message DRIVER TIMEOUT Condition The DeviceNet I O option card failed to respond to one of the driver s mailbox init messages Error 9 MB_S_TIMEOUT Screen Message TIMEOUT WAITING SEND MAILBOX ACCESS Condition The driver timed out waiting to place a message into the card s mailbox Error 10 MB_R_TIMEOUT Screen Message TIMEOUT WAITING RECV MAILBOX ACCESS Condition CURRENTLY NEVER WILL OCCUR Error 11 CARD_INIT_ERROR Screen Message CARD INITIALIZATION PROCESS FAILED Condition Occurs when the driver fails to start after power up or the driver fails to start after a reset Could be a result of errors 1 10 Error 12 CARD_RW_ERR Screen Message CARD INIT FAILED OR DRIVER STOPPED Condition Driver has attempted to Read or Write from the card after the card s init has failed or the driver has been stopped Error 13 CARD_WD_ERR Screen Message CARD IS DEAD Condition Driver has at
375. s should go Up to four data values may be embedded in a single message Pro gram how the data value will be displayed as follows a Select the Embedded Command that determines the type of value to embed Available choices are Discrete Numeric String and Printer Depending on what type command you choose certain areas of the dialog box become available or unavailable grayed out for selection or data entry b If you choose Discrete Numeric or String select or enter the Tag name where the data value will be read by clicking in the field or on the down arrow next to Select tag from where value will be read for embedded data c Ifyou have selected Numeric the options under Selected tag is a numeric tag will be enabled d Select Display Format from the available choices e Select Justification from Leading Zeroes Leading Spaces or Trailing Spaces Non Printable Ascii Character Dialog Non Printable Ascii character 0x1 0x2F and Ox7F OxFF Enter values in Hexadecimal Commonly Used Non Printable Ascii characters Pec RP fA CL f Under Digits click on the box in front of Auto Size if you want to have the panel automatically determine the number of digits to be placed for the This example shows how an embedded printer com mand will be represented in a message Editor Programming Software User Manual embedded value Total Digits and Fractional Digits will be disabled if you choose
376. sed and normal operations will commence 0x0010 Invalid Write to panel register xxx There was an attempted write to panel internal register number xxx which is mapped to an address which has read access only 0x0020 PLC Message Error A communications error occurred which resulted in an invalid message It could also indicate that an address was requested which is out of the range limits of the PLC 0x0040 Incorrect Map Size This error occurs when a map is stored that is not the size the PLC expects IDEC PLC WITH COMPUTER LINK PROTOCOL Error 1 INVALID PLC ATTRIBUTES USING DEFAULTS This error is reported when the PLC driver receives an invalid set of PLC attributes The default attributes will be used when this error occurs e c z D gt e e E gt Q y x pu ddy 2 z 26 i oo 25 lt lt o Error 2 Error 3 Error 4 Error 5 PLC Error 6 sent Error 7 Error 8 Error 9 Error 10 Error 11 Error 12 NOED Editor Programming Software User Manual PLC TIMEOUT The Driver did not receive a reply to a message in the allowed time Check the communication between panel and PLC DATA RANGE ERROR This error occurs when response from PLC to read or write had a data range error T C PRESET CHANGE This error occurs when response from plc for an invalid present value is written to timer or counter CALENDAR CLOCK DATA This error occurs when invalid d
377. selections e Click on Help button to go to the Help Topic for that dialog box Place Increment Decrement Clock Button on the screen and size it e To size the button select it grab a handle and drag to the size you want e To move the button select it click and hold left mouse button and drag to where you want it to appear on the screen ACTIVATE SCREEN SAVER VES a SEM Editor Programming Software User Manual Activate Screen Saver The Activate Screen Saver object allows you to place a button on the screen that enables you to activate the panel screen saver Screen Saver time out is programmed under Setup gt Project Attributes gt General Tab gt Display Saver General Protection Visibilty Details T Label Text Language 1 Character Size 5 8 z Label TextJACTIVATE SCREEN SAVER Text 7 Background z IV Display Frame sottem J T Text Color Language 14 Character Size 6x8 oy Text ma C Blink Text Screen Saver Background x F Blink Cancel Help To put a Label on the object perform the following steps 1 Click on the box in front of Label Text if you want a label for your object 2 Use the UP DOWN arrows after the Language box to select a language number See Language section page 180 Select Character Size from the available choices Enter Label Text up to 40 characters Select the Position of the label whether you want it to
378. splay in the list 6 Ifyou want a programmed message s attributes to become the default for all new messages created click on the message in the list to highlight and then click on the Set 1 Editor Programming Software User Manual Bitmap Objects System Objects Bitmap Objects allow you to create simple to complex Multistate Indicator objects You can use the extensive built in Symbol Fac Dynamic Bitmap tory library to copy and paste hundreds of graphic files Increment Decrement Yalue Bitmap Button Mul itota Birman directly to the project screen You can also use your own bitmap bmp Windows Metafile wmf or Windows Enhanced Metafile emf graphic files They can be ar ranged and positioned in just about any manner you prefer ma Dynamic Bitmap Object R A Dynamic Bitmap can show a visual representation of a process There are two bitmaps per object one that is shown when a bit is ON and another that is displayed when the bit is OFF For example you could create a green blower and a red blower to display If the process is running the green blower would be shown If the Dynamic Bitmap General Visibiliy Detais mT Label Text Language 14 Character Size fae z Label Text Pamese oS Fosition Color O T F p Text Y Bottom Background Tag Name Background color for Bitmaps IV Display Frame Transparent rOn Bitmap v Allow Stre
379. ss to all major programming functions and features The objects shown below represent the touch buttons and displays that will be transferred to the panel and communicate with the PLC when this tutorial is completed PROGRAMMING TIP Before you begin placing objects on the programming screen click on Edit gt Default Tag Data Type and select BCD_INT_16 By selecting the default data type as BCD_INT_16 here you won t have to select it later when configuring the tag details for the objects Please note CD INT Ge however that if the data type for an object requires something other than the default data type you have selected it will show the required data type teed __ i e Discrete 1 Click on Objects gt Numeric Entry The following screen will Sika tht Detsult Tag Datatype c r e a This software option remembers appear the last Data Type used and it becomes the Default Data These are the four objects you are about to configure in this tutorial EZPanel demo project 1_ezt 1 Numeric Entry Screen Of x File Edit Screen Objects Draw Panel Setup Window Help laj x g DH reo aona e OC ele He l AT Liga llall o o Wj ARM A g aome a lj amp Ala A nyA Saalo A ooje F O e amg g h T fe Project Screens G 1 Numeric Enty Screen Demo Numeric Disrlas Demo Indicator Light IRI P For Help press F1 No of Selected Objects 0 X 228Y 21 OFI 7
380. t E e The properties window will open Che me O as shown to the right once you ae E Ti A Q drag and drop EE e c X i eG wm i B Comeabble PROFIBUS DP Slaves Closed Loop Cortioler f Under the PARAMETERS tab OT RE configure your PROFIBUS Bt fen ADDRESS ore BG ET 2000 i A ET 200 ff Gl ET 200M g Click the PROPERTIES button EEES in order to configure the modules Haman profibus connection e E IDENT Please Note When dragging the folder make sure you have it right on the line before releasing the mouse button O a x Oo 0 co 2O l q A TBUS S PDP Go to the NETWORK aig ys om SETTINGS tab and configure the Transmission Rate you want your module to use NOTE This must match that of your Profibus Network Click OK to exit the window and save changes Click OK again to exit the properties window and save changes The Module is now set up All that is left is setting up I O To add the I O simply double click the ANYBUS S PDP folder A list of available I O will drop down Drag and Drop the desired I O from right to left we UR 11 gy PROFIBUS DP 1 if P5307 24 PROFIBUS TT DP m i 0 Addiicnal Field Devices 2 H cPpusis 2DP ea A Pats 3 Sas 6ES7 31 2 pem 2 g CPU35 2DP__ Beal PZ SS eel a Diab Oex24 058 BES 32 ee Editor Programming Software User Manual Loss HW Config SIMATIC
381. t The option card thinks that the length of the OUTPUT DPRAM is invalid this length is calculated from the length of the OUTPUT as entered in the attributes of the Program Loader Error 33 INCORR_OUT_TOTAL_LENGTH Screen Message INCORRECT OUT TOTAL LENGTH Condition The option card responded to a Generic Init mailbox message that the driver sent The option card thinks that the length of the OUTPUT total length is invalid this length is calculated from the length of the OUTPUT as entered in the attributes of the Program Loader Error 34 INCORR_CFG_MOD_STATUS_ WD Screen Message INCORRECT CONFIG MODULE STATUS WORD Condition The option card responded to a Generic Init mailbox message that the driver sent The option card thinks that the configuration of the bits in the module status word is incorrect Error 35 INCORR_CFG_INT_NOTIFY_WD Screen Message INCORRECT CONFIG INT NOTIFICATION WORD Condition The option card responded to a Generic Init mailbox message that the driver sent The option card thinks that the configuration of the bits in the Interrupt Notification word is incorrect Error 36 INCORR_WDOG_CNTR_DIFF_VAL Screen Message INCORRECT WATCHDOG CNTR DIFFERENCE VAL Condition The option card responded to a Generic Init mailbox message that the driver sent The option card thinks that there is an incorrect Watchdog Counter difference value Error 37 FB_ERROR Screen Message Condition nYn ele Edi
382. t com z BLE Type and m Think n Do Map file v View Edit PLC Com Setup E Browse How do l import a Think amp Do Map file into an EZPanel Enhanced Project 1 Start the EZPanel Enhanced Software and select EDIT PROGRAM OFF LINE Write to panel later From here you can either create a NEW project or EDIT an EXISTING project If you are creating a new project proceed to step 2 below If you are editing an existing project proceed to step 3 below 2 Enter the name of your new project into the Project Name field and press ENTER PLC Editor Revision B Communications Parameters Other Parameters Daudfise en z Procol nt Stop Bits One Seea ASHE io E ContolATS yo s Require CTS No Y Think amp Do Attributes Default PLC Slave Na hz 1 247 1 Registers per Message fes Cals per Message ss z TimeOut time 1 255 tenths of Second Poll Time 0 255 fo tenths of Second Note Cancel Help The WINPLC seial port must be conbgued for Modbus Slave andbe n the RUN mode in order for a panel to communicate with it U QO U D r Ke 5 Xx ipu ddy Og T coa 2O l qo WINGED Editor Programming Software User Manual Select the Panel Type that you are using Select the PLC Type and Protocol for the Think N Do Entivity Think amp DO Modbus Rev B driver Click on the View Edit P
383. t 0 1 2 3 4 or 5 decimal point display next to Precision for Floating Scroll Keys Clear and Stop Keys PID Faceplate Object PLD FACEPLATE 168 4 Editor Programming Software User Manual In addition to a ladder logic program some PLCs have process control loop capability These PLCs use a Proportional Integral Derivative PID algorithm to generate the control output value The PID Faceplate below is an object that reads three controlled values of the PID loop and displays them in the form of a bar graph This graph provides valuable and timely process information that allows the operator to take suitable action at the appropriate time The PID Faceplate also monitors two discrete bits Mode Bit and Alarm Bit Mode Bit tells the operator whether the process is in Auto Mode or Manual Mode Alarm Bit tells the operator if any alarm for the process is active or not Process Variable PV is the controlled variable in the process It is the actual value measured Set Point SP is the theoretical perfect value of the Process Vari able Output Variable controls the Process Variable Using PID algorithm the PLC calculates this value and uses it to keep the Process Variable as close the to Set Point value as possible PID FacePlate General Legends Visibility Details Label Text Language BE Character Size les z Label Text Fi FACE Position Color Top Text 7 C Bottom Background z IV Display Fra
384. tabase see page 173 for setup instructions The Alarm Count lists all alarms and shows the total count for each alarm The Alarm History will show each alarm that has occurred with the most recent at the top When you press the Alarm Detail button you will get the Entry Number No of the Alarm when it was acti vated time and date when it was cleared actual value high low limits and which limit is tripped HIGH LOW DIS Alarm History General Protection Visibility Details T Label Text Language 4 Character Size 6x8 Y Label Text JALARM HISTORY Position Color CT op Text Y Bottom Background v m Display Screen IV Display Frame Alarm Histo Alarm Count e m Text Char Size Color Language 4 ees es x Tet E Text Alarm History Background Mz E Cancel To put a Label on the Alarm History object perform the fol lowing steps 1 Click on the box in front of Label Text if you want a label for your object 2 Use the UP DOWN arrows after the Language box to select a language number See Language section page 180 Select Character Size from the available sizes Enter Label Text up to 40 characters Select the Position of the label whether you want it to appear at the Top or the Bottom of the object frame 6 Select the Text and Background Color Click on the aS oS ANGERD Editor Programming Software User Manual PLEASE NOTE Use the Alarm Protectio
385. tag You may also choose to sort the list by Address Tag Name or Data Type VED Editor Programming Software User Manual If you click on Sort by Address the list will be sorted alphanumerically by the PLC address If you click on Sort by Tag Name the tag list will be sorted alphabetically A to Z by the name of the tag If you click on Sort by Data Type the tag list will be sorted by Data Type For tags with same data type it will perform a second sort by the address O Q A Q ag Tag Cross Reference The Tag Cross Reference screen provides you with a list of the programmed tags and a cross reference to the objects that use them Tag Cross Reference Pic Name DirectLogic K Sequence Rev NOTE The Tag Cross Reference screen is for information purposes only TagName BUTTON OBJECT You cannot change or edit Address C0000 DataType Discrete lOType RAW the tag parameters from this Nisnber ei Miers lt 0 window Object List Push Button PushButton 1 Numeric Entry Screen Step Swatch StepS witches3 3 Test screen Information is provided on the PLC Name type and protocol at the top of the screen Tag Names are listed alphabetically Click on the arrow to scroll to a particular tag name Information on the Address Data Type I O Type and Number of Alarms programmed to the tag is given In the Object List you are provided with the objects or Project Attributes that use the s
386. talaisiaadioda 3 EE e PEE E ee E E T AE a T 3 O10 e P E A EE A E E A E eee E T ee A E E E E 3 Need Help eee eee ee ene eee en ee ee eee eee ee ec ee cee ee eee ne eee ae ee rere eee eee eee eee 4 Onocreen my Bl seme ae tere tie ie ne ee een ee eae oe eee ee oe ee 4 By Oc 0 AE A pee err E ee ee eee ee eee ee ee eee 4 Pe Ocean een eee ee E ee ee ee ee eee 4 Technical SUPPO usripe ete Hornets een ie eee etter eta ere eet ee eee aaa eee eee ae eee 4 EZ Panel Enhanced Models anrai A EEA a A iS 5 6 inch Monochrome Models cicscocsiaeccsancedecrcosnacccansdacncteniaiciedietecanesewemicudindseacnsndoeeacadsaneetanmandaoteannnereteeateeds 5 ie Oo 8 gil 616 cae eee ee a ee ne ee eee eee oe eee eee 6 8 inch Color Models pean te ee ee ee ee oro ee ee ee ee Me oie ee eee eee eee 7 10 inch and 15 inch Models ssrsinirarincsrrisrriiiinnsnanni inaa n AAA a E AEAEE Raa 8 Feas a A E E E A AE 9 PLCs Supported by EZPanel Enhanced s sicccsciccscavseaccsaxecertdesveiseassaeseusdanrscncsiekiddademstedernnidioddndoedewwhdtdoaessedee 10 PLC Cable Part NIE Ss pete ers re cide beavers cctoo bac ec sentenced ea ade ae Para A E EaP REE pa aia EEA Er EREEREER 11 EZPanel Enhanced Editor Programming Software cccccccsssesseeececeeesseeeeeseaneeseeeeseeeeeeeeessanaeeeeeessaees 12 Installing the Software ccs sireractininendpadteictcesaaudainnicdind Wedge hovtuiad stmediede aa bddawepaaucinian exndbcdavauanebeGiesaddbeamcaavenbasteteess 12 EALAN N PA a E E
387. tching Stretch to Fit si E vi I Maintain Aspect Ratio Import Bitmap Symbol Factory Copy From Clipboard m Off Bitmap v Allow Stretching I Stretch to Fit si E i Maintain Aspect Ratio Import Bitmap Symbol Factory Copy From Clipboard Simulate Press Cancel Help process is not running the red blower would be displayed To put a Label on the Dynamic Bitmap object perform the following steps 1 Click on the box in front of Label Text if you want a label for your object 2 Use the UP DOWN arrows after the Language box to select a language number See Language section page 180 3 Select Character Size from the available choices 4 Enter Label Text up to 40 characters bank eis Editor Programming Software User Manual F NOTE To edit the Address j String with your cursor in the Tag Name field click on the right mouse button The EDIT TAG DETAILS screen will appear IMPORTANT NOTE SYMBOL FACTORY op tion To size a symbol go to Options in the Symbol Factory when selecting the symbol or see page 160 for 5 6 Select the Position of the label whether you want it to appear at the Top or the Bottom of the object frame Select the Text and Background Color Click on the down arrow to view the color palette To create On Bitmap and Off Bitmap i Z instructions F mepFH The height and wich of selected mage ara out of range
388. te for the tick marks Place the cursor over a color and click to select 5 If you want to show numeric values for the tick marks click on the box behind Show Tick Numbers 6 If you have selected a Floating Point Tag the Precision for Floating Point entry will be enabled This will allow you to display the value of a tick mark on the bar graph with up to 5 decimal points Click on the down arrow to select number of decimal points 7 Select the Minimum and Maximum Range of the values represented in the bar graph display Ranges must be entered in Decimal 8 If you want a Bipolar bar graph click on the box in front of Bipolar and enter a Midpoint value AMidpoint between Bar Graph General Digital Display Scaling Visibilty Details I Digital Display Justification Leading Zeros Digits Total 3 H Fractional Digits 25 the Minimum and Maximum Range will appear 9 Under Color click on the down arrows next to Back ANGERD Editor Programming Software User Manual Click on the Scaling tab if you want the Bar Graph s Display Value to be different than the PLC Value ground Bar Foreground fill and Bar Background to view the color palettes and make your selections Click on the box below Blink to enable that feature Click on the Digital Display Tab to Format the numbers and how they will be displayed on the Bar Graph 1 PA Click on the box in front of Digit
389. ted BMP results more than 64K during compression this error occurs Even if the bitmap size is less than the panel s resolution you may get this error Ge r e c z D gt e e F Q y x pu ddy 4 PTE 26 ie So 25 lt o NGG Editor Programming Software User Manual Solution You need to select a different BMP If you would like to use the same bitmap you need to reduce the complexity of the bitmap Although there is no straight forward way to tell that a bitmap would result in less than 64K during compression the following tips might be useful 1 Try to have the same color across the bitmap If you mix lot of color patches that may increase the compressed bitmap size 2 Try to reduce the font usage in the bitmap Error J11_5 Selected BMP files combined must not exceed 64K size Please select a different BMP file Reason There are two BMP files for dynamic bitmap Both BMP files would be compressed using RLE technique and combined length of compressed BMPs together should not exceed 64K in size If it exceeds you would get this error Solution Select BMPs which do not exceed the 64K size limit Error J11_6 Height and Width out of range BMP s height must be less than h BMP s width must be less than w Reason 10 and 8 panels support bitmaps no larger than 640 x 480 pixels Similarly 6 panels support a maximum bitmap size of 320x240 pixels This error indic
390. tem clipboard and then import it into the current screen Visibility Details See Button Object Simulate Press Press the Simulate Press button to see how the Bitmap Button will be displayed on the screen when pressed OK Cancel Help Buttons Click on OK button to save your selections exit the dialog box and place the object on the screen Click on Cancel button to exit the dialog box without saving your selections Click on Help button to go to the Help Topic for that dialog box Place Bitmap Button on the screen and size it To size the button select it grab a handle and drag to the size you want To move the button object select it click and hold left mouse button and drag to where you want it to appear on the screen io SEM Editor Programming Software User Manual NOTE If you convert im ages from one to the other type of display Bit Num ber Image Number you may lose some of the pro Multi state Bitmap Multi state Bitmap is an object that is created to display images within a frame on the panel screen Each object has its own pro grammed images The object will display one image at a time based on a bit the one that is set or a value in the tag The maximum number of images that can be programmed is based on available memory Click on the Images tab to program images for the object Images stored in the object are numbered based on the Tag Data type Signed Unsign
391. tempted to Read the watchdog counter and found it not updating indicating a card failure Error 14 CARD_OL_ERR Screen Message CARD NOT ONLINE Condition Driver has attempted to Read or Write from the card however it found the card to be O offline nYnK ele Editor Programming Software User Manual Error 15 CARD_CN_ERR Screen Message CARD NOT CONNECTED Condition Driver has attempted to Read or Write from the card however it found the card was not connected Error 16 INVALID_TAG_ERR Screen Message TAG NOT DEFINED IN MEMORY T rrr BB Condition Occurs if the driver encounters a tag during a Read or Write that does not exist in the user defined IN or OUT area of the DeviceNet I O option card Error 17 TAG_READONLY_ERR Screen Message TAG IS READ ONLY T rrr BB Condition Occurs when the driver encounters an OUTPUT tag during a Write and OUTPUT data can t be written to Error 18 INVALID_ MESSAGE _ID Screen Message INVALID MESSAGE ID Condition The option card responded to a mailbox message that the driver sent The option card thinks that the message had an invalid message ID Error 19 INVALID MESSAGE_TYPE Screen Message INVALID MESSAGE TYPE Condition The option card responded to a mailbox message that the driver sent The option card thinks that the message had an invalid message type Error 20 INVALID_ COMMAND Screen Message INVALID COMMAND Condition The option card responded to a mailb
392. ter Size from the available choices Enter Label Text up to 40 characters Select the Position of the label whether you want it to appear at the Top or the Bottom of the object frame 6 Select the Text and Background Color Click on the down arrow to view the color palette 7 Display Frame is selected by default If you do not want the frame around the switch to be visible click on the box to deselect the box will be empty NO oe pa To Choose a Tri State Switch Style perform the following steps 1 Under Select Style click on the style you prefer for the button object you are creating 2 Your choice will appear under Selected Style Tag Names Click on the down arrow to select or enter new Tag Names for the First Bit and for the Second Bit If the Tag Name is new the Add New Tag Details dialog box will appear where you will enter tag details The Tag Name will appear in the first field Enter an Address String appropriate for your type PLC Click on the OK button SD Editor Programming Software User Manual Text Here you will enter the Text that will appear within the object and control how that text will appear Text Language fi Character Size exe z Off Text OFF TEXT Text Blink BackGround Blink ny A E First Text FIRST TEXT Second Text SECOND TEXT of fa 1 Select the Language number for the Off First bit and Second bit Text 2 Type in what you want to appear within the
393. the EZEthernet Configuration Utility Error 27 Adapter write Queue Overflow The EZEthernet can normally process up to twenty five multiple write requests simultaneously However under some situations the write queue could be over run with requests The user should ensure that the network has significant bandwidth to handle the traffic Error 28 Adapter Read Queue Overflow Not used in this release Error 29 Direct Net send request failed The EZEthernet Card was unable to send a Koyo DirectNet protocol packet Contact Technical Support Error 30 K Sequence send request failed The EZEthernet Card was unable to send a Koyo K Sequence protocol packet Contact Technical Support Error 31 K Sequence negative response The EZEthernet Card received an error response from the targeted slave node Error 32 Write tag retry count exceeded The EZEthernet Card was unable to successfully process a user tag write request This occurs only after the attempt failed for the number of retries specified for the node in the EZEthernet Configuration Utility This error normally indicates a network problems The user should adjust the node s timeout and retry settings until this error is no longer seen NOED Editor Programming Software User Manual Error 33 Exceeded system tag limit The EZEthernet adapter was told to process a single screen of data that contained more than the tag limit 500 tags screen for
394. the computer and PLC are physically connected to the program loader will not upload project Solution Exit the OFF LINE Editor to the Step 1 Project Information screen and select the appropriate panel type for the connected panel Error C02_2 Unable to update PLC driver Reason You will receive this error message if communication is not working between the programming software and the panel or if the panel is still trying to communicate with the old driver and you are attempting to update the driver Solution Restart the panel and try communicating with the panel If you still face this problem clear memory from panel using Panel gt Clear Memory and update the PLC driver and then save your project Ensure that you have the project saved to disk before you do clear memory Error C02_3 PLC Attributes could not be written to the Panel Error C02_4 Tags could not be written to the Panel Error C02_5 Error in sending Project attributes to panel Error C02_6 Error in sending screens to panel Error C02_7 Error in sending alarm database to panel Error C02_8 Error in sending message database to panel Solution Check the connections between the panel and computer Restart the panel and try communicating again Error C02_9 Objects are overlapping project cannot be written to the panel Reason Objects are overlapping in one or more screens you will not be able to save write to the panel Solution If you get this error
395. the figure below After selecting the PLC Type and Protocol click on the View Edit PLC Com Setup The PLC Attributes dialog box will appear Enter the parameters shown Click on the OK button to save your selections You will return to the Project Information screen Click on the OK button to begin creating your EZPanel Enhanced Project Shep 1 Penpeck intormaotinn Channel Configuration Step Pr as easy as 1 2 3 gt Ci iier B aud Gereral Chan 0 System DHABS nl isz Protocol Cortial Nade address f Idecma NOED Editor Programming Software User Manual Token Hold Fachor 2 May Hode Address a EZ Panel A e EDITOR EZTowh Progamming Soke Yaron 22 Selected Action Edit OFF LINE Write Later SELECT ACTION MENTER PROJECT INFORMATION Ee Automation Phoma ArT ihe y WHIM azalt ematon rat Project Lov ation Edit Program OFF LINE tite Hawas NOTE The Default to Panel Luteri see PLC Address Default in Station Number can be Fined Prograrn Sterl Eding Screen any valid unused address aoe Number 1 E Neme New Scie from 0 to 31 om 0 to 3 Select Panal Panel Farnly Sie ONLINE Is E Panel Enhanced C EZTouch EttouchALc Ce of et Cir Cis Ea Allen Bradley SUC 500 b 4 48 Hiciol ogie AIC r PLE Edilor Revision B Thri AET Panel Stalion Humbet Deraut Station Humbe Maw Station Humbe Timeout Time 1 255
396. the following steps 1 Click on the box in front of Label Text Use the UP DOWN arrows after the Language box to select a language number See section on Language page 180 3 Select Character Size from the available choices 4 Enter Label Text up to 40 characters 5 Select the Position of the label whether you want it to appear at the Top or the Bottom of the object frame 6 Select the Text and Background Color Click on the down arrow to view the color palette 7 Display Frame is selected by default If you do not want the frame around the object to be visible click on the box to deselect the box will be empty Enter Text Here you will enter the Text that will appear within the object and control how that text will appear oS SS Select the Language number 1 9 for the Text Type in what you want to appear within the button Select Character Size from the available choices Select the Color of the Text and the Color of the Background If you want the Text or the Background to Blink click on the box below Blink to place a check mark indicating that the option is enabled Editor Programming Software User Manual Enter Tag Name and Register Values Pressing the Recipe button allows you to write values to several locations at once Click on the Recipe tab to view the window above This is where the recipe tag database is displayed You will enter the values to be written to the PLC location as follows li
397. the list For the purpose of this Demo Program select DirectLogic K Sequence We are using a DirectLogic DLO5 PLC with K Sequence Protocol Click on DOWN arrow to view PLC Type and Protocol and select the type you are sje Ezp S6C F 6 Color 3204240 All drivers using View Edit PLE Com Setup Allen Bradley SLC 500 DF1 Full Quplex Rey G To set PLC Attributes click on this button A dialog box particular to the type PLC and Protocol you have selected will appear 6 Click on the View Edit PLC Com gt Setup to edit the PLC Attributes TEC Editor Nevision 0 Set the attributes to match those bauc Hate in the DirectLogic K Sequence a iia attributes dialog box shown to the right Click OK These settings Set Fe fro must match the PLC Com Port Cont RTS no settings Check your PLC User l Manual for port settings for your E i particular PLC Dala T meou 040 ses feo o Lancel Hep Nule If tke Direc Lagic PLZ pou are using has a noce swilch t mast enain i1 ha TERM position ANGERD Editor Programming Software User Manual Step 2 Step 1 is complete You are now ready for Step 2 Design Your Screens In Step 2 we will place 4 objects on the screen You have already configured your PLC ladder logic for this Demo Project in the first part of the tutorial The EZPanel Enhanced Editor Programming Software working environment is shown below Tool bars provide easy acce
398. the symbol is automatically imported into the object See next pagefor sizing a bitmap in Symbol Factory A D h D D O D c The third option is to click on Copy from Clipboard This will copy a bitmap you have saved to the clipboard onto the current screen You can copy a bitmap saved or created in another program onto the system clipboard and then import it into the current screen 3 Click OK to import the bitmap or Cancel to quit Frame This Draw tool allows you to draw a Frame It can then be placed behind an object or text Frame Draw a Frame around a Button Frame Object object ee Frame Top Left Frame Bottom Right To position the frame behind an object or text click on the frame box to select right click the mouse button to view the menu To draw a Frame 1 Click on the Frame icon on the tool bar or select Frame from the Draw Menu 2 A dialog box will appear allowing you to select the color of the Frame outline Frame Top Left Frame Bottom Right and Interior shown here Click pa Hae 3 Select a point on the screen with the pointer and click the left on Send to Back allie a mouse button to locate the first corner of the frame Grab a corner or Game wrath paid pane or side handle of the frame with the mouse to the size you want e frame aroun the object Bring To Front Send To Baci O Q Q A Q ag Sizing a Bitmap in Symbol Factory Sta
399. this release Error 19 Critical No more transaction buffers The EZEthernet Card has exceeded its resources attempting to handle the tags for a given panel screen The user should spread the tags across screens to prevent is error Error 20 Packet send error Generic error that occurs if the EZEthernet Adapter cannot send an Ethernet packet If the problem persists the user should contact Technical Support Error 21 Read Transaction failed The EZEthernet Card was unable to process an incoming tag data response from a node If the problem persists the user should contact Technical Support Error number 22 is not used Error 23 Discrete Value must be 0 or 1 The EZEthernet was instructed to perform a discrete operation on a tag that had a non binary 0 or 1 value This would happen only if the panel tag database is corrupt Error 24 Attempted operation on NULL pointer Internal EZEthernet Card Error If this error persist check EZPanel Enhanced Project and the EZEthernet con figuration Error 25 Could not build internal arrays Fatal internal EZEthernet Adapter error Please call Technical Support Error 26 Did not receive response from tag write The EZEthernet Card sent one or more tag write requests that did not respond within the time out period The user should re send the request If the problem persists the user should increase the timeout period for the cor responding node using
400. tic Bitmap E Double click on the Static Bitmap symbol already placed on the screen to change the size resize object The screen to the right will appear Click on Symbol Factory button The Symbol Factory screen to the Imm ro a Pis Edt Wire Ortis Heip right will appear re Click on the Options button 999m0 m OO Fine adjustment of the exported z D v l bitmap size can be done by resizing F Td the Preview window To resize the fem I va _ A A Zene ETL io Uptone Ea Preview window drag its right or bottom edge When picture symbols are exported as bitmaps they are exported at the size of the Preview window If you need a larger bitmap you can increase the Export Scale Factor from 1X to 10X from the Symbol Options screen Symbol O pliona C Urme Huildn Colors Til Colo o Line Color OoOo l force Solid Colors From the Symbol Options screen click on the DOWN Arrow next to Export Scale Factor under Export Options Select the Scale Factor in Filled im air Ghee E spurl Oplivns this case 3X Click on OK m Backiyound Color You will be taken back to the Symbol a Tx Stee TEREE Factory screen shown to the right Click on the Copy button Syaebo Peppa Ficlura Uge budl in colo Screen first screen capture shown above right click on OK You will return to the EZPanel Enhanced Editor Programm
401. tion Number Octal values Default PLC Station Number 2 Octal Values Timeout Time 1 255 ap tenths of a second Poll Time 0 255 fo tenths of a second SLC 500 Station Numbers lt lt Add Station Number Octal Values Character Order in Registers Char 2 Char 1 Default C Char 1 Char 2 Help Step 1 Project Information It s as easy as 1 2 3 Ethemet COM Port Ad ET T ee EDITOR EZT ouch Programming Software Version 3 2 21 EZAutomation Phone 1 877 774 EASY www ezautomation net a p _ Selected Action Edit OFF LINE Write Later ENTER PROJECT INFORMATION Project Location C Program Files EZPanel nhanced Project Browse Project Name rew project ezl firmware Aevisior Start Editing Screen Number fi 7 Name New Screen x A r Select Panel Panel Family gt r Size EZPanelEnhanced C EZTouch C EZTouchPLC 2 BoB r Select Model ALL 8 Color 640x480 Barly and Allen Bradley Data Highway Plus Rev L v View Edit PLU Lom Setup NOTE If connecting to a SLC500 the Station Number of the SLC500 MUST be entered here U re QO U D r Ke 5 x ipu ddy S ka D Q Q lt Q N O l ai ANGERD Editor Programming Software User Manual Remote I O The following scree
402. tion as shown in the figure below After selecting the PLC Type and Protocol click on the View Edit PLC Com Setup The PLC Attributes dialog box will appear Enter the parameters shown Click on the OK button to save your selections You will return to the Project Information screen Click on the OK button to begin creating your EZPanel Enhanced Project Square D Sy Max PLC Revision Number Baud Aate Timeout Tirne 1 255 tenths of a second Poll Time 0 255 tenths of a second Step 1 Project Information wa SELECT ACTION dit ram OFFLINE Write to Panel Later Ei Read Program from Panel and Edit OFF LINE Edit Program ON LINE Li p gem A L It s as easy as 1 2 3 N p7 IWA ETT cS Selected Action Edit OFF LINE Write Later ENTER PROJECT INFORMATION Project Location EDITOR EZT ouch Programming Software Version 3 2 21 EZAutomation Phone 1 877 774 EASY www ezautomation net Project Name new project ezt v Start Editing Screen Number 1 Name NewSeieen O Select Panel r Panel Family EZPanelEnhanced EZTouch EZTouchPLC rm Size Ce fee 10 C1 Select Model gt Etheret COM Port tum mm ALL 8 Color 640x480 Y hnknin Cancel Help Help Language M oa E om St Protocol View Edit PLL Lom Setup
403. tn E EAA E 140 3 Easy Steps Tool Baf esiscsriiocorerririros oni irainei eaaa meena ani arena ne ker ene ees ta eee ee renas 141 Project Screen Explorer VICW sscniccoveccecntensinnsectaneysesccadensbislextaeseeatbaxensedslextecreed seibdedsatslextaid ela sebfeneedslexeiedanes 141 Programming Screen setecieics aac tented acarsabs ac os eaavnstirenec ox enseaueas ntnctedencienpilanedace td a orainnlbdleixeanloeious alaenbsleauledaenneceineat 142 Chapter 6 Reference crane 2h eh acceler eels see see Sete ne met eine emp cine cd eee edna 144 BI PRM cetacean trams eben aes we emcee a mcmama eon cee 144 EE MONU eee ee arte EE E EEEE a eee ne ee eee TE 149 Overlapping CS peace acer wren aterectenn Pb ica dice cleac ale bate een cst awe ia 151 PICK and Apply Attributes ieaiescoccunntavencdusatianssddnsadacsnddodaesscsehteascadeMancdsanchicsadslalthaderexcbiercascusanteves 152 Simulate Next and Previous States cccececcccccssssecececeeeeeeeeeceaueceeeeessauaaseeeeesesseseeeeseaaageeees 153 POTS ST NN E E E E AE A A AE A EE E E AT OA E A 154 Objects Men eee ene et cnn ias ree nenia rer ei enaa ie emer ee ee en ne en ar eirin eiiie 158 DEIN MEU oeae ia eE TEESE ATEA EE aE a 159 Sizing a Bitmap in Symbol PACONY vecsccereceiscosazen nde atiwnsaanensdems tad attaroseexatiensdas athwwnsedaetdatadetedcants 162 Panel MENU Se carci lei ence cnet orn R E E te arco EATE EA ted ee Tairi an 163 Setup MenU aes onectcesor nseroadceint Hata bee vladic aad une Setene boec
404. to control when the object is visible on the screen If it is not checked the object will always be visible 2 Click on the down arrow next to the Tag Name box to view a list of the tags you have previously programmed or create a new one Select the tag that links the object to the register bit that you want to control it 3 Select whether you want the Object Visible when the bit is ON or OFF Details 1 Type in a name for the object in the space provided under Object Name The name can be up to 40 characters long 2 Type ina description of the object in the space provided under Object Description An Object Description can be up to 400 characters long Indicator Button Object NOTE To edit the Address String with your cursor in the Tag Name field click on the right mouse button The Edit Tag Details screen will appear Editor Programming Software User Manual An Indicator Button combines a regular button with an indicator light It allows you to perform a WRITE operation to one bit and a READ opera tion from a second discrete location The state of that READ location determines whether the button is displayed in the ON or OFF mode You may choose to make the READ and WRITE location the same To put a Label on an Indicator Button perform the following steps Indicator Button Agy e Batom B _iI s 1 Click on the box in front of Label Text Use the UP DOWN arrows after the Language box to sele
405. to your sales Panel Family r Sizo EZPana Enhanced EZTouch EZTouchPLC vo g gb goo system configuration Click on the fneeuoompa o Noia ALL 8 Celor 6404480 x OK button to save your selections om z ELC Tine and ane Z ie ct PLE Con setup Tirk Na 1 Download the project to the evii A panel Auda wa g patented AE o 2 Attach the panel to the DeviceNet network C Use DIP Switch Settings Use Diver Altbutes MacD 0 63 H 3 Run RSNetWorx Baud Rate 500 kb s To se Mac ID and8 eud A sts wilh PLE allnbules cwihches 1 B on the dip swilch must be sel to ON 4 Now you must commission the Generic DeviceNet I O Fheaierell NOT istalipropety ome EDS file using RSNetWorx You ll find the EDS file under Masinumirput mo the EZPanel Enhanced Masimu Quit S oR v O l ou S 5 D Q Q lt a Generic_I0 dnt RSNet Worx for DeviceNet Mars 1 0 range 1 256 words Editor Programming jsme naovomes rede teb Software directory that tee a Be East E was created when you Harwsre A fros Y 2 Soonner installed the software The default directory is C Program Files EZPanelEnhanced wn Fl AYG Automation ilki ehnoogy fl s Commurecohic apte 5 Scan the network so the DeviceNet software will find the EZPanel and place it on the network Hlal P H Graph Mastar Slave Co
406. tor Programming Software User Manual FIELDBUS LED ERROR The Fieldbus Diagnostics LED 4 is ON Observe the LED and time it Consult the LED Indicator descriptions for the exact error SQUARE D PLC WITH SY MAX PROTOCOL Error 0 Screen Message No message displayed Condition No error Error 1 Screen Message Condition Error 2 Screen Message Condition Error 3 Screen Message Condition Error 4 Screen Message Condition Error 5 Screen Message Condition Error 6 Screen Message Condition Error 7 REMOTE DEVICE INACTIVE No reply received from the PLC This error message will also be displayed for time outs If replies are slow in returning from the PLC increasing the timeout time may clear this error INVALID CHECKSUM RECEIVED The reply has a checksum error REMOTE DEVICE BUSY The command attempted cannot be carried out The PLC is busy performing another task INVALID PLC ATTRIBUTES USING DEFAULTS Invalid attributes received from the program loader INVALID ACKNOWLEDGE RECEIVED The driver received a negative acknowledge an invalid character in the response or an invalid ID INVALID REPLY The replay did not follow protocol Go r e c z D gt e e F Q y x pu ddy lt 5 X c cn oo Q 5 Q 5 lt 5 pa ANGED Editor Programming Software User Manual Screen Message INVALID DRIVER STATE
407. ts overwriting tags with the same name and or address The screens will be copied into your current project with the number you have assigned The name of the screen in the Source project will be the same in your current project They will appear in the Project Screens Explorer view You can also change the names by using the Rename feature Click on menu item Screen gt Rename r Source Tag PLC Name DirectLogc K Sequence Rev D Name NUMERIC DISPLAY Addets Vvo2003 INDICATOR L Data Type AW 1 0 Type BCD_INT_16 No of chas 0 Destination Tag PLC Name DirectLogic K Sequence Rev D ies NUMERIC DISPLAY Address fva2003 Osla Type BCD_INT_I16 1 0 Type RAV No chas 0 j bYxKeis Editor Programming Software User Manual You can also click on the R icon in the Panel Tool Bar shown to the left DON T LOSE AN EXISTING PROGRAM When you write the program to the panel it will write over any program already loaded into panel Save the existing program before you click on the Start button to transfer your new program To do this exit project and Read Program from Panel then save it to your PC Transfer to Panel Transfer to Panel allows you to transfer the current open project to the panel Click on Transfer to Panel and the following dialog box will open This dialog box provides information about the current project and the panel memory available Write Program To Panel
408. tside the set point limits The available ranges for the Low and High Limits will be displayed in these fields and are particular to the data type The limits you place here must be within these ranges If the data type of tag is Discrete then data boxes for Low Limit and High Limit will not be available Click on the box next to Log if you want the alarm to be logged in Alarm History when it is triggered The Alarm History object will store up to 64 alarms and when the 65th alarm comes in it will dump the oldest alarm Click on the box next to Print if you want the alarm message to print out the Serial Port of the panel every time it is triggered The Alarm print outs will look similar to the following Click on the box next to Display if you want the alarm to be displayed on the panel when triggered TIME amp DATE 10 40 38 23 MAY 01 ACTUAL VALUE STATE ON ALARM DISCRETE ALARM 1 TIME amp DATE 10 41 30 23 MAY 01 ACTUAL VALUE STATE OFF ALARM DISCRETE ALARM 1 TIME amp DATE 10 43 04 23 MAY 01 ACTUAL VALUE 555 STATE LOW ALARM NUMERIC ALARM 1 TIME amp DATE 10 43 31 23 MAY 01 ACTUAL VALUE 3000 STATE OFF ALARM NUMERIC ALARM 1 WAPI TAM Ta NOTE The Add New Alarm and Edit Alarm Details dialog boxes default to Log and Display enabled check mark in box preceding feature Tag Database Tag Cross Reference Read Evtiaas Export Tags b Import Tags gt Alarm Database Comma de
409. ttom of the object frame 6 Select the Text and Background Color Click on the down arrow to view the color palette 7 Display Frame is selected by default If you do not want the frame around the text to be visible click on the box to deselect the box will be empty Choose the Trigger Tag Name This Tag allows the EZPanel Enhanced to monitor a bit in the PLC and display text based on the ASCII values in a block of PLC registers SEM Editor Programming Software User Manual NOTE To edit the Address String with your cursor in the Tag Name field click on the right mouse button The EDIT TAG DETAILS screen will appear NOTE For a list of ASCH Characters that EZPanel Enhanced Supports see Appendix B 1 Select the Trigger Tag Name by clicking on the down arrow to display the list or enter a Tag Name in the entry field If the Tag Name is new the ADD NEW TAG DETAILS dialog box will appear The Tag Name will appear in the first field Enter an Address String appropriate for your type PLC Click on the OK button 2 Choose to Activate When ON or Activate When OFF If you choose ON the Text will display when the bit is ON When the bit is OFF the Text will disappear Choose the String Tag Name The String Tag is the PLC register location where the values are read and displayed in a character string The string may be up to 40 characters long The Address String is the beginning register for the text Choose th
410. tware Error M06_8 Received checksum is not equal to calculated checksum Solution Reinstall software and try again Error M06_9 No PLC has been selected Solution Reinstall software and try again Error M07_1 Invalid Screen Name Error M07_2 Invalid screen ID screen ID range is 1 999 Reason Valid screen name s length is 1 to 40 characters Solution You have to specify a valid screen name Do not include any special characters lt gt etc while naming your files First character should be alphanumeric Error M08_1 Downloaded project is a protected project This cannot be edited viewed in the editor Reason Project is write protected Solution You will not be able to open this project for viewing editing purpose Contact the people from whom you got this project Error M09_1 System out of memory to run Symbol Factory Solution Restart your system Error M09_2 Invalid Symbol Factory exe file Solution Reinstall the software Error M09_3 Unable to find Symbol Factory application Solution If you have moved symbols directory to some other place please copy it back Otherwise reinstall the software ASCII and ANSI Characters In this Appendix ASCII Character List ANSI Character List aa 2s xe D Q Q lt a t Mar O 99 D o te MmMANGED Editor Programming Software User Manual EZPanel Enhanced ASCII Characters Na
411. u are using has a mode switch it must remain in the TERM position You should now be back to the Project Information screen Check to ensure that your Ethernet COM Port is set to match your PC COM1 COM2 COM3 or COM4 or if you want an Ethernet connection select Ethernet A Select Panel button will appear Ethemet COM Port Ethernet Select Panel as shown below Click on the Select Panel button to begin Ethernet configuration Please note For help with Ethernet configuration refer to the Ethernet Option Card Manual P N EZP ETHERNET M or Ethernet Help topics When finished with Ethernet Configuration click on the OK button Read Program from Panel and Edit OFF LINE Read Program from Panel and Edit OFF LINE If not using the default NOED Editor Programming Software User Manual 10 You will return to the Project Information screen click on the OK button to accept all settings You are now ready to begin configuring your first screen If you are connected to a panel and want to transfer a project from the panel to your EZPanel Enhanced Editor Programming Software for editing click on the Read Program from Panel and Edit OFF LINE button Any changes you make to the project will not take effect until you write the edited project to your panel A directory click on the Browse button to go to directory and folder where project will be stored Select or enter Project
412. ugh the steps it s as easy as 1 2 3 What you need to get started Hardware EZPanel Enhanced e 24 Volt DC Power Supply 1 5 AMP or larger Slo Blo input power fuse recommended RS 232C Programming Cable P N EZP PGMCBL RS 232C or RS 422A 485A PLC Interface Cable see page 11 for part numbers PC requirements IBM or compatible PC Pentium 166 MHZ or better with a mouse and separate serial port VGA display with at least 800 x 600 resolution 1024 x 768 recommended Standard Windows 98 NT4 0 2000 XP Professional XP Home Requirements CD ROM Drive Software EZPanel Enhanced Editor Programming Software P N EZP PANELEDIT P Lj O Q O a O 5 BEM Editor Programming Software User Manual Need HELP ee PLEASE NOTE The Troubleshooting section Appendix A should be able to help you with most problems you might encounter c ke pur S xe e pam Onscreen HELP One of the most important features of the EZPanel Enhanced Editor Programming Software is the availability of context sensitive onscreen help To access the Help windows simply press the F1 function key while on the topic where you need help For example if you need help while working with screens press the F1 function key while in that area and a popup window will be displayed You may also click on the Help button located at the bottom of most dialog boxes to
413. umber EZP PANELEDIT M Revision A 1 Re Order from Omegamation 1 888 59 663 1 888 55 OMEGA omegamation com WARNING Programmable control devices such as EZPanel Enhanced are not fail safe devices and as such must not be used for stand alone protection in any application Unless proper safeguards are used unwanted start ups could result in equipment damage or personal injury The operator must be made aware of this hazard and appropriate precautions must be taken In addition consideration must be given to the use of an emergency stop function that is independent of the programmable controller The diagrams and examples in this user manual are included for illustrative purposes only The manufacturer cannot assume responsibility or liability for actual use based on the diagrams and examples CAUTION Do not press the EZPanel Enhanced touchscreen with any sharp objects This practice may damage the unit beyond repair Trademarks This publication may contain references to products produced and or offered by other companies The product and company names may be trademarked and are the sole property of their respective owners EZ Automation disclaims any proprietary interest in the marks and names of others Manual Part Number EZP PANELEDIT M Copyright 2005 EZ Automation All Rights Reserved No part of this manual shall be copied reproduced or transmitted in any way without the prior written consent of EZAutomation E
414. umber System Total Number of Messages 0 be titled Msg or Bit ite Pint Char Size Tent Color Bink Brg Color Bink Lengt depending on what you selected previously Add Edit Message Delete Messagels Get as Default Message attributes Bhange attributes to Default attributes Cancel Help 4 Select Justification of Text This is a local attribute for Add New Message DFFAULT each Multi state Indicator object So a message in one MeseageNumber DEFAULT Z object can be left justified within the frame while in another Limits object it can be right justified Select the Horizontal and o i Vertical justification for the text as it will appear within the ee EE frame when displayed on the panel Enter Message and Attributes i ma oey Memadai Messages created in each Multi state Indicator object are saved anguage lt Press CTRL ENTER to goto next x line of this message in the object Only the Lookup Text object uses the project Mes sage Database Hep Use 1 Click on the Messages Tab 2 Click on the Add Edit Message button If you have se lected to Display Messages based on Bit Number under the General tab the dialog box shown to the left will appear See Step 3 below if you are displaying a NOTE To set the printer message based on message number parameters see page 146 a Select the Message Number that you want to display Project Attributes Printer D
415. up gt Project Attributes gt Tag oss Ret erenice Passwords to enter the password Raad eT argo for the Numeric Entry Object Export Tage F Import Taga F You may have noticed that on the Samaka Numeric Entry Object Protection Export Alai b tab there is a button that says Edit Passwords You can use this Massage Database button to enter the password for Sepat alt ln j the object but in this tutorial we Project Attributan wanted to provide you with an Project Description example of how Project Attribute Select PLC configuration relates to object configuration Upgrade Friar a Editor Programming Software User Manual 11 Click on the Passwords tab Under PASSWORD for the GROUP Managers type in 1234 Click OK 12 Next we ll create a Numeric Display object Click on Objects gt Numeric Display The following dialog box will appear Project Attribute lease Note Once the password is entered for Managers all objects that you configure for Clock PaneltoPLC PLCtoPanel Language Alarm Protection Protection at the Manager Pamoa miod J a A Faso mi P Password 1234 werso Pame Pd Mertenance Pawo e E e E SCE Pema e E E 19 pe e ad j E E rts Operos Penod mio ene E J xI 13 Click on the box in front of Label Text to activate the object label 14 In the field next to Label Text type in Demo Numeric Display Numeric
416. ur files First character should be alphanumeric Error 102_2 Invalid file name Do not use symbols Reason You have specified an invalid file name Solution To avoid getting both these messages when creating a project do not use character symbols lt gt etc in the project name Only use letters A Z and or numbers 0 9 for a unique project name Error 102_3 Invalid Think and Do map file Reason When working with Think and Do PLC type this program will map the EZPanel Enhanced project to an existing Think and Do map file If you try to map the EZPanel project to a map file generated by any program other than Think and Do this message will appear and prevent you from continuing with the project Solution Select a valid Think and Do map file Error 103_1 Unable to find the DII Path Unable to build the Tag Database Solution If you have moved the Dlls to some other directory move them back If you have deleted them you must reinstall the software Error 103_2 Cannot edit Online unless the panel has a program Edit Offline first and write a program to the panel Reason Having no project loaded into the touch panel the program loader will not allow one to go into On Line Edit mode or if the map file has been altered and this message will come up Solution Get into Off Line Edit mode and upload a project exit out to the Step Project Information click on the On Line edit mode and select OK If that
417. urn the tag off for as long as you touch the button Password Protection is disabled e Set On will latch the tag ON NOTE Ifyou select Momentary e Set Off will latch the tag OFF ON or Momentary OFF the e Toggle will change the state of the tag every time the button is PLC must set bit to proper pressed state on powerup This must be done when programming Enter On Off Text PLC Logic Here you will enter the Text that will appear within the object and control how that text will appear 1 Select the Language number 1 9 for the On Off Text Hello 2 Type in what you want to appear within the button for the On ae Text and for the Off Text i e you might want to place the words Hola STOP and RUN inside the buttons instead of Off and On Guten Tag 3 Select Character Size from the available choices 4 Select the Color of the Text and the Color of the For each object you may program the text to display in up 5 to 9 Languages See Language section on page 180 Background If you want the Text or the Background to Blink click on the box below Blink to place a check mark indicating that the option is enabled OK Cancel Help Buttons e Click on OK button to save your selections and exit the dialog box e Click on Cancel button to exit the dialog box without saving your selections Click on Help button to go to the Help Topic for that dialog box Place Button on the screen and size it e To size
418. utomation net as a free download Installation To install this software please run the EZLaunchPadSetup exe file The software installs itself and places an icon onto your desktop for your convenience Function r Lj O Q O a O 5 To use EZLaunch Pad software click onto the EZLauch Pad icon The software opens up a dialog box that lists all the installed and non installed EZAutomation software on your computer You may click on any of the installed programs to launch that software The non installed software is also listed but cannot be used If you have multiple versions of any installed EZAutomation software the Launch Pad lists all versions for your convenience EN Ez Launch Pad EZ Launch Pad EF Help EZ applications notinstallead on this computer FEZ 1 PAGEL EfPanel Enhanced Editor Screen design software for E Panel Enhanced EZTouch and E TouchPLe operator interfaces Ef Text Enhanced Editor Programming software for E Text EAT ext Enhanced and E TextPLO operator interfaces EfPLC Editor Relay Ladder Logic RLL programming software for EZPLC E TouchPLle and Ez TextP LE EZ Marquee Messenger 2 Allin one utility to Preview Generate and Transfer messages to EfMarquee with ASCll string generator EZAutomation The Most Sensible Automation Producis Launch Pad for All EZAutomation Programming Software EZ4utomation 1 87 7 7F7 EASY maw ezautomation net Editor Progra
419. w to view list of sizes 4 Under Color click on down arrow to view the color palette for Text Click on any color to select 5 Click on the box in front of Blink if you want your text characters NO to blink 6 Select color for Background and whether or not you want it to Blink T Click on Total Digits under Digits Here you will select how many digits from 1 to 10 depending on the Data Type and Tag Type that you want to display 8 Ifyou want Fractional Digits enter 1 through 10 here select 0 for none For example if your maximum value is 999 you would enter 3 under total digits If your maximum value is 99 9 enter 3 under Total Digits and 1 under Fractional Digits 9 Ifyou want a tag to control the decimal points click in the box in front of Use tag for decimal point and then enter or select a Decimal point Tag Name mY Use tag for decimal point Decimal point Tag Name l x a 31 Editor Programming Software User Manual Scaling Tab Click on the Scaling tab if you want the Display Value General s Visibility Details to be different than the PLC i v Scaling Value PLC Value Display Value Point 1 fo 0 fo Paint 2 4095 500 Example Scaling is only for display purpose on this object The value you enter would be interpolated using these two points for display Example Point 1 PLC Value 1 Display Value 10 Point 2 PLC Value 5 Display Value 50 Your v
420. will be displayed 127 Programming 128 Remove Image 130 tab 128 Label 126 Tag Name 127 Multi state Indicator 112 print messages from D 3 used as an indicator light 118 Multi state Indicator Object Label 112 Messages embed a data value within 115 enter and attributes 114 how displayed 113 Tag Name 113 N Navigation Tool Bar 39 ndicator light 51 needle 87 New Screen 154 Non Printable ASCII Character 119 non printable ASCII character 118 Non programmed bitmap action on panel 127 Non programmed message action on panel 113 Nonvolatile flash card 9 Notepad 171 177 Notification Tag 65 Number of Steps 58 numeric 9 Numeric Display 24 73 Numeric Display Object 73 Data Type 74 Digits 74 Display Values 75 Format 74 Fractional Digits 74 Justification 74 Label 73 PLC Values 75 Scaling Tab 75 Tag Name 73 Numeric Entry 22 62 Numeric Entry Object 62 Enter Range and Test Display 63 Label 62 PLC Values 64 90 94 Scaling Tab 64 Select the Format of the Keypad 63 O Objects 45 objects print D 3 Objects Menu 44 Objects Overlapping 151 Object Description 50 Object Errors Jxx_x A 67 object icon 45 Object Name 50 OBJECT TOOLBAR 45 Object Tool Bar 138 Object Tool Bars 138 Octal 127 OFF LINE 32 Off Bitmap 124 OK Cancel Help Buttons 47 OMRON C200 and C500 PLC Communications Setup C 24 OMRON Host Link PLC C 24 ON LINE 32 On Off Text 47 54 131 133 Onscreen HELP 4 onscreen prompts 12 On Bitmap 124 Open P
421. wn arrow to view the color palette 7 Display Frame is selected by default If you do not want the frame around the object to be visible click on the box to deselect the box will be empty oS Enter Text Here you will enter the Text that will appear within the touch object and control how that text will appear 1 Select the Language number 1 9 for the Text 2 Type in what you want to appear within the button FEANSA Editor Programming Software User Manual 3 Select Character Size from the available choices 4 Select the Color of the Text and the Color of the Back ground 5 If you want the Text or the Background to Blink click on the box below Blink to place a check mark indicating that the option is enabled Application FLASH yprogram exe gt Auto Name File Name FLAS Himyproject xyz Enter an Application and File name In the Application Name field please enter the name of the applica tion including its path that would open the file If you are using one of the File Viewer applications included with the Windows CE OS and the file has an associated extension doc xls pdf etc you may choose Auto and need not enter the Application name In the File Name field enter the path where the file is saved that you want to open Application Iv Auto Harme File Name FLAS H manual pdi Auto Feature Click the box next to Auto if you are planning to open a file supported by one of
422. x and Compact Logix Tag names e Support for binary files B3 0 0 using the shortcut method of B3 0 B3 1 and B3 2 New PLC Drivers added e Aromat e Control Techniques Unidrive 2 wire 4 wire binary e Control Technology Corporation CTC CTC2600 2700 and 5100 CTC Binary e Idec Computer Link e Mitsubishi CC Link CC Link protocol e Siemens S7_ 200 e Square D Symax 300 Series CPU 400 Series CPU Symax e Texas Instruments TI5x5 Series T1505 11545 1102 11545 1104 e Uni Telway Telemecanique TSX 37 Micro UNI TE Version 1 1 e Universal Ethernet Ethernet IP DF1 over Ethernet Modbus TCP IP GE SRTP xi 311 Editor Programming Software User Manual This page intentionally left blank xii Introduction In this chapter Manual Organization Introduction What you need to get started Need HELP Models Features PLCs Supported by EZPanels PLC Cable Part Numbers Programming Cable Part Number EZPanel Enhanced Editor Programming Software Installation e prar S xe e Ear c RASAS Editor Programming Software User Manual Manual Organization The EZPanel Enhanced Editor Programming Software User Manual is arranged in chapters A description of key information contained in each chapter is provided below Chapter Description Introduction Provides Manual Organization and lists what you need to get started hardware and software Dis
423. y click to select 2 Your choice will appear under Selected Style NOED Editor Programming Software User Manual Enter Tag Details for the Tag Enter a Tag Name BUTTON OBJECT 1 Enter a Tag Name or click on the down arrow and select the Tag Name that you want the button to correspond to 2 Ifthe Tag Name is new the Add New Tag Details dialog box will appear where you will map the tag The Tag Name will appear in the first field Enter an Address String appropriate for your type PLC Click on the OK button PLC Type DirectLogic K Sequence Rev D Address String co Expected 10 Type RAV Data Type DISCRETE x No of Chars fi Cance He For more information about Tags see Tag Database page 165 NOTE To edit the Address String with your cursor in the Tag Name field click on the right mouse button The Edit Tag Details screen will appear Select from the following Actuator Types Actuator Type determines how the tag will be controlled NOTE If you have assigned Password Protection for this object and select Momentary On or Momentary Off the protection feature is disabled with this actuator type J NOTE If your panel is connected to multiple PLCs use the Station Number to address a specific PLC For example 2 V2002 would address the PLC Station Number 2 e Momentary On will turn the tag on for as long as you touch the button Password Protection is disabled e Momentary Off will t
424. ymbols on the main menu bar within the EZPanel Enhanced Editor Programming Software and browse through the over 4 000 symbols to see for yourself what is available and how EZ it is to use in building dynamic EZPanel Enhanced screens 3 D red button not pressed Categories 3 D Pushbuttons Etc Air Conditioning Architectural Arrows ASHRAE Controls amp Equipment o SEM Editor Programming Software User Manual Bitmap Button A Bitmap Button is a touch object that combines functions of a button a Dynamic Bitmap and an Indicator Light It allows you to perform a WRITE operation to one bit and a READ operation from a second discrete location The state of that READ location deter mines whether the button is displayed in the ON or OFF mode You may choose to make the READ and WRITE location the same Bitmap Button General Protection Visibilty Details T Label Text eee NE utton aq Le Language EE Character Size exe Indicator Tag rf Label Text BMP BUTTON Position Color Actuator Type Toggle x e To T t y 0 Jr j a IV Display Frame Il Transparent Bottom Background 7 Background color for Bitmaps OnBimp ff Bitmap Alignment Alignment 1 Iv Allow Stretching IV Allow Stretching Stretch to Fit Stretch to Fit Si Siz l Maintain Aspect Ratio i Mai
425. ype en r View Edit PLO Com Setup Protocd i inkan Do kA omy Ji E Ok Help Language Clear Exit Close Project Click on File gt Close Project to quit the current project Save Screen Click on File gt Save Screen to save the current active screen Save Project Click on File gt Save Project to save the current project Screens Project Attributes and databases will all be saved Editor Programming Software User Manual Copy Project As Cony Prob Click on File gt Copy Project As Br to save your project under another a name The dialog box shown to T the right will appear allowing you m to enter a name for the copied O project Ferme sO re D Sae mon ETa Poer OOOO a Canal Save Project As Protected If you click on Save Project As Protected you will only be able to transfer the project to and from the panel as is The project will not open in EZPanel Programming Software to allow editing This protects the project from unauthorized changes after distribution Make sure you have another copy saved if it will require changes or updates Copy Screen If you want to copy screens from another project ezt into the current project click on Copy Screen You will be copying the tags associated with objects in the screen also 1 Inthe Copy Screen window click on the Browse button and the Select Source Project window will open Click on Browse to select Source P

- OMEGA Engineering

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents